From 5027858830867ff20c7eca53eed6f8b798c5ad9c Mon Sep 17 00:00:00 2001 From: Karl Berry Date: Fri, 4 Mar 2022 16:00:29 +0000 Subject: 2022 doc (+sync) update git-svn-id: svn://tug.org/texlive/trunk@62387 c570f23f-e606-0410-a88d-b1316a301751 --- Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.html | 475 ++-- Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.pdf | Bin 220487 -> 220487 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.html | 1676 +++++++------ Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.pdf | Bin 412464 -> 417101 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/dvips.info | 714 +++--- Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info | 145 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tlbuild.info | 1212 ++++----- Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info | 423 ++-- Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.html | 1252 +++++----- Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.pdf | Bin 402597 -> 401951 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf | Bin 30710 -> 32548 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf | Bin 19746 -> 20882 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf | Bin 18845 -> 19595 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf | Bin 24482 -> 26133 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cslatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf | Bin 27534 -> 29121 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf | Bin 19192 -> 20212 bytes .../doc/man/man1/ctwill-refsort.man1.pdf | Bin 33241 -> 34806 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-twinx.man1.pdf | Bin 33241 -> 34806 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.1 | 47 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.man1.pdf | Bin 33241 -> 34806 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf | Bin 27534 -> 29121 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 | 39 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf | Bin 27534 -> 29121 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf | Bin 23185 -> 23837 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 | 22 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf | Bin 23867 -> 24671 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 | 115 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf | Bin 26019 -> 25847 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf | Bin 20815 -> 21968 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf | Bin 48276 -> 50999 bytes .../doc/man/man1/dvilualatex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dviluatex.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf | Bin 48276 -> 50999 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 | 33 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf | Bin 44333 -> 45619 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 | 56 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf | Bin 94334 -> 98212 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf | Bin 16743 -> 17791 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf | Bin 23282 -> 24517 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/eptex.man1.pdf | Bin 21094 -> 21932 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/euptex.man1.pdf | Bin 21094 -> 21932 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf | Bin 34419 -> 31318 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-user.man1.pdf | Bin 34419 -> 31318 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 | 189 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf | Bin 34419 -> 31318 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 | 31 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf | Bin 26523 -> 28532 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf | Bin 21038 -> 22143 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf | Bin 20243 -> 20884 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/inimf.man1.pdf | Bin 39601 -> 41556 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/initex.man1.pdf | Bin 43542 -> 45564 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf | Bin 15835 -> 16480 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 | 2 +- .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf | Bin 14387 -> 15021 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf | Bin 15114 -> 15738 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf | Bin 22386 -> 23601 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luahbtex.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajithbtex.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajittex.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.1 | 4 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.man1.pdf | Bin 27094 -> 28158 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf | Bin 39601 -> 41556 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf | Bin 39620 -> 41577 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf | Bin 24059 -> 25730 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf | Bin 34419 -> 31318 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf | Bin 28945 -> 31039 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf | Bin 20815 -> 21968 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf | Bin 23282 -> 24517 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf | Bin 23447 -> 24704 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf | Bin 22173 -> 23854 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf | Bin 26417 -> 28160 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf | Bin 22789 -> 24050 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf | Bin 23132 -> 24818 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf | Bin 29666 -> 31443 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.1 | 87 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.man1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 22353 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfcslatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf | Bin 15503 -> 16094 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf | Bin 39635 -> 41600 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf | Bin 39639 -> 41600 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf | Bin 25542 -> 26802 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf | Bin 20913 -> 22010 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf | Bin 19050 -> 19669 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf | Bin 21284 -> 22417 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf | Bin 17384 -> 17990 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.man1.pdf | Bin 19884 -> 21027 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 | 19 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf | Bin 41179 -> 43556 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.1 | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.man1.pdf | Bin 21092 -> 21932 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.man1.pdf | Bin 20031 -> 21176 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf | Bin 26417 -> 28160 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf | Bin 43542 -> 45564 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf | Bin 34615 -> 36527 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf | Bin 23202 -> 24397 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf | Bin 17706 -> 18322 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf | Bin 20913 -> 22028 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.1 | 1 + Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.man1.pdf | Bin 0 -> 22353 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf | Bin 43386 -> 39610 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-user.man1.pdf | Bin 43386 -> 39610 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 | 220 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf | Bin 43386 -> 39610 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23173 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uppltotf.man1.pdf | Bin 19884 -> 21029 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptex.man1.pdf | Bin 21094 -> 21930 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptftopl.man1.pdf | Bin 20031 -> 21176 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf | Bin 21516 -> 22698 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf | Bin 18899 -> 19991 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.1 | 4 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf | Bin 20578 -> 22210 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 | 8 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf | Bin 152590 -> 155070 bytes .../texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex-dev.man1.pdf | Bin 15712 -> 16336 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex.man1.pdf | Bin 21991 -> 23187 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.1 | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.man1.pdf | Bin 20172 -> 20861 bytes .../doc/texlive/texlive-en/texlive-en.pdf | Bin 1193499 -> 1191749 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.html | 2579 +++++++++++--------- Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.pdf | Bin 519572 -> 541914 bytes Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlmgr.html | 2 +- Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.html | 1835 +++++++------- Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.pdf | Bin 474842 -> 478092 bytes 177 files changed, 5734 insertions(+), 5548 deletions(-) create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.1 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.man1.pdf create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.1 create mode 100644 Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.man1.pdf (limited to 'Master/texmf-dist/doc') diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.html index 9ca5f52f442..3c444c6f204 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.html @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ - + A DVI-to-PNG translator @@ -10,17 +10,20 @@ + + + @@ -45,7 +49,28 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} - + +
+
+

+Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

+
+

dvipng

+ +

This manual documents dvipng, a program to translate a DVI (DeVice +Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics). +

+

This file documents dvipng version 1.17 +

+

Corrections or perhaps rewrites of sections are very welcome. +

+

Jan-Åke Larsson +

+ + + + +

Table of Contents

@@ -87,53 +112,12 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
  • Index
  • - - -
    -

    -Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    -

    dvipng

    - -

    This manual documents dvipng, a program to translate a DVI (DeVice -Independent) file into PNG (Portable Network Graphics). -

    -

    This file documents dvipng version 1.17 -

    -

    Corrections or perhaps rewrites of sections are very welcome. -

    -

    Jan-Åke Larsson -

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    1 Introduction

    @@ -194,9 +178,11 @@ PNG, JPEG or GIF images.
    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    2 Installation

    @@ -209,21 +195,17 @@ Next: , Previous:

    Installing dvipng should be simple: merely ./configure, make, and make install.

    - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -274,7 +256,9 @@ any modern system, if not, download them and install them.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Next: , Previous: , Up: Installation   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -341,7 +325,9 @@ are located in e.g., /sw/local/include, do

    where the backslash denotes a continuation of the line.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -364,9 +350,11 @@ To install the files into the locations chosen earlier, type into system directories.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4 Installation outside the texmf tree

    @@ -380,7 +368,9 @@ dvipng adjust these three internally so that kpathsea thinks that dvipng is installed in the texmf tree.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -403,9 +393,12 @@ access the documentation.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    3 Basic usage of dvipng

    @@ -429,7 +422,7 @@ your system before, they may be automatically generated; this process can take a few minutes, so progress reports appear by default. The next time the same font is used, it will have been saved on disk, so rendering will go much faster. (If dvipng tries to endlessly generate -the same fonts over and over again, something is wrong. See Unable to +the same fonts over and over again, something is wrong. See Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea.)

    Many options are available (see the next section). For a brief summary @@ -440,9 +433,11 @@ of available options, just type


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    4 Command-line options

    @@ -452,16 +447,15 @@ Next: , Previous: dvipng has a plethora of command line options. Reading through this section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.

    - - - - +

    -
    +
    + @@ -519,7 +513,9 @@ These do not correspond to dvips options:
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -533,26 +529,24 @@ page reversal, use ‘-r0’. Such options are marked with ‘*’.

    -
    -
    -
    - +
    -
    +

    Read additional options from standard input after processing the command line.

    -
    --help
    +
    --help

    Print a usage message and exit.

    -
    --version
    +
    --version

    Print the version number and exit.

    -
    -bd num
    -
    -bd color_spec
    -
    -bd 'num color_spec'
    -
    - +
    -bd num
    +
    -bd color_spec
    +
    -bd 'num color_spec'
    +

    Set the pixel width of the transparent border (default 0). Using this option will make the image edges transparent, but it only affects pixels with the background color. Giving a color_spec will set the @@ -562,18 +556,16 @@ TeX color \special syntax, e.g., ’rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0’. Setting the fallback color makes the default border width 1 px. See Color.

    -
    --bdpi num
    -
    -

    This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. The +

    --bdpi num
    +

    This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. The option sets the base (Metafont) resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to num dpi (dots per inch). This option is necessary when manually selecting Metafont mode with the –mode option (see below).

    -
    -bg color_spec
    -
    -

    Choose background color for the images. This option will be ignored if +

    -bg color_spec
    +

    Choose background color for the images. This option will be ignored if there is a background color \special in the DVI. The color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., ’rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0’. You can also specify ’Transparent’ or ’transparent’ which will give you a @@ -586,17 +578,15 @@ images do not support full alpha transparency, so in case of GIF output, both variants will use the latter behaviour. See Color.

    -
    -d num
    -
    -

    Set the debug flags, showing what dvipng (thinks it) is doing. This will +

    -d num
    +

    Set the debug flags, showing what dvipng (thinks it) is doing. This will work unless dvipng has been compiled without the DEBUG option (not recommended). Set the flags as you need them, use ‘-d -1’ as the first option for maximum output. See Debug options.

    -
    -D num
    -
    -

    Set the output resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to num +

    -D num
    +

    Set the output resolution, both horizontal and vertical, to num dpi (dots per inch).

    One may want to adjust this to fit a certain text font size (e.g., on @@ -616,9 +606,8 @@ is usually 96 dpi) which means the formula is

    On some high-res screens, the value is instead 120 dpi. Good luck!

    -
    --depth*
    -
    - +
    --depth*
    +

    Report the depth of the image. This only works reliably when the LaTeX style preview.sty from preview-latex is used with the ‘active’ option. It reports the number of pixels from the @@ -632,32 +621,29 @@ would use (Cascading StyleSheets 1) necessary, and the unit is pixels (px).

    -
    --dvinum*
    +
    --dvinum*

    Set this option to make the output page number be the TeX page numbers rather than the physical page number. See the ‘-o’ switch.

    -
    -fg color_spec
    -
    -

    Choose foreground color for the images. This option will be ignored if +

    -fg color_spec
    +

    Choose foreground color for the images. This option will be ignored if there is a foreground color \special in the DVI. The color spec should be in TeX color \special syntax, e.g., ’rgb 1.0 0.0 0.0’. See Color.

    -
    --follow*
    -
    -

    Wait for data at end-of-file. One of the benefits of dvipng is that it +

    --follow*
    +

    Wait for data at end-of-file. One of the benefits of dvipng is that it does not read the postamble, so it can be started before TeX finishes. This switch makes dvipng wait at end-of-file for further output, unless it finds the POST marker that indicates the end of the DVI. This is similar to ‘tail -f’ but for DVI-to-PNG conversion.

    -
    --freetype*
    -
    -

    Enable/disable FreeType font rendering (default on). This option is +

    --freetype*
    +

    Enable/disable FreeType font rendering (default on). This option is available if the FreeType2 font library was present at compilation time. If this is the case, dvipng will have direct support for PostScript Type1 and TrueType fonts internally, rather than using ‘gsftopk’ @@ -671,9 +657,8 @@ identical output on different platforms, since FreeType uses the native renderer and therefore can give slightly different output on each platform.

    -
    --gamma num
    -
    - +
    --gamma num
    +

    Control the interpolation of colors in the greyscale anti-aliasing @@ -682,9 +667,8 @@ fonts will be lighter (more like the background), and for num > 1, the fonts will be darker (more like the foreground).

    -
    --gif*
    -
    -

    The images are output in the GIF format, if GIF support is enabled. +

    --gif*
    +

    The images are output in the GIF format, if GIF support is enabled. This is the default for the ‘dvigif’ binary, which only will be available when GIF support is enabled. GIF images are palette images (see the ‘--palette’ option) and does not support true alpha @@ -692,9 +676,8 @@ channels (see the ‘--bg’ option). See also the ‘< option.

    -
    --height*
    -
    - +
    --height*
    +

    Report the height of the image. This only works reliably when the LaTeX style preview.sty from preview-latex is used with the ‘active’ option. It reports the number of pixels from the top @@ -703,9 +686,8 @@ image is obtained as the sum of the values reported from ‘--height’ and ‘--depth’.

    -
    -l [=]num
    -
    - +
    -l [=]num
    +

    The last page printed will be the first one numbered num. Default @@ -717,33 +699,29 @@ Thus, using ‘-l =9’ will end with the ninth page of the no matter what the pages are actually numbered.

    -
    --mode mode
    -
    - +
    --mode mode
    +

    This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. Use mode as the Metafont device name for the PK fonts (both for path searching and font generation). This needs to be augmented with the base device resolution, given with the ‘--bdpi’ option. See the file ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf for a list of resolutions and mode -names for most devices. See Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea. +names for most devices. See Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea.

    -
    -M*
    -
    - +
    -M*
    +

    This option only has an effect when using bitmapped (PK) fonts. It turns off automatic PK font generation (mktexpk).

    -
    --nogs*
    -
    -

    This switch prohibits the internal call to GhostScript for displaying +

    --nogs*
    +

    This switch prohibits the internal call to GhostScript for displaying PostScript specials. ‘--nogs0’ turns the call back on.

    -
    --nogssafer*
    -
    - +
    --nogssafer*
    +

    Normally, if GhostScript is used to render PostScript specials, the GhostScript interpreter is run with the option ‘-dSAFER’. The ‘--nogssafer’ option runs GhostScript without ‘-dSAFER’. The @@ -752,17 +730,15 @@ as deletefile, to prevent possibly malicious PostScript programs from having any effect.

    -
    --norawps*
    -
    -

    Some packages generate raw PostScript specials, even non-rendering such +

    --norawps*
    +

    Some packages generate raw PostScript specials, even non-rendering such specials. This switch turns off the internal call to GhostScript intended to display these raw PostScript specials. ‘--norawps0’ turns the call back on.

    -
    -o name
    -
    - +
    -o name
    +

    Send output to the file name. A single occurrence of ‘%d’ or ‘%01d’, …, ‘%09d’ will be exchanged for the physical page number (this can be changed, see the ‘--dvinum’ switch). The @@ -770,18 +746,16 @@ default output filename is ‘file%d.png’ wher file was ‘file.dvi’.

    -
    -O x-offset,y-offset
    -
    -

    Move the origin by x-offset,y-offset, a comma-separated +

    -O x-offset,y-offset
    +

    Move the origin by x-offset,y-offset, a comma-separated pair of dimensions such as ‘.1in,-.3cm’. The origin of the page is shifted from the default position (of one inch down, one inch to the right from the upper left corner of the paper) by this amount.

    -
    -p [=]num
    -
    - +
    -p [=]num
    +

    The first page printed will be the first one numbered num. Default @@ -793,9 +767,8 @@ DVI file. Thus, using ‘-p =3’ will start with the thir the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered.

    -
    --palette*
    -
    -

    When an external image is included, ‘dvipng’ will automatically +

    --palette*
    +

    When an external image is included, ‘dvipng’ will automatically switch to truecolor mode, to avoid unnecessary delay and quality reduction, and enable the EPS translator to draw on a transparent background and outside of the boundingbox. This switch will force @@ -804,9 +777,8 @@ clipped image inclusion. This will also override the ‘--truecolor

    -
    --picky*
    -
    -

    No images are output when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will +

    --picky*
    +

    No images are output when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. Mainly, this is @@ -815,15 +787,13 @@ but warnings will also occur for missing or unknown color specs and missing PK fonts.

    -
    --png*
    -
    -

    The images are output in the PNG format. This is the default for the +

    --png*
    +

    The images are output in the PNG format. This is the default for the ‘dvipng’ binary. See also the ‘--gif’ option.

    -
    -pp firstpage-lastpage
    -
    -

    Print pages firstpage through lastpage; but not quite +

    -pp firstpage-lastpage
    +

    Print pages firstpage through lastpage; but not quite equivalent to ‘-p firstpage -l lastpage’. For example, when rendering a book, there may be several instances of a page in the DVI file (one in \frontmatter, one in \mainmatter, and one @@ -842,17 +812,15 @@ page numbered -1 (only the table of contents, say) put ‘-pp -1--1-pp -1:-1’.

    -
    -q*
    -
    - +
    -q*
    +

    Run quietly. Don’t chatter about pages converted, etc. to standard output; report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.

    -
    -Q num
    -
    - +
    -Q num
    +

    Set the quality to num. That is, choose the number of antialiasing levels for bitmapped fonts (PK), to be num*num+1. The default value is 4 which gives 17 levels of @@ -860,23 +828,21 @@ antialiasing for antialiased fonts from these two. If FreeType is available, its rendering is unaffected by this option.

    -
    -r*
    -
    -

    Toggle output of pages in reverse/forward order. By default, the first +

    -r*
    +

    Toggle output of pages in reverse/forward order. By default, the first page in the DVI is output first.

    -
    --strict*
    -
    -

    The program exits when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will output +

    --strict*
    +

    The program exits when a warning occurs. Normally, dvipng will output an image in spite of a warning, but there may be something missing in this image. One reason to use this option would be if you have a more complete but slower fallback converter. See the ‘--picky’ option above for a list of when warnings occur.

    -
    -T image_size
    +
    -T image_size

    Set the image size to image_size which can be either of ‘bbox’, ‘tight’, or a comma-separated pair of dimensions hsize,vsize such as ‘.1in,.3cm’. The default is @@ -887,31 +853,28 @@ the left in the produced image. The value ‘tight’ will only include all ink put on the page, producing neat images.

    -
    --truecolor*
    -
    -

    This will make ‘dvipng’ generate truecolor output. Note that +

    --truecolor*
    +

    This will make ‘dvipng’ generate truecolor output. Note that truecolor output is automatic if you include an external image in your DVI, e.g., via a PostScript special (i.e., the ‘graphics’ or ‘graphicx’ package). This switch is overridden by the ‘--palette’ switch.

    -
    -v*
    +
    -v*

    Enable verbose operation. This will currently indicate what fonts is used, in addition to the usual output.

    -
    --width*
    -
    -

    Report the width of the image. See also ‘--height’ and +

    --width*
    +

    Report the width of the image. See also ‘--height’ and ‘--depth’.

    -
    -x num
    -
    -

    This option is deprecated; it should not be used. It is much better to +

    -x num
    +

    This option is deprecated; it should not be used. It is much better to select the output resolution directly with the ‘-D’ option. This -option sets the magnification ratio to num/1000 and +option sets the magnification ratio to num/1000 and overrides the magnification specified in the DVI file. Must be between 10 and 100000. It is recommended that you use standard magstep values (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so on) to help reduce the @@ -919,9 +882,8 @@ total number of PK files generated. num may be a real number, not an integer, for increased precision.

    -
    -z num
    -
    -

    Set the PNG compression level to num. This option is enabled if +

    -z num
    +

    Set the PNG compression level to num. This option is enabled if your ‘libgd’ is new enough. The default compression level is 1, which selects maximum speed at the price of slightly larger PNGs. For an older ‘libgd’, the hard-soldered value 5 is used. The include file @@ -938,9 +900,12 @@ correspond directly to the zlib compression levels.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    5 Graphics

    @@ -952,17 +917,15 @@ also able (from version 1.8) to include bitmapped graphics. It also tries to handle some of the raw PostScript that is output from various packages. Some of the possibilities and problems are mentioned below.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -996,7 +959,9 @@ in this example (using ‘graphicx’):
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1030,7 +995,9 @@ wide:

    -
    +
    +
    +

    Previous: , Up: Graphics   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -1074,9 +1041,12 @@ is turned off, it gives a warning. It is now possible to use the switch the slower fallback for these pages.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    6 Color

    @@ -1085,16 +1055,15 @@ generated by the ‘color’ and ‘xcolor specials start with the keyword ‘color’ or the keyword ‘background’, followed by a color specification.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    Next: , Up: Color   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -1123,7 +1092,9 @@ an argument to ‘--bg’ to choose transparent background. See Option details.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Previous: , Up: Color   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -1156,9 +1127,12 @@ that color. the pages are rendered repeatedly or in reverse order.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    7 Diagnosing problems

    @@ -1171,15 +1145,14 @@ all the instructions in this manual, and still can’t get something to work. The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find yourself in such a situation.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1198,11 +1171,13 @@ body to dvipng-request@nongnu.org access, ask on dvipng@nongnu.org.

    For details on the TeX path-searching library, and mktexpk -problems, see Common problems in Kpathsea. +problems, see Common problems in Kpathsea.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1216,56 +1191,59 @@ multiple classes, sum the numbers of the classes you wish to track. To track all classes, you can use -1.

    Some of these debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea -(see Debugging in Kpathsea). +(see Debugging in Kpathsea).

    The classes are:

    -
    1
    +
    1

    Normal dvi op-codes

    -
    2
    +
    2

    Virtual fonts

    -
    4
    +
    4

    PK fonts

    -
    8
    +
    8

    TFM files

    -
    16
    +
    16

    Glyph rendering

    -
    32
    +
    32

    FreeType calls

    -
    64
    +
    64

    Encoding loads

    -
    128
    +
    128

    Color specials

    -
    256
    +
    256

    GhostScript specials

    -
    512
    +
    512

    Kpathsea stat calls

    -
    1024
    +
    1024

    Kpathsea hash table lookups

    -
    2048
    +
    2048

    Kpathsea path element expansion

    -
    4096
    +
    4096

    Kpathsea path searches


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    8 Credits

    @@ -1289,9 +1267,11 @@ Waldeck Schutzer, Ahzo, and Andy Nguyen.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    9 Copying

    @@ -1314,9 +1294,11 @@ License along with this program. If not, see

    Copyright © 2002-2015, 2019 Jan-Åke Larsson


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Previous: , Up: dvipng   [Contents][Index]

    Index

    @@ -1515,7 +1497,8 @@ Previous: , Up: W   -
    +
    +
    diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.pdf index c92d4407a32..028cd521cf1 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvipng/dvipng.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.html index da5842dfc30..30e59aef42e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/dvips/dvips.html @@ -1,11 +1,11 @@ - - + + Dvips: A DVI-to-PostScript translator @@ -13,17 +13,20 @@ PostScript. You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. --> + + + @@ -48,23 +52,21 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} - -

    Short Table of Contents

    -
    - +
    +
    +

    +Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    +

    Dvips

    + +

    This manual documents Dvips version 2022.1 +(January 2022), a program to translate a DVI file into +PostScript. You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. +

    + - +

    Table of Contents

    @@ -185,42 +187,28 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
  • Index
  • - - -
    -

    -Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    -

    Dvips

    - -

    This manual documents Dvips version 2021.1 -(February 2021), a program to translate a DVI file into -PostScript. You may freely use, modify and/or distribute this file. -

    - - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Dvips   [Contents][Index]

    1 Why use Dvips?

    @@ -276,9 +264,11 @@ structure of the program.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Dvips   [Contents][Index]

    2 Installation

    @@ -289,29 +279,26 @@ Next: , Pre

    Installing Dvips is mostly the same as installing any Kpathsea-using program. Therefore, for the basic steps involved, -see Installation in Kpathsea. +see Installation in Kpathsea.

    For solutions to common installation problems and information on how to -report a bug, see the file kpathsea/BUGS (see Bugs in Kpathsea). For solutions to Dvips-specific problems, +report a bug, see the file kpathsea/BUGS (see Bugs in Kpathsea). For solutions to Dvips-specific problems, see Debug options.

    Dvips does require some additional installation, detailed in the sections below. Also, to configure color devices, see Color device configuration.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -329,16 +316,16 @@ printer (output device). Since these are site-specific, make install does not create them; you must create them yourself.

    (These Dvips configuration files are independent of the Kpathsea -configuration file texmf.cnf (see Config files in Kpathsea). +configuration file texmf.cnf (see Config files in Kpathsea).

    Dvips configuration files contents and searching are described fully in -Config files. The simplest way to create a new configuration file +Dvips configuration files. The simplest way to create a new configuration file is to copy and modify the file dvipsk/contrib/config.proto, -seasoning with options to your taste from Config files. Here is +seasoning with options to your taste from Dvips configuration files. Here is config.proto for your reading pleasure:

    @@ -395,9 +382,11 @@ Z
    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.2 PostScript font installation

    @@ -415,16 +404,18 @@ come with support for 35 base PostScript fonts and many more.

    If you have additional PostScript fonts, you can make them available to Dvips by (1) giving them appropriate filenames; and -(2) running Afm2tfm (see Making a font available) to make TFM +(2) running Afm2tfm (see Making a PostScript font available) to make TFM and VF metrics for TeX and Dvips to use. Also add them to -psfonts.map (see psfonts.map); this file must contain +psfonts.map (see psfonts.map: PostScript font catalog); this file must contain everything available in the system. The updmap program is usually used to maintain psfonts.map; run ‘updmap --help’ for lots of information about how it works.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -455,13 +446,15 @@ format. The latest version is available via

    The program Ghostview, originally written by Johannes Plass and Tim Theisen, provides typical previewing capabilities (next page/previous page, magnification, etc.). It requires Ghostscript to run, and files -in structured Postscript, specifically with ‘%%Page’ comments (no +in structured PostScript, specifically with ‘%%Page’ comments (no ‘N’ in config.ps). The current version is known as GV, and is available from https://www.gnu.org/software/gv.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -477,33 +470,28 @@ work. The following sections provide some helpful hints if you find yourself in such a situation.

    For details on effective bug reporting, common installation problems, -and mktexpk problems, see Bugs in Kpathsea. +and mktexpk problems, see Bugs in Kpathsea.

    A good first debugging operation is to set the environment variable DVIPSDEBUG, which will display any configuration and map files read by Dvips. This way you can be sure it’s finding the files and settings you expect.

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    2.4.1 Debug options

    @@ -519,57 +507,59 @@ To track all classes, you can use -1.

    You can also set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG instead of using ‘-d’. Some of these debugging options are actually -provided by Kpathsea (see Debugging in Kpathsea). +provided by Kpathsea (see Debugging in Kpathsea).

    The classes are:

    -
    1
    +
    1

    specials

    -
    2
    +
    2

    paths

    -
    4
    +
    4

    fonts

    -
    8
    +
    8

    pages

    -
    16
    +
    16

    headers

    -
    32
    +
    32

    font compression

    -
    64
    +
    64

    files

    -
    128
    +
    128

    (omitted)

    -
    256
    +
    256

    config files

    -
    512
    +
    512

    Kpathsea stat calls

    -
    1024
    +
    1024

    Kpathsea hash table lookups

    -
    2048
    +
    2048

    Kpathsea path element expansion

    -
    4096
    +
    4096

    Kpathsea path searches


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4.2 No output at all

    @@ -608,9 +598,11 @@ comments and see what happens.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4.3 Output too small or inverted

    @@ -627,13 +619,15 @@ force Dvips to do this with the ‘-F’ flag (or ‘-s’ flag (or ‘s’ config file option) to enclose the entire job in a save/restore pair. -See Command-line options, and Config files. +See Command-line options, and Dvips configuration files.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4.4 Error messages from printer

    @@ -668,9 +662,11 @@ might be a problem with the printer itself.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4.5 Long documents fail to print

    @@ -682,9 +678,11 @@ the printer has in the configuration file; see the previous section.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.4.6 Including graphics fails

    @@ -693,7 +691,7 @@ Previous:

    Bounding box). Complain to whoever wrote the software that +box (see The bounding box comment). Complain to whoever wrote the software that generated the file if the bounding box is indeed incorrect.

    @@ -716,9 +714,13 @@ looking for a particular comment.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    3 Invoking Dvips

    @@ -734,20 +736,17 @@ chapters in this document.

    There many ways to control Dvips’ behavior: configuration files, environment variables, and command-line options.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -772,7 +771,7 @@ progress reports appear by default. The next time that document is printed, these fonts will have been saved in the proper directories, so printing will go much faster. (If Dvips tries to endlessly generate the same fonts over and over again, it hasn’t been installed properly. -See Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea.) +See Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea.)

    Many options are available (see the next section). For a brief summary of available options, run @@ -783,25 +782,26 @@ of available options, run


    -
    +
    +
    +

    3.2 Command-line options

    Dvips has a plethora of command line options. Reading through this section will give a good idea of the capabilities of the driver.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -855,7 +855,9 @@ Email bug reports to tex-k@mail.tug.org.
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -869,42 +871,36 @@ page reversal, use ‘-r0’. Such options are marked with ‘*’.

    -
    -
    -
    - +
    -
    +

    Read additional options from standard input after processing the command line.

    -
    --help
    -
    -

    Print a usage message and exit. +

    --help
    +

    Print a usage message and exit.

    -
    --version
    -
    -

    Print the version number and exit. +

    --version
    +

    Print the version number and exit.

    -
    -a*
    -
    - +
    -a*
    +

    Conserve memory by making three passes over the DVI file instead of two and only loading those characters actually used. Generally only useful on machines with a very limited amount of memory, like some PCs.

    -
    -A
    -
    - +
    -A
    +

    Print only the odd pages. This option uses TeX page numbers, not physical page numbers.

    -
    -b num
    -
    - +
    -b num
    +

    Generate num copies of each page, but duplicating the page body @@ -913,25 +909,22 @@ be useful in conjunction with a header file setting ‘bop-hook do color separations or other neat tricks.

    -
    -B
    -
    - +
    -B
    +

    Print only the even pages. This option uses TeX page numbers, not physical page numbers.

    -
    -bitmapfontenc option
    -
    - +
    -bitmapfontenc option
    +

    Turns bitmap font encoding to ‘off’, ‘on’ (no warnings for missing bitmap font encodings), or ‘strict’ (with warnings for missing bitmap font encodings).

    -
    -c num
    -
    - +
    -c num
    +

    Generate num consecutive copies of every page, i.e., the output is @@ -939,9 +932,8 @@ uncollated. This merely sets the builtin PostScript variable ‘/#copies’.

    -
    -C num
    -
    - +
    -C num
    +

    Generate num copies, but collated (by replicating the data in the PostScript file). Slower than the ‘-c’ option, but easier on the @@ -949,18 +941,16 @@ hands, and faster than resubmitting the same PostScript file multiple times.

    -
    -d num
    -
    - +
    -d num
    +

    Set the debug flags, showing what Dvips (thinks it) is doing. This will work unless Dvips has been compiled without the ‘DEBUG’ option (not recommended). See Debug options, for the possible values of num. Use ‘-d -1’ as the first option for maximum output.

    -
    -D num
    -
    - +
    -D num
    +

    Set both the horizontal and vertical resolution to num, given in dpi (dots per inch). This affects the choice of bitmap fonts that are loaded and also the positioning of letters in resident PostScript @@ -974,9 +964,8 @@ that you use or Metafont will fail. See the file names for most devices.

    -
    -e num
    -
    - +
    -e num
    +

    Maximum drift in pixels of each character from its ‘true’ @@ -990,9 +979,8 @@ position at the beginning of each new word, improves the spacing of letters in words.

    -
    -E*
    -
    - +
    -E*
    +

    Generate an EPSF file with a tight bounding box. This only looks at @@ -1010,9 +998,8 @@ each page as a separate EPSF file; otherwise, all the pages are overlaid in the single output file.

    -
    -f*
    -
    - +
    -f*
    +
    @@ -1027,9 +1014,8 @@ control-D if it was turned on with the ‘-F’ option or i configuration file; use ‘-F’ after the ‘-f’ to send it anyway.

    -
    -F*
    -
    - +
    -F*
    +
    @@ -1040,27 +1026,26 @@ systems. On systems shared by more than one person, this is not recommended.

    -
    -G*
    -
    - +
    -G*
    +

    Shift non-printing characters (ASCII 0-32, 127) to higher-numbered positions. This was useful to work around bugs in old versions of Adobe’s PDF reader. It’s more likely to cause problems nowadays.

    -
    -h name
    -
    - +
    -h name
    +

    Prepend name as an additional header file, or, if name is -‘-’, suppress all header files. Any definitions in the header file -get added to the PostScript ‘userdict’. +‘-’, suppress inclusion of default header files. If -h is +given multiple times, the headers are included in the order given. +Any definitions in the header file get added to the PostScript +‘userdict’.

    -
    -i*
    -
    - +
    -i*
    +

    Make each section be a separate file; a section is a part of the @@ -1080,17 +1065,15 @@ output into unwanted sections, to try to avoid overflowing printer memory. See Headers and memory usage, for ways to handle this.

    -
    -j*
    -
    -

    Download only needed characters from Type 1 fonts. This is the +

    -j*
    +

    Download only needed characters from Type 1 fonts. This is the default in the current release. Some debugging flags trace this operation (see Debug options). You can also control partial downloading on a -per-font basis (see psfonts.map). +per-font basis (see psfonts.map: PostScript font catalog).

    -
    -k*
    -
    - +
    -k*
    +

    Print crop marks. This option increases the paper size (which should be specified, either with a paper size special or with the ‘-T’ @@ -1100,9 +1083,8 @@ typesetters that can set the page size automatically. This works by downloading crop.pro.

    -
    -K*
    -
    - +
    -K*
    +

    Remove comments in included PostScript graphics, font files, and headers; only necessary to get around bugs in spoolers or PostScript @@ -1113,49 +1095,65 @@ macros from some software packages read portion the input stream line by line, searching for a particular comment.

    -
    -l [=]num
    -
    - +
    -l [=]num[.pageseq]
    +
    + -

    The last page printed will be the first one numbered num. Default -is the last page in the document. If num is prefixed by an equals -sign, then it (and the argument to the ‘-p’ option, if specified) -is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than a value to -compare with the TeX ‘\count0’ values stored in the DVI file. -Thus, using ‘-l =9’ will end with the ninth page of the document, -no matter what the pages are actually numbered. -

    -
    -
    -L*
    -
    - +

    The last page printed will be the first one numbered num; the +default is the last page in the document. +

    +

    By default, num is compared to TeX’s idea of the page number +(more precisely, the \count0 value written in the DVI file). +But if num is prefixed by an equals sign, then it (and the +argument to the ‘-p’ option, if specified) is treated as a +physical (absolute) page number, Thus, using ‘-l =9’ will end the +output with the ninth page of the document, no matter what the pages +are actually numbered. +

    +

    On the other hand, if pageseq is specified, the pageseqth +occurrence of the given TeX page number is used. For example, +‘-l 99.2’ says to end with the second page numbered 99 in the +document. The ‘=’ and lastseq features aren’t useful +together. +

    +
    +
    -L*
    +

    By default or with -L1, the last ‘papersize’ special wins; with -L0, the first special wins. See papersize’ special.

    -
    -m*
    -
    - +
    -landscaperotate*
    +
    +

    When looking for matching paper sizes, permit rotation of page content +on the page to match the given size; the default, as of Dvips 2022.1, +is not to do this. It should not be needed in modern systems with +normal print spoolers, and can be harmful when converting to PDF +(see Configuration file paper size command). This option accepts an optional +suffix of 0 (to explicitly disable) or 1 (to explicitly enable); if +the option is specified without a suffix, it enables the behavior. +

    +
    +
    -m*
    +

    Specify manual feed, if supported by the output device.

    -
    -mode mode
    -
    - +
    -mode mode
    +

    Use mode as the Metafont device name for path searching and font generation. This overrides any value from configuration files. With the default paths, explicitly specifying the mode also makes the program assume the fonts are in a subdirectory named mode. -See TeX directory structure in Kpathsea. If Metafont does not understand the mode name, see -Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea. +See TeX directory structure in Kpathsea. If Metafont does not understand the mode name, see +Unable to generate fonts in Kpathsea.

    -
    -M*
    -
    - +
    -M*
    +

    Turns off automatic font generation (mktexpk). If @@ -1172,16 +1170,14 @@ overridden by the ‘MISSFONT_LOG’ environment variable o configuration file value.

    -
    -n num
    -
    - +
    -n num
    +

    Print at most num pages. Default is 100000.

    -
    -N*
    -
    - +
    -N*
    +

    Turns off generation of structured comments such as ‘%%Page’; this @@ -1192,9 +1188,8 @@ Beware: This also disables page movement, etc., in PostScript viewers such as Ghostview.

    -
    -noomega
    -
    - +
    -noomega
    +

    Disable the use of Omega extensions when interpreting DVI files. By default, the additional opcodes ‘129’ and ‘134’ @@ -1202,9 +1197,8 @@ are recognized by Dvips as Omega or pTeX extensions and interpreted as requests to set 2-byte characters.

    -
    -noptex
    -
    - +
    -noptex
    +

    Disable the use of pTeX extensions when interpreting DVI files. By default, the additional opcodes ‘130’ and ‘135’ are recognized by Dvips as Omega extensions and interpreted as requests to @@ -1218,12 +1212,11 @@ larger. If you find this unacceptable or encounter another problem with the Omega or pTeX extensions, you can switch off the pTeX extension by using ‘-noptex’, or both by using ‘-noomega’ (but please do send a bug report if you find such problems, -see Bugs in Kpathsea). +see Bugs in Kpathsea).

    -
    -o name
    -
    - +
    -o name
    +

    Send output to the file name. If ‘-o’ is specified without name (i.e., it is the last thing on the command line), the @@ -1250,9 +1243,8 @@ environment variable, and turns off the automatic sending of control-D. See the ‘-f’ option for how to override this.

    -
    -O x-offset,y-offset
    -
    - +
    -O x-offset,y-offset
    +

    Move the origin by x-offset,y-offset, a comma-separated pair of dimensions such as ‘.1in,-.3cm’ (see papersize’ special). The origin of the page is shifted from the default position @@ -1271,24 +1263,17 @@ same O value—some printers vary widely from run to run. page, your best recourse is to use ‘bop-hook’ (see PostScript hooks).

    -
    -p [=]num
    -
    - +
    -p [=]num[.pageseq]
    +
    -

    The first page printed will be the first one numbered num. Default -is the first page in the document. If num is prefixed by an -equals sign, then it (and the argument to the ‘-l’ option, if -specified) is treated as a physical (absolute) page number, rather than -a value to compare with the TeX ‘\count0’ values stored in the -DVI file. Thus, using ‘-p =3’ will start with the third page of -the document, no matter what the pages are actually numbered. -

    -
    -
    -pp first-last
    -
    - +

    Exactly analogous to -l (q.v.), but specifying the first page +number to be printed (processed). +

    +
    +
    -pp first-last
    +

    Print pages first through last; equivalent to ‘-p first -l last’, except that multiple ‘-pp’ options @@ -1296,9 +1281,8 @@ accumulate, unlike ‘-p’ and ‘-l&rsqu also be ‘:’.

    -
    -P printer
    -
    - +
    -P printer
    +

    Read the configuration file config.printer (printer.cfg on MS-DOS), which typically sets the output name (most likely ‘o |lpr -Pprinter’), resolution, Metafont @@ -1320,53 +1304,47 @@ exists, it is read. See Configuration file searching.

    -
    -q*
    -
    - +
    -q*
    +

    Run quietly. Don’t chatter about pages converted, etc., and report no warnings (only errors) to standard error.

    -
    -r*
    -
    - +
    -r*
    +

    Output pages in reverse order. By default, page 1 is output first.

    -
    -R
    -
    - +
    -R
    +

    Run securely. ‘-R2’ disables both shell command execution in -\special (via ‘`’, see Dynamic creation of graphics) +\special (via ‘`’, see Dynamic creation of PostScript graphics files) and config files (via the ‘E’ option, see Configuration file commands) and opening of any absolute or ..-relative filenames. ‘-R1’, the default, forbids shell escapes but allows absolute filenames. ‘-R0’ allows both.

    -
    -s*
    -
    - +
    -s*
    +

    Enclose the output in a global save/restore pair. This causes the file to not be truly conformant, and is thus not recommended, but is useful if you are driving a deficient printer directly and thus don’t care too much about the portability of the output to other environments.

    -
    -S num
    -
    -

    Set the maximum number of pages in each ‘section’. This option is most +

    -S num
    +

    Set the maximum number of pages in each ‘section’. This option is most commonly used with the ‘-i’ option; see its description above for more information.

    -
    -t papertype
    -
    - +
    -t papertype
    +
    @@ -1377,7 +1355,7 @@ more information.

    Set the paper type to papertype, usually defined in one of the configuration files, along with the appropriate PostScript code to -select it (see Config file paper sizes). +select it (see Configuration file paper size command).

    • - You can also specify a papertype of ‘landscape’, which rotates a document by 90 degrees. @@ -1397,9 +1375,8 @@ you can use ‘-E’ to get pure EPSF output.)
    -
    -title string
    -
    - +
    -title string
    +
    @@ -1409,17 +1386,15 @@ input file; for example, running dvips /foo/bar.dvi will have a %%Title of ‘bar.dvi’.

    -
    -T hsize,vsize
    -
    -

    Set the paper size to (hsize,vsize), a comma-separated +

    -T hsize,vsize
    +

    Set the paper size to (hsize,vsize), a comma-separated pair of dimensions such as ‘.1in,-.3cm’ (see papersize’ special). It overrides any paper size special in the DVI file. Be careful, as the paper size will stick to a predefined size if there is one close enough. To disable this behavior, use ‘-tunknown’.

    -
    -u psmapfile
    -
    - +
    -u psmapfile
    +

    Set psmapfile to be the file that dvips uses for looking up PostScript font aliases. If psmapfile begins with a ‘+’ @@ -1429,9 +1404,8 @@ the list). In either case, if the name has no extension, then ‘.map is added at the end.

    -
    -U*
    -
    - +
    -U*
    +

    Disable a PostScript virtual memory-saving optimization that stores the character metric information in the same string that is used to store the bitmap information. This is only necessary when driving the Xerox @@ -1440,14 +1414,12 @@ bottom of each character. Not recommended unless you must drive this printer.

    -
    -v
    -
    -

    Print the dvips version number and exit. +

    -v
    +

    Print the dvips version number and exit.

    -
    -V*
    -
    -

    Download non-resident PostScript fonts as bitmaps. This requires use +

    -V*
    +

    Download non-resident PostScript fonts as bitmaps. This requires use @@ -1460,10 +1432,9 @@ printers that have no resident fonts, i.e., very rarely.

    -
    -x num
    -
    - -

    Set the magnification ratio to num/1000. Overrides +

    -x num
    +
    +

    Set the magnification ratio to num/1000. Overrides the magnification specified in the DVI file. Must be between 10 and 100000. It is recommended that you use standard magstep values (1095, 1200, 1440, 1728, 2074, 2488, 2986, and so on) to help reduce the total @@ -1471,40 +1442,35 @@ number of PK files generated. num may be a real number, not an integer, for increased precision.

    -
    -X num
    -
    - +
    -X num
    +

    Set the horizontal resolution in dots per inch to num.

    -
    -y num
    -
    -

    Set the magnification ratio to num/1000 times the +

    -y num
    +

    Set the magnification ratio to num/1000 times the magnification specified in the DVI file. See ‘-x’ above.

    -
    -Y num
    -
    -

    Set the vertical resolution in dots per inch to num. +

    -Y num
    +

    Set the vertical resolution in dots per inch to num.

    -
    -z*
    -
    - +
    -z*
    +

    Pass ‘html’ hyperdvi specials through to the output for eventual distillation into PDF. This is not enabled by default to avoid including the header files unnecessarily, and use of temporary files in -creating the output. See Hypertext. +creating the output. See HyperTeXt.

    -
    -Z*
    -
    - +
    -Z*
    +

    Compress bitmap fonts in the output file, thereby reducing the size of what gets downloaded. Especially useful at high resolutions or when very large fonts are used. May slow down printing, especially on early @@ -1516,9 +1482,12 @@ enabled in the configuration file (see Co


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    3.3 Environment variables

    @@ -1530,75 +1499,59 @@ configuration files are read, so they override values in the configuration files. (Except for TEXCONFIG, which defines where the configuration files themselves are found.)

    -

    See Path specifications in Kpathsea, for details of +

    See Path specifications in Kpathsea, for details of interpretation of path and other environment variables common to all Kpathsea-using programs. Only the environment variables specific to Dvips are mentioned here.

    -
    DVIPSDEBUG - -
    +
    DVIPSDEBUG

    Write the absolute path names of any configuration or map files to standard output, for debugging. This isn’t done by default because these files are read even before the banner is printed. For voluminous additional debugging, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ -(see Debugging in Kpathsea). (If KPATHSEA_DEBUG is +(see Debugging in Kpathsea). (If KPATHSEA_DEBUG is set to any value, it automatically turns on DVIPSDEBUG.)

    -
    DVIPSFONTS - -
    +
    DVIPSFONTS

    Default path to search for all fonts. Overrides all the font path -config file options and other environment variables (see Supported +config file options and other environment variables (see Supported file formats in Kpathsea).

    -
    DVIPSHEADERS - -
    +
    DVIPSHEADERS

    Default path to search for PostScript header files. Overrides the ‘H’ config file option (see Configuration file commands).

    -
    DVIPSMAKEPK - -
    +
    DVIPSMAKEPK

    Overrides ‘mktexpk’ as the name of the program to invoke to create missing PK fonts. You can change the arguments passed to the mktexpk program with the MAKETEXPK environment -variable; see MakeTeX script arguments in Kpathsea. +variable; see MakeTeX script arguments in Kpathsea.

    -
    DVIPSRC - -
    +
    DVIPSRC

    Specifies the name of the startup file (see Configuration file searching) which is read after config.ps but before any printer-specific configuration files.

    -
    DVIPSSIZES - -
    +
    DVIPSSIZES

    Last-resort sizes for scaling of unfound fonts. Overrides the ‘R’ definition in config files (see Configuration file commands).

    -
    PRINTER - -
    +
    PRINTER

    Determine the default printer configuration file. (Dvips itself does not use PRINTER to determine the output destination in any way.)

    -
    TEXCONFIG - -
    +
    TEXCONFIG

    Path to search for Dvips’ config.printer configuration files, including the base config.ps. Using this single @@ -1608,19 +1561,19 @@ on MS-DOS, but config.ps is called by that name on all platforms.)

    -
    TEXPICTS - -
    +
    TEXPICTS

    Path to search for included graphics files. Overrides the ‘S’ config file option (see Configuration file commands). If not set, -TEXINPUTS is looked for. See Supported file formats in Kpathsea. +TEXINPUTS is looked for. See Supported file formats in Kpathsea.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1632,23 +1585,22 @@ Previous: Config files in Kpathsea). +(see Config files in Kpathsea).

    For information about installing these files, including a prototype file -you can copy, see config.ps installation. +you can copy, see config.ps installation.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    3.4.1 Configuration file searching

    @@ -1663,7 +1615,7 @@ or individually by each user.
  • Dvips first reads (if it exists) config.ps; it is searched for along the path for Dvips configuration files, as described in -Supported file formats in Kpathsea. +Supported file formats in Kpathsea.
  • A user-specific startup file is loaded, so individual users can override @@ -1675,7 +1627,7 @@ the name $HOME/.dvipsrc, which is in the user’s home director On MS-DOS and MS-Windows, where users generally don’t have their private directories, the startup file is called dvips.ini and it is searched for along the path for Dvips configuration files (as described -in Supported file formats in Kpathsea.); users are +in Supported file formats in Kpathsea.); users are expected to set this path as they see fit for their taste.
  • @@ -1707,19 +1659,19 @@ configuration files to be found before the system’s. overridden by configuration files:

    -
    -D
    +
    -D

    As well as setting the resolution, this unsets the mode, if the mode was previously set from a configuration file. If config.$PRINTER is read, however, any ‘D’ or ‘M’ lines from there will take effect.

    -
    -mode
    +
    -mode

    This overrides any mode setting (‘M’ line) in configuration files. ‘-mode’ does not affect the resolution.

    -
    -o
    +
    -o

    This overrides any output setting (‘o’ line) in configuration files.

    @@ -1732,9 +1684,11 @@ possible.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    3.4.2 Configuration file commands

    @@ -1755,47 +1709,39 @@ space, asterisk, equal sign, percent sign, or pound sign are ignored. There is no provision for continuation lines.

    -
    @ name hsize vsize
    -
    -

    Define paper sizes. See Config file paper sizes. +

    @ name hsize vsize
    +

    Define paper sizes. See Configuration file paper size command.

    -
    a*
    -
    -

    Memory conservation. Same as ‘-a’, see Option details. +

    a*
    +

    Memory conservation. Same as ‘-a’, see Option details.

    -
    b #copies
    -
    -

    Multiple copies. Same as ‘-b’, see Option details. +

    b #copies
    +

    Multiple copies. Same as ‘-b’, see Option details.

    -
    bitmapfontenc option
    -
    -

    Turns bitmap font encoding to ‘off’, ‘on’ (no warnings +

    bitmapfontenc option
    +

    Turns bitmap font encoding to ‘off’, ‘on’ (no warnings for missing bitmap font encodings), or ‘strict’ (with warnings for missing bitmap font encodings).

    -
    c filename
    -
    -

    Include filename as an additional configuration file, read +

    c filename
    +

    Include filename as an additional configuration file, read immediately.

    -
    D dpi
    -
    -

    Output resolution. Same as ‘-D’, see Option details. +

    D dpi
    +

    Output resolution. Same as ‘-D’, see Option details.

    -
    e num
    -
    -

    Max drift. Same as ‘-e’, see Option details. +

    e num
    +

    Max drift. Same as ‘-e’, see Option details.

    -
    E command
    -
    - +
    E command
    +

    Executes the command listed with system(3); can be used to get @@ -1804,57 +1750,55 @@ Possibly dangerous; this may be disabled, in which case a warning will be printed if the option is used (and warnings are not suppressed).

    -
    f*
    -
    F
    -
    - +
    f*
    +
    F
    +

    Run as a filter. Same as ‘-f’, see Option details.

    -
    G*
    -
    -

    Shift low-numbered characters; obsolete. Same as ‘-G’, +

    G*
    +

    Shift low-numbered characters; obsolete. Same as ‘-G’, see Option details.

    -
    h header
    -
    -

    Prepend header to output. Same as ‘h-’, see Option details. +

    h header
    +

    Prepend header to output. Same as ‘h-’; that is, the +config file h directive suppresses any inclusion of standard +headers (see Option details).

    -
    H path
    -
    - +
    H path
    +

    Use path to search for PostScript header files. The environment variable DVIPSHEADERS overrides this.

    -
    i n
    -
    -

    Make multiple output files. Same as ‘-i -S n’, see Option details. +

    i n
    +

    Make multiple output files. Same as ‘-i -S n’, see Option details.

    -
    j*
    -
    -

    Partially download Type 1 fonts. Same as ‘-j’, see Option details. +

    j*
    +

    Partially download Type 1 fonts. Same as ‘-j’, see Option details.

    -
    K*
    -
    -

    Remove comments from included PostScript files. Same as ‘-K’, +

    K*
    +

    Remove comments from included PostScript files. Same as ‘-K’, see Option details.

    -
    L*
    -
    -

    If zero, the first paper size specified is effective, else the last. +

    L*
    +

    If zero, the first paper size specified is effective, else the last. Same as ‘-L’, see Option details.

    -
    m num
    -
    - +
    landscaperotate
    +

    Permit rotation of page content to match page size. +Same as ‘-landscaperotate’, see Option details. +

    +
    +
    m num
    +

    Declare num as the memory available for fonts and strings in the printer. The compile-time default is 180000, but this is typically @@ -1886,21 +1830,18 @@ splitting of the output is desirable. The Dvips config file ‘dvips -Pmaxmem’.

    -
    M mode
    -
    -

    Metafont mode. Same as ‘-mode’, see Option details. +

    M mode
    +

    Metafont mode. Same as ‘-mode’, see Option details.

    -
    N*
    -
    -

    Disable structured comments. Beware: This also turns off displaying -page numbers or changing to specific pagenumbers in PostScript viewers. +

    N*
    +

    Disable structured comments. Beware: This also turns off displaying +page numbers or changing to specific page numbers in PostScript viewers. Same as ‘-N’, see Option details.

    -
    o name
    -
    - +
    o name
    +

    Send output to name. Same as ‘-o’, see Option details. In the file config.foo, a setting like this is probably appropriate: @@ -1912,14 +1853,12 @@ the local printer device PRN if it doesn’t find an executable program by that name in the current directory or along the PATH.

    -
    O xoff,yoff
    -
    -

    Origin offset. Same as ‘-O’, see Option details. +

    O xoff,yoff
    +

    Origin offset. Same as ‘-O’, see Option details.

    -
    p [+]name
    -
    - +
    p [+]name
    +

    Examine name for PostScript font aliases. Default is @@ -1931,32 +1870,28 @@ map files pointed to by local configuration files that append to the global map file. This can be used for font families.

    -
    P path
    -
    - +
    P path
    +

    Use path to search for bitmap PK font files is path. The PKFONTS, TEXPKS, GLYPHFONTS, and TEXFONTS -environment variables override this. See Supported file formats in Kpathsea. +environment variables override this. See Supported file formats in Kpathsea.

    -
    q*
    -
    Q
    -
    - +
    q*
    +
    Q
    +

    Run quietly. Same as ‘-q’, see Option details.

    -
    r*
    -
    -

    Page reversal. Same as ‘-r’, see Option details. +

    r*
    +

    Page reversal. Same as ‘-r’, see Option details.

    -
    R num1 num2 …
    -
    - +
    R num1 num2 …
    +

    Define the list of default resolutions for PK fonts. If a font size @@ -1983,46 +1918,40 @@ the Makefile variable ‘default_texsizes’, defined in th make/paths.make.

    -
    s*
    -
    -

    Output global save/restore. Same as ‘-s’, see Option details. +

    s*
    +

    Output global save/restore. Same as ‘-s’, see Option details.

    -
    S path
    -
    - +
    S path
    +

    Use path to search for special illustrations (Encapsulated PostScript files or psfiles). The TEXPICTS and then TEXINPUTS environment variables override this.

    -
    T path
    -
    - +
    T path
    +

    Use path to search for TFM files. The TFMFONTS and then TEXFONTS environment variables overrides this. This path is used for resident fonts and fonts that can’t otherwise be found.

    -
    U*
    -
    -

    Work around bug in Xerox 4045 printer. Same as ‘-U’, see Option details. +

    U*
    +

    Work around bug in Xerox 4045 printer. Same as ‘-U’, see Option details.

    -
    V path
    -
    - +
    V path
    +

    Use path to search for virtual font files. This may be device-dependent if you use virtual fonts to simulate actual fonts on different devices.

    -
    W [string]
    -
    - +
    W [string]
    +

    If string is supplied, write it to standard error after reading all the configuration files; with no string, cancel any previous ‘W’ message. This is useful in the default configuration file to @@ -2030,24 +1959,20 @@ remind users to specify a printer, for instance, or to notify users about special characteristics of a particular printer.

    -
    X num
    -
    -

    Horizontal resolution. Same as ‘-X’ (see Option details). +

    X num
    +

    Horizontal resolution. Same as ‘-X’ (see Option details).

    -
    Y num
    -
    -

    Vertical resolution. Same as ‘-Y’ (see Option details). +

    Y num
    +

    Vertical resolution. Same as ‘-Y’ (see Option details).

    -
    Z*
    -
    -

    Compress bitmap fonts. Same as ‘-Z’ (see Option details). +

    Z*
    +

    Compress bitmap fonts. Same as ‘-Z’ (see Option details).

    -
    z*
    -
    -

    Disables execution of system commands, like ‘-R’ +

    z*
    +

    Disables execution of system commands, like ‘-R’ (see Option details). If ‘-R’ is specified on the command line, that takes precedence.

    @@ -2056,9 +1981,13 @@ on the command line, that takes precedence.
    -
    +
    +
    +
  • +
    +

    4 Paper size and landscape orientation

    @@ -2090,20 +2019,18 @@ printer drivers. ‘papersize’ special into the DVI file. In this case, you need not and should not attempt to override it manually.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    4.1 ‘papersize’ special

    @@ -2133,7 +2060,7 @@ unit), pc (picas), dd (didot points), and cc (ciceros).

    This is supported for backward compatibility, but it is hoped that -reventually the ‘papersize’ comment will dominate. +eventually the ‘papersize’ comment will dominate.

    Of course, such a \special only informs Dvips of the desired paper size; you must also adjust \hsize and \vsize in your @@ -2156,9 +2083,11 @@ behavior of Dvips prior to the 2017 release.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.2 Configuration file paper size command

    @@ -2226,8 +2155,26 @@ zero dimensions is used; this should be the unknown paper size definition mentioned below, resulting in the actual dimensions being used.

    -

    Landscape mode for all paper sizes is automatically supported. -

    + + +

    In versions of Dvips prior to 2022.1, if the paper size specified did +not match one of the defined paper sizes, Dvips considered rotated +page content and rotated paper sizes for a match. This provided some +automatic support for landscape mode on raw printers, but today it can +be harmful when generating PDF. (Specifically, the ‘/MediaBox’ +then ends up with rotated values, which is not expected by PDF +viewers, e.g., when a document intentionally has a single page +rotated.) +

    +

    Further, on all recent computer systems, this facility is typically +provided instead by a print spooler that considers the bounding box of +the document and inserts appropriate media selection commands as part +of the print job. So, this automatic rotation is no longer done by +default by Dvips. If you want to enable it, the +‘-landscaperotate’ command line option or ‘landscaperotate’ +configuration file option can be used. See Option details. +

    +

    If your printer has a command to set a special paper size, then give dimensions of ‘0in 0in’; the PostScript code that sets the paper size can refer to the dimensions the user requested as ‘hsize’ @@ -2275,9 +2222,11 @@ synonyms for letter and a4.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.3 Paper trays

    @@ -2322,9 +2271,12 @@ commands to select the paper trays. On the 4SI, alternatetray is
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5 Interaction with PostScript

    @@ -2335,22 +2287,19 @@ Next: , PostScript), downloading other header files (e.g., fonts), including literal PostScript code, and hypertext.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.1 PostScript figures

    @@ -2358,26 +2307,21 @@ Next: , Up: - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.1.1 The bounding box comment

    @@ -2472,9 +2416,11 @@ the file.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.2 The \includegraphics macro for LaTeX

    @@ -2543,9 +2489,11 @@ account.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.3 Using the EPSF macros

    @@ -2553,7 +2501,7 @@ Next: , Pre

    If you are using LaTeX2e, use the ‘graphics’ or ‘graphicx’ -package. See \includegraphics. +package. See The \includegraphics macro for LaTeX.

    If you are using plain TeX or LaTeX 2.09, you need epsf.tex (for plain TeX) and epsf.sty (for LaTeX). For plain @@ -2616,18 +2564,17 @@ terminal when it processes each figure, give the command:

    \epsfverbosetrue
     
    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.1.3.1 EPSF scaling

    @@ -2677,31 +2624,31 @@ that is, the width of the \vbox. Schematically:

    Some useful definitions of body:

    -
    \epsfxsize
    +
    \epsfxsize

    This definition (the default) enables the default features listed above, by setting \epsfxsize to the same value it had before the macro was called.

    -
    #1
    +
    #1

    Force the natural size by returning the first parameter (the original width).

    -
    0pt
    +
    0pt

    A special case, equivalent to ‘#1’.

    -
    0.5#1
    +
    0.5#1

    Scale to half the natural size.

    -
    \hsize
    +
    \hsize

    Scale to the current \hsize. (In LaTeX, use \textwidth instead of \hsize.)

    -
    \ifnum#1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi
    +
    \ifnum#1>\hsize\hsize\else#1\fi

    If the natural width is greater than the current \hsize, scale to \hsize, otherwise use the natural width.

    @@ -2732,9 +2679,11 @@ scale or otherwise modify the document.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.3.2 EPSF clipping

    @@ -2763,9 +2712,12 @@ turn clipping on, just use the command
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.4 ‘psfile’ special

    @@ -2785,58 +2737,48 @@ specify transformations on the PostScript.

    The possible keys are:

    -
    hoffset
    -
    -

    The horizontal offset (default 0). +

    hoffset
    +

    The horizontal offset (default 0).

    -
    voffset
    -
    -

    The vertical offset (default 0). +

    voffset
    +

    The vertical offset (default 0).

    -
    hsize
    -
    -

    The horizontal clipping size (default 612). +

    hsize
    +

    The horizontal clipping size (default 612).

    -
    vsize
    -
    -

    The vertical clipping size (default 792). +

    vsize
    +

    The vertical clipping size (default 792).

    -
    hscale
    -
    -

    The horizontal scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100). +

    hscale
    +

    The horizontal scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).

    -
    vscale
    -
    -

    The vertical scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100). +

    vscale
    +

    The vertical scaling factor, as a percentage (default 100).

    -
    angle
    -
    -

    The rotation, in degrees (default 0). +

    angle
    +

    The rotation, in degrees (default 0).

    -
    clip
    -
    -

    Enable clipping to the bounding box (default disabled). +

    clip
    +

    Enable clipping to the bounding box (default disabled).

    -
    llx, lly, urx, ury
    -
    - +
    llx, lly, urx, ury
    +

    Bounding box of the included image, just as in a %%BoundingBox comment. Values are in big points, and may be fractional.

    -
    rhi, rwi
    -
    - +
    rhi, rwi
    +

    Desired width and height of the resulting figure in the output, in tenths of big points (720 to the inch); may be fractional.

    @@ -2878,9 +2820,11 @@ scale factor.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.5 Dynamic creation of PostScript graphics files

    @@ -2919,9 +2863,11 @@ with the ‘-R’ command-line option or ‘R
    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.1.6 Fonts in figures

    @@ -2940,31 +2886,31 @@ file. Schematically, this looks like:

    Here is the meaning of each of these elements:

    -
    tfmname
    +
    tfmname

    The TeX TFM filename, e.g., cmr10. You can give the same tfmname on more than one ‘%*Font’ line; this is useful when the number of characters from the font used needs a longer hex-bitstring (see item below) than conveniently fits on one line.

    -
    scaledbp
    +
    scaledbp

    The size at which you are using the font, in PostScript points (TeX big points). 72bp = 72.27pt = 1in.

    -
    designbp
    +
    designbp

    The designsize of the font, again in PostScript points. This should match the value in the TFM file tfmname. Thus, for cmr10, it should be ‘9.96265’.

    -
    hex-start
    +
    hex-start

    The character code of the first character used from the font, specified as two ASCII hexadecimal characters, e.g., ‘4b’ or ‘4B’ for ‘K’.

    -
    hex-bitstring
    +
    hex-bitstring

    An arbitrary number of ASCII hexadecimal digits specifying which characters following (and including) hex-start are used. This is treated as a bitmap. For example, if your figure used the single letter @@ -2976,13 +2922,16 @@ treated as a bitmap. For example, if your figure used the single letter

    MetaPost’s output figures contain lines like this for bitmap fonts used -in a MetaPost label (see MetaPost in Web2c). +in a MetaPost label (see MetaPost in Web2c).


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.2 PostScript header files

    @@ -3013,20 +2962,18 @@ version.

    The PostScript dictionary stack will be at the ‘userdict’ level when header files are included.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.2.1 Including headers from TeX

    @@ -3089,9 +3036,11 @@ which are installed in the tex/ tree.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.2.2 Including headers from the command line

    @@ -3119,9 +3068,11 @@ mode on duplex printers, and setting various screen frequencies;


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.2.3 Headers and memory usage

    @@ -3157,9 +3108,12 @@ to a very large number. (See the ‘m’ item in
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.3 Literal PostScript

    @@ -3168,24 +3122,20 @@ Next: , Previous: You can include literal PostScript code in your document in several ways.

    - - - - - - - +

    -
    +
    +

    5.3.1 " special: Literal PostScript

    @@ -3211,9 +3161,11 @@ the \vbox above.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.2 ‘ps’ special

    @@ -3261,9 +3213,11 @@ it easy to typeset text turned in multiples of 90 degrees.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.3 Literal headers: ‘!\special

    @@ -3289,9 +3243,11 @@ literally (the ‘"’ special) or through macros (e.g
    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.4 PostScript hooks

    @@ -3347,9 +3303,11 @@ independent.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.5 Literal examples

    @@ -3390,9 +3348,12 @@ has a useful trick that appears again and again.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.4 HyperTeXt

    @@ -3419,7 +3380,6 @@ output is hyperref (https:/ plain TeX, the Eplain package has some hyperlink support (https://tug.org/eplain).

    - @@ -3427,18 +3387,17 @@ plain TeX, the Eplain package has some hyperlink support written by Mark Doyle and Tanmoy Bhattacharya as the ‘dvihps’ program.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.4.1 Hypertext caveats

    @@ -3528,16 +3487,13 @@ more, but copies are available elsewhere: http://www.utdallas.edu/~cantrell/online/543e.html
    -

    You may also want to check “Notes on converting (La)TeX documents -to robust PDF using Rokicki’s dvips and Acrobat Distiller” by -Timothy P. Van Zandt:
    -http://www.emrg.com/texpdf.htmlhttp://zandtwerk.insead.fr/tex2pdf.html. -


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Previous: , Up: Hypertext   [Contents][Index]

    +Previous: , Up: HyperTeXt   [Contents][Index]

    5.4.2 Hypertext specials

    @@ -3581,9 +3537,7 @@ for a precise description of base URL’s.

    Descriptions of the \special’s:

    -
    href’ - -
    +
    href

    Creates links in your TeX document. For example:

    @@ -3596,9 +3550,7 @@ this is for illustration. In practice, you most likely want to use macros to insert the \special commands; reference above.)

    -
    name’ - -
    +
    name

    Defines URL targets in your TeX documents, so links can be resolved. For example: @@ -3612,18 +3564,14 @@ existing macro packages which take care of all the details, such as hyperref for LaTeX. The HyperTeX FAQ has more information.

    -
    img’ - -
    +
    img

    Links to an arbitrary external file. Interactively, a viewer is spawned to read the file according to the file extension and your mailcap file (see the Xdvi documentation).

    -
    base’ - -
    +
    base

    Defines a base URL that is prepended to all the name targets. Typically unnecessary, as the name of the DVI file being read is used by default. @@ -3635,9 +3583,13 @@ the NeXTSTEP DVI viewer.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Dvips   [Contents][Index]

    6 PostScript fonts

    @@ -3656,22 +3608,19 @@ installation procedure (see Installation). This cha therefore relevant only if you are installing new PostScript fonts not supplied with Dvips. (Or if you’re curious.)

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.1 Font concepts

    @@ -3690,24 +3639,19 @@ numbers of the characters in a font and their descriptive names. Two encoding files used together can describe a reencoding that rearranges, i.e., renumbers, the characters of a font.

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -3740,7 +3684,7 @@ the only common ligatures are fi, fl, ff, ffi, and ffl.)

    This reads the file Times-Roman.afm, and produces two files as -output, namely the virtual property list’file ptmr.vpl, and the +output, namely the virtual property list file ptmr.vpl, and the “raw” font metric file rptmr.tfm. To use the font in TeX, you first run

    @@ -4234,7 +4191,7 @@ separately). See Reencoding with Afm2tfm

    As a final step you need to record information about both the virtual font and the original font (if you ever might want to use it) in the -psfonts.map file (see psfonts.map). For our example, you’d +psfonts.map file (see psfonts.map: PostScript font catalog). For our example, you’d insert the following into psfonts.map:

    rptmr      Times-Roman                 <ptmr8a.pfa
    @@ -4255,9 +4212,11 @@ the built-in PostScript fonts.
     


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3 Invoking Afm2tfm

    @@ -4279,20 +4238,18 @@ can also obtain special effects such as an oblique font. (https://ctan.org/pkg/lcdf-typetools), and afm2pl (http://tex.aanhet.net/afm2pl/), among others.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.3.1 Changing font encodings

    @@ -4305,24 +4262,20 @@ Next:
    -
    +
    +

    6.3.1.1 ‘-t’: Changing TeX encodings

    @@ -4351,9 +4304,11 @@ encoding.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3.1.2 ‘-p’: Changing PostScript encodings

    @@ -4370,7 +4325,7 @@ ligkern info is always omitted from the raw TFM.

    If you use this option, you must also arrange to download ps-enc as part of any document that uses this font. You do this by adding a -line like the following one to psfonts.map (see psfonts.map): +line like the following one to psfonts.map (see psfonts.map: PostScript font catalog):

    zpopr Optima "MyEncoding ReEncodeFont" <myenc.enc
     
    @@ -4390,9 +4345,11 @@ distribution does do this reencoding, for precisely this reason.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3.1.3 ‘-T’: Changing both TeX and PostScript encodings

    @@ -4408,9 +4365,11 @@ particular PostScript font.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3.1.4 Reencoding with Afm2tfm

    @@ -4479,25 +4438,25 @@ of the distributed psfonts.sty for use with LaTeX. the various possible choices for reencoding.

    -
    default encoding
    +
    default encoding
    (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + AdobeStandardEncoding)
     
    -
    -p dc.enc
    +
    -p dc.enc
    (CODINGSCHEME TeX text + DCEncoding)
     
    -
    -t dc.enc
    +
    -t dc.enc
    (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + AdobeStandardEncoding)
     
    -
    -T dc.enc
    +
    -T dc.enc
    (CODINGSCHEME DCEncoding + DCEncoding)
     
    @@ -4510,7 +4469,9 @@ ignored by Dvips.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -4617,9 +4578,12 @@ operation, so there are a total of eight possibilities:
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    6.3.2 Special font effects

    @@ -4710,9 +4674,11 @@ different output encodings) may be based on it.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3.3 Afm2tfm options

    @@ -4748,14 +4714,13 @@ expects (see Encodings). Although the encodings agree printable ASCII characters, other characters such as ligatures and accents vary. Thus, in practice, it’s almost always desirable to create a virtual font as well with the ‘-v’ or ‘-V’ option. -See Making a font available. +See Making a PostScript font available.

    The command line options to Afm2tfm:

    -
    -a
    -
    - +
    -a
    +

    By default, Afm2tfm looks for precomposed accented characters, such as tdieresis, and possibly adjusts the height of the basic letter (t) upward so that the result of using \accent (as in \"t) @@ -4766,74 +4731,64 @@ as they are given in the AFM file. (Until Afm2tfm 8.4, released in the case.)

    -
    -c ratio
    -
    - +
    -c ratio
    +

    See ‘-V’; overrides the default ratio of 0.8 for the scaling of small caps.

    -
    -e ratio
    -
    - +
    -e ratio
    +

    Stretch characters horizontally by ratio; if less than 1.0, you get a condensed font.

    -
    -O
    -
    - +
    -O
    +

    Output all character codes in the ‘vpl’ file as octal numbers, not names; this is useful for symbol or other special-purpose fonts where character names such as ‘A’ have no meaning.

    -
    -p ps-enc
    -
    -

    Use ps-enc for the destination (PostScript) encoding of the font; +

    -p ps-enc
    +

    Use ps-enc for the destination (PostScript) encoding of the font; ps-enc must be mentioned as a header file for the font in ‘psfonts.map’. -See Changing PostScript encodings. +See -p’: Changing PostScript encodings.

    -
    -s slant
    -
    - +
    -s slant
    +

    Slant characters to the right by slant. If slant is negative, the letters slope to the left (or they might be upright if you start with an italic font).

    -
    -t tex-enc
    -
    -

    Use tex-enc for the target (TeX) encoding of the font. +

    -t tex-enc
    +

    Use tex-enc for the target (TeX) encoding of the font. Ligature and kern information may also be specified in file. file is not mentioned in psfonts.map.

    -
    -T ps-tex-enc
    -
    -

    Use ps-tex-enc for both the PostScript and target TeX encodings +

    -T ps-tex-enc
    +

    Use ps-tex-enc for both the PostScript and target TeX encodings of the font. Equivalent to ‘-p file -t file’.

    -
    -u
    -
    -

    Use only those characters specified in the TeX encoding, and no +

    -u
    +

    Use only those characters specified in the TeX encoding, and no others. By default, Afm2tfm tries to include all characters in the input font, even those not present in the TeX encoding (it puts them into otherwise-unused positions, arbitrarily).

    -
    -v vpl-file
    -
    -

    Output a VPL (virtual property list) file, as well as a TFM file. +

    -v vpl-file
    +

    Output a VPL (virtual property list) file, as well as a TFM file.

    -
    -V vpl-file
    -
    -

    Same as ‘-v’, but the virtual font generated is a pseudo small caps +

    -V vpl-file
    +

    Same as ‘-v’, but the virtual font generated is a pseudo small caps font obtained by scaling uppercase letters by 0.8 to typeset lowercase. This font handles accented letters and retains proper kerning. @@ -4842,9 +4797,12 @@ kerning.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    6.4 psfonts.map: PostScript font catalog

    @@ -4866,7 +4824,7 @@ files and constructs. Each line has the format:
    rpstrn StoneInformal <StoneInformal.pfb
     

    causes Dvips to download StoneInformal.pfb (just as if it were -a header file, see Header files) if the DVI file (or a virtual +a header file, see PostScript header files) if the DVI file (or a virtual font, see Virtual fonts) references the TFM file ‘rpstrn’. The PostScript /FontName of the font defined inside the ‘pfb’ file should be StoneInformal. @@ -4923,7 +4881,7 @@ syntax, or Dvips will not download the font properly.

    When using PFB files, Dvips is smart enough to unpack the binary PFB format into printable ASCII so there is no need to perform this conversion yourself. In addition, Dvips scans the font to determine its -memory usage, just as it does for other header files (see Header files). +memory usage, just as it does for other header files (see PostScript header files).

    @@ -4984,9 +4942,12 @@ name, it is used for both the TeX name and the PostScript name.
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Dvips   [Contents][Index]

    7 Color

    @@ -5005,24 +4966,19 @@ LaTeX. preparer’s point of view and then add some instructions on installation for the TeX administrator.

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -5120,7 +5076,9 @@ and LaTeX use compatible.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Next: , Previous: , Up: Color   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -5160,9 +5118,11 @@ and do its best to recover by discarding the current color history.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    7.3 Color subtleties

    @@ -5201,7 +5161,9 @@ be done by prefixing the color command with \leavevmode.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -5226,9 +5188,11 @@ compatible with some form of color support.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    7.5 Color device configuration

    @@ -5289,7 +5253,9 @@ predefine other colors for your users.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -5299,16 +5265,15 @@ Previous:
    -
    +
    + @@ -5342,7 +5307,9 @@ pattern (assuming such exists.)


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -5388,9 +5355,13 @@ categories of color-like state.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Previous: , Up: Dvips   [Contents][Index]

    Index

    @@ -5533,7 +5504,8 @@ Previous: , Up: -KOption details -k for cropmarksOption details -LOption details --l [=]numOption details +-l [=]num[.pageseq]Option details +-landscaperotateOption details -mOption details -MOption details -mode modeOption details @@ -5547,7 +5519,7 @@ Previous: , Up: -P printerOption details -p ps-encChanging PostScript encodings -p ps-encAfm2tfm options --p [=]numOption details +-p [=]num[.pageseq]Option details -pp first-lastOption details -pp rangeOption details -Pprinter, and config file searchingConfiguration file searching @@ -5889,7 +5861,6 @@ Previous: , Up: hsize (‘psfile’ special option)psfile special html specialsHypertext html specials, and ‘-zOption details -http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertexHypertext Hungarian umlautReencoding with Afm2tfm hyperdvi extensions, enablingOption details hypertext and bitmap fontsHypertext caveats @@ -5929,6 +5900,10 @@ Previous: , Up: landscape orientation, definedPaper size and landscape landscape papertypeOption details landscape, as \specialpapersize’ special +landscaperotateOption details +landscaperotate command line optionConfig file paper sizes +landscaperotate config commandConfiguration file commands +landscaperotate configuration file commandConfig file paper sizes last page printedOption details last-resort font scaling, with DVIPSSIZESEnvironment variables last-resort scaling, with RConfiguration file commands @@ -6026,6 +6001,7 @@ Previous: , Up: P p config command (font aliases)Configuration file commands P config command (PK path)Configuration file commands +page numbers, multiple repetitions ofOption details page rangeOption details page, first printedOption details page, last printedOption details @@ -6256,6 +6232,7 @@ Previous: , Up: Z Z config command (compress fonts)Configuration file commands z config command (secure mode)Configuration file commands +zero dimensions and setting paper sizeConfig file paper sizes
    - - - - -
    Jump to:   ! @@ -6343,7 +6320,8 @@ Previous: , Up: - You may also want to check "Notes on converting (La)TeX documents to -robust PDF using Rokicki's dvips and Acrobat Distiller" by Timothy P. -Van Zandt: -. -  File: dvips.info, Node: Hypertext specials, Prev: Hypertext caveats, Up: Hypertext @@ -2530,7 +2559,7 @@ ff, ffi, and ffl.) Different typesetting systems use different metric file formats: - * Each Postscript font has an "Adobe font metrics" ('.afm') file. + * Each PostScript font has an "Adobe font metrics" ('.afm') file. These files are plain text, so you can inspect them easily. You can get AFM files for Adobe's fonts from . @@ -2588,7 +2617,7 @@ appearance of the font at small sizes or low resolutions. Although various kinds of PostScript outline fonts exist, by far the most common, and the only one we will consider, is called "Type 1". The -glyph files for Postscript Type 1 fonts typically have names ending in +glyph files for PostScript Type 1 fonts typically have names ending in '.pfa' ("printer font ASCII") or '.pfb' ("printer font binary"). In contrast, glyph files for Computer Modern and the other standard @@ -2707,7 +2736,7 @@ To dvips, bitmapped fonts do not have any notion of linguistics; they are simply a vector of glyphs. By comparison, PostScript fonts are required to contain an encoding vector that at least provides glyph names; these names can permit PostScript and PDF viewers to extract -legible text from Postscript and PDF output. +legible text from PostScript and PDF output. Unlike previous versions, dvips versions 2020 and later add glyph naming information to Type 3 bitmapped fonts (if they can locate such @@ -2862,7 +2891,7 @@ something like this: afm2tfm Times-Roman -v ptmr rptmr This reads the file 'Times-Roman.afm', and produces two files as output, -namely the virtual property list'file 'ptmr.vpl', and the "raw" font +namely the virtual property list file 'ptmr.vpl', and the "raw" font metric file 'rptmr.tfm'. To use the font in TeX, you first run vptovf ptmr.vpl ptmr.vf ptmr.tfm @@ -3774,23 +3803,23 @@ Index * Menu: * ! special (literal PS header): Literal headers. (line 6) -* ! starting output filename: Option details. (line 247) +* ! starting output filename: Option details. (line 266) * " special (literal PostScript): " special. (line 6) * %%BoundingBox: Bounding box. (line 17) * %%Page, and multi-page information: PostScript hooks. (line 37) -* %%Page, not generating: Option details. (line 212) -* %%Page, removing: Option details. (line 165) +* %%Page, not generating: Option details. (line 231) +* %%Page, removing: Option details. (line 167) * %%Page, required by Ghostview: Ghostscript installation. (line 12) -* %%Title: Option details. (line 357) +* %%Title: Option details. (line 371) * %%VMusage: Headers and memory usage. (line 12) * %*Font: Fonts in figures. (line 6) * (atend), bounding box specification: Bounding box. (line 28) * +PSMAPFILE: Configuration file commands. - (line 126) + (line 132) * -: Option details. (line 11) -* - as output filename: Option details. (line 247) +* - as output filename: Option details. (line 266) * --help: Option summary. (line 7) * --help <1>: Option details. (line 15) * --version: Option details. (line 18) @@ -3812,60 +3841,61 @@ Index * -F: Option details. (line 115) * -G: Option details. (line 122) * -h NAME: Option details. (line 127) -* -i: Option details. (line 132) -* -j for partial font downloading: Option details. (line 151) -* -K: Option details. (line 165) -* -k for cropmarks: Option details. (line 157) -* -L: Option details. (line 183) -* -l [=]NUM: Option details. (line 174) -* -m: Option details. (line 187) -* -M: Option details. (line 199) -* -mode MODE: Option details. (line 190) -* -N: Option details. (line 212) -* -n NUM: Option details. (line 209) -* -noomega: Option details. (line 220) -* -noptex: Option details. (line 226) +* -i: Option details. (line 134) +* -j for partial font downloading: Option details. (line 153) +* -K: Option details. (line 167) +* -k for cropmarks: Option details. (line 159) +* -L: Option details. (line 192) +* -l [=]NUM[.PAGESEQ]: Option details. (line 176) +* -landscaperotate: Option details. (line 196) +* -m: Option details. (line 206) +* -M: Option details. (line 218) +* -mode MODE: Option details. (line 209) +* -N: Option details. (line 231) +* -n NUM: Option details. (line 228) +* -noomega: Option details. (line 239) +* -noptex: Option details. (line 245) * -O: Afm2tfm options. (line 51) -* -o NAME: Option details. (line 242) -* -O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET: Option details. (line 259) -* -P PRINTER: Option details. (line 291) +* -o NAME: Option details. (line 261) +* -O X-OFFSET,Y-OFFSET: Option details. (line 278) +* -P PRINTER: Option details. (line 305) * -p PS-ENC: Changing PostScript encodings. (line 6) * -p PS-ENC <1>: Afm2tfm options. (line 56) -* -p [=]NUM: Option details. (line 277) -* -pp FIRST-LAST: Option details. (line 286) -* -pp RANGE: Option details. (line 286) +* -p [=]NUM[.PAGESEQ]: Option details. (line 296) +* -pp FIRST-LAST: Option details. (line 300) +* -pp RANGE: Option details. (line 300) * -PPRINTER, and config file searching: Configuration file searching. (line 27) -* -q: Option details. (line 310) -* -r: Option details. (line 314) -* -R: Option details. (line 317) -* -s: Option details. (line 325) -* -S NUM: Option details. (line 332) +* -q: Option details. (line 324) +* -r: Option details. (line 328) +* -R: Option details. (line 331) +* -s: Option details. (line 339) +* -S NUM: Option details. (line 346) * -s SLANT: Afm2tfm options. (line 61) * -T ENC-FILE: Changing both encodings. (line 6) -* -T HSIZE,VSIZE: Option details. (line 363) -* -t PAPERTYPE: Option details. (line 337) +* -T HSIZE,VSIZE: Option details. (line 377) +* -t PAPERTYPE: Option details. (line 351) * -T PS-TEX-ENC: Afm2tfm options. (line 71) * -t TEX-ENC: Changing TeX encodings. (line 6) * -t TEX-ENC <1>: Afm2tfm options. (line 66) -* -title STR: Option details. (line 357) -* -U: Option details. (line 378) +* -title STR: Option details. (line 371) +* -U: Option details. (line 392) * -u: Afm2tfm options. (line 75) -* -u PSMAPFILE: Option details. (line 370) -* -v: Option details. (line 386) -* -V: Option details. (line 389) +* -u PSMAPFILE: Option details. (line 384) +* -v: Option details. (line 400) +* -V: Option details. (line 403) * -v VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 81) * -V VPL-FILE: Afm2tfm options. (line 84) -* -x NUM: Option details. (line 398) -* -X NUM: Option details. (line 406) -* -Y NUM: Option details. (line 413) +* -x NUM: Option details. (line 412) +* -X NUM: Option details. (line 420) +* -Y NUM: Option details. (line 427) * -z: Hypertext. (line 6) -* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 422) -* -z for recognizing hyperdvi: Option details. (line 416) -* '..'-relative filenames: Option details. (line 317) +* -Z for compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 436) +* -z for recognizing hyperdvi: Option details. (line 430) +* ..-relative filenames: Option details. (line 331) * .afm Adobe metric files: Metric files. (line 26) * .dvipsrc, searched for: Configuration file searching. (line 14) @@ -3917,20 +3947,20 @@ Index * \magnification: EPSF scaling. (line 62) * \rotninety: Literal examples. (line 27) * \textCOLORNAME: Color macro files. (line 46) -* | starting output filename: Option details. (line 247) +* | starting output filename: Option details. (line 266) * a config command (conserve memory): Configuration file commands. (line 21) * A ring, Scandinavian letter: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 32) -* a3 papertype: Option details. (line 337) +* a3 papertype: Option details. (line 351) * a4 paper size: Config file paper sizes. - (line 82) -* a4 papertype: Option details. (line 337) + (line 96) +* a4 papertype: Option details. (line 351) * A4size paper size: Config file paper sizes. - (line 90) -* absolute filenames, disabling: Option details. (line 317) -* absolute page number, and '-l': Option details. (line 174) -* absolute page number, and '-p': Option details. (line 277) + (line 104) +* absolute filenames, disabling: Option details. (line 331) +* absolute page number, and -l: Option details. (line 176) +* absolute page number, and -p: Option details. (line 296) * accent height adjustment, omitting: Afm2tfm options. (line 33) * accents, in wrong position: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 32) @@ -3946,7 +3976,7 @@ Index * Aladdin Ghostscript: Ghostscript installation. (line 6) * Anderson, Laurie: Hypertext specials. (line 42) -* angle ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 36) +* angle (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 36) * arcs: Glyph files. (line 17) * ASCII character codes, used by PostScript: PostScript typesetting. (line 31) @@ -3973,7 +4003,7 @@ Index * bop-hook: Paper trays. (line 6) * bop-hook <1>: EPSF scaling. (line 74) * bop-hook <2>: PostScript hooks. (line 11) -* bop-hook, and offset pages: Option details. (line 272) +* bop-hook, and offset pages: Option details. (line 291) * boundary character: Encoding file format. (line 41) * bounding box, comment for: Bounding box. (line 6) @@ -3997,7 +4027,7 @@ Index (line 6) * CharStrings Type 1 dictionary: PostScript typesetting. (line 51) -* clip ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 39) +* clip (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 39) * clipping of EPSF: EPSF clipping. (line 6) * CODINGSCHEME: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 51) @@ -4021,21 +4051,21 @@ Index (line 13) * comments, in encoding files: Encoding file format. (line 20) -* comments, removing included: Option details. (line 165) +* comments, removing included: Option details. (line 167) * compilation: Installation. (line 6) * compressed PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics. (line 6) -* compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 422) +* compressing bitmap fonts: Option details. (line 436) * Computer Modern in PostScript: Hypertext caveats. (line 6) * Computer Modern, encoding of: Encodings. (line 15) * condensed fonts: Afm2tfm options. (line 47) * config.proto: config.ps installation. (line 14) -* config.ps: Option details. (line 291) +* config.ps: Option details. (line 305) * config.ps installation: config.ps installation. (line 6) * config.ps paper sizes: Config file paper sizes. - (line 82) + (line 96) * config.ps, searched for: Configuration file searching. (line 10) * configuration file options: Configuration file commands. @@ -4063,8 +4093,8 @@ Index * copies, duplicated page bodies: Option details. (line 31) * copies, uncollated: Option details. (line 46) * Crayola crayon box: Color macro files. (line 17) -* crop.pro: Option details. (line 157) -* cropmarks: Option details. (line 157) +* crop.pro: Option details. (line 159) +* cropmarks: Option details. (line 159) * current font, in PostScript: PostScript typesetting. (line 35) * D config command (dpi): Configuration file commands. @@ -4076,22 +4106,22 @@ Index * debugging <1>: Option details. (line 57) * debugging options: Debug options. (line 6) * default resolutions: Configuration file commands. - (line 147) + (line 153) * default_texsizes Make variable: Configuration file commands. - (line 163) + (line 169) * Deutsch, Peter: Ghostscript installation. (line 6) * device dependency, and virtual fonts: Configuration file commands. - (line 186) -* dictionary, 'CharStrings': PostScript typesetting. + (line 192) +* dictionary, CharStrings: PostScript typesetting. (line 51) * dictionary, PostScript language: PostScript typesetting. (line 35) -* dictionary, 'SDict': Literal headers. (line 6) -* dictionary, 'userdict': Header files. (line 21) -* distillation, and '-z': Option details. (line 416) +* dictionary, SDict: Literal headers. (line 6) +* dictionary, userdict: Header files. (line 21) +* distillation, and -z: Option details. (line 430) * distiller, for PDF files: Hypertext. (line 11) -* document title, specifying: Option details. (line 357) +* document title, specifying: Option details. (line 371) * dot accent: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 32) * double-sided printing: Option details. (line 37) @@ -4116,7 +4146,7 @@ Index * DVIPSHEADERS: Environment variables. (line 31) * DVIPSHEADERS, overrides H: Configuration file commands. - (line 60) + (line 62) * DVIPSMAKEPK: Environment variables. (line 35) * DVIPSRC: Environment variables. @@ -4124,7 +4154,7 @@ Index * DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables. (line 46) * DVIPSSIZES, overrides R: Configuration file commands. - (line 160) + (line 166) * dynamic creation of graphics: Dynamic creation of graphics. (line 6) * e config command (maxdrift): Configuration file commands. @@ -4184,16 +4214,16 @@ Index (line 6) * failure, to print at all: No output. (line 6) * fallback resolutions: Configuration file commands. - (line 147) + (line 153) * figures and fonts: Fonts in figures. (line 6) * figures, natural size: EPSF macros. (line 38) * figures, scaling: EPSF scaling. (line 6) * filter, running as a: Option details. (line 103) -* first page printed: Option details. (line 277) +* first page printed: Option details. (line 296) * font concepts: Font concepts. (line 6) * font encodings, bitmap: Bitmap font encodings. (line 6) -* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 199) +* font generation, avoiding: Option details. (line 218) * fontinst: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13) * fonts, as header files: Including headers from TeX. (line 13) @@ -4223,11 +4253,11 @@ Index (line 6) * ghostview: Ghostscript installation. (line 12) -* Ghostview, and no 'N': Ghostscript installation. +* Ghostview, and no N: Ghostscript installation. (line 12) * glyph files: Glyph files. (line 6) * GLYPHFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands. - (line 135) + (line 141) * gnuplot: Dynamic creation of graphics. (line 25) * graphics inclusion fails: Including graphics fails. @@ -4235,16 +4265,16 @@ Index * gs installation: Ghostscript installation. (line 6) * gsave/grestore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27) -* gsftopk: Option details. (line 390) +* gsftopk: Option details. (line 404) * h config command (download additional header): Configuration file commands. (line 57) * H config command (PostScript header path): Configuration file commands. - (line 60) + (line 62) * Hafner, Jim: Color. (line 6) * header file, downloading: Option details. (line 127) * header files, defined: Header files. (line 6) * header path, defining: Configuration file commands. - (line 60) + (line 62) * header=FILE \special: Including headers from TeX. (line 6) * headers and memory usage: Headers and memory usage. @@ -4255,24 +4285,23 @@ Index (line 6) * hints: PostScript typesetting. (line 55) -* hoffset ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 18) +* hoffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 18) * HP4Si printer and paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6) * href: Hypertext specials. (line 32) -* hscale ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 30) -* hsize ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 24) +* hscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 30) +* hsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 24) * html specials: Hypertext. (line 6) -* html specials, and '-z': Option details. (line 416) -* 'http://xxx.lanl.gov/hypertex': Hypertext. (line 22) +* html specials, and -z: Option details. (line 430) * Hungarian umlaut: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 32) -* hyperdvi extensions, enabling: Option details. (line 416) +* hyperdvi extensions, enabling: Option details. (line 430) * hypertext and bitmap fonts: Hypertext caveats. (line 6) * hypertext caveats: Hypertext caveats. (line 6) * hypertext caveats <1>: Hypertext caveats. (line 6) * hypertext specials: Hypertext specials. (line 6) * hypertext support: Hypertext. (line 6) * i config command (pages/section): Configuration file commands. - (line 64) + (line 66) * Illustrator, workaround for: Including graphics fails. (line 10) * img: Hypertext specials. (line 52) @@ -4282,7 +4311,7 @@ Index (line 6) * including headers in TeX: Including headers from TeX. (line 6) -* installation of 'config.ps': config.ps installation. +* installation of config.ps: config.ps installation. (line 6) * installation of PostScript fonts: PostScript font installation. (line 6) @@ -4294,34 +4323,41 @@ Index * inverted output: Small or inverted. (line 6) * invoking Dvips: Invoking Dvips. (line 6) * j config command (partial font downloading): Configuration file commands. - (line 68) + (line 70) * Japanese font metric file: Virtual fonts. (line 37) * Jeffrey, Alan: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13) * JFM file, and virtual font fallback: Virtual fonts. (line 37) * K config command (comment removal): Configuration file commands. - (line 72) + (line 74) * kerning, defined: Metric files. (line 15) * KPATHSEA_DEBUG: Environment variables. (line 18) * L config command (last paper size wins): Configuration file commands. - (line 76) + (line 78) * landscape orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape. (line 11) -* landscape papertype: Option details. (line 337) -* landscape, as '\special': 'papersize' special. (line 16) -* last page printed: Option details. (line 174) -* last-resort font scaling, with 'DVIPSSIZES': Environment variables. +* landscape papertype: Option details. (line 351) +* landscape, as \special: papersize special. (line 16) +* landscaperotate: Option details. (line 196) +* landscaperotate command line option: Config file paper sizes. + (line 58) +* landscaperotate config command: Configuration file commands. + (line 82) +* landscaperotate configuration file command: Config file paper sizes. + (line 58) +* last page printed: Option details. (line 176) +* last-resort font scaling, with DVIPSSIZES: Environment variables. (line 47) -* last-resort scaling, with 'R': Configuration file commands. - (line 147) -* ledger papertype: Option details. (line 337) -* legal papertype: Option details. (line 337) +* last-resort scaling, with R: Configuration file commands. + (line 153) +* ledger papertype: Option details. (line 351) +* legal papertype: Option details. (line 351) * letter paper size: Config file paper sizes. - (line 82) -* letter papertype: Option details. (line 337) + (line 96) +* letter papertype: Option details. (line 351) * letterhead tray: Paper trays. (line 10) * letterSize paper size: Config file paper sizes. - (line 90) + (line 104) * ligature operations: Encoding file format. (line 54) * ligature, defined: Metric files. (line 15) @@ -4332,28 +4368,28 @@ Index * literal headers: Literal headers. (line 6) * literal PostScript, examples: Literal examples. (line 6) * literal PostScript, using: Literal PS. (line 6) -* llx ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 42) -* lly ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 42) +* llx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42) +* lly (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42) * long documents not printing: Long documents fail. (line 6) * low characters, shifting: Option details. (line 122) -* lpr spooler, MS-DOS emulation: Option details. (line 247) +* lpr spooler, MS-DOS emulation: Option details. (line 266) * m config command (available memory): Configuration file commands. - (line 80) + (line 86) * M config command (mf mode): Configuration file commands. - (line 107) + (line 113) * macros for color: Color macro files. (line 6) * macros for epsf inclusion: \includegraphics. (line 6) * macros for epsf inclusion <1>: EPSF macros. (line 6) * magnification, DVI: EPSF scaling. (line 62) -* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 398) -* magnification, vertical: Option details. (line 409) +* magnification, overriding DVI: Option details. (line 412) +* magnification, vertical: Option details. (line 423) * mailcap and hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 53) -* manual feed: Option details. (line 187) +* manual feed: Option details. (line 206) * maxdrift: Option details. (line 76) -* maximum pages printed: Option details. (line 209) -* media: Option details. (line 337) +* maximum pages printed: Option details. (line 228) +* media: Option details. (line 351) * memory available: Configuration file commands. - (line 80) + (line 86) * memory of printer exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14) * memory usage, and headers: Headers and memory usage. (line 6) @@ -4362,43 +4398,43 @@ Index (line 104) * Metafont ligature operations: Encoding file format. (line 54) -* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 190) +* Metafont mode, specifying: Option details. (line 209) * Metafont source files: Glyph files. (line 30) * metric files: Metric files. (line 6) * Minion typeface family: psfonts.map. (line 60) -* missfont.log: Option details. (line 199) -* MISSFONT_LOG: Option details. (line 202) +* missfont.log: Option details. (line 218) +* MISSFONT_LOG: Option details. (line 221) * Mitsubishi Shinko CHC-S446i printer: No output. (line 14) * mkdvipspapers: Config file paper sizes. - (line 79) -* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 199) + (line 93) +* mktexpk, avoiding: Option details. (line 218) * mktexpk, changing name: Environment variables. (line 36) -* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 190) -* mtpk: Option details. (line 390) +* mode name, specifying: Option details. (line 209) +* mtpk: Option details. (line 404) * multiple master fonts: psfonts.map. (line 60) -* multiple output files: Option details. (line 132) +* multiple output files: Option details. (line 134) * multiple paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6) * Murphy, Tim: Hypertext specials. (line 20) * N config command (disable EPS): Configuration file commands. - (line 110) + (line 116) * name: Hypertext specials. (line 41) * narrow fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19) * no output at all: No output. (line 6) * non-printing characters, shifting: Option details. (line 122) * non-resident fonts: psfonts.map. (line 6) -* nopaper, paper format for '-t': Config file paper sizes. - (line 74) +* nopaper, paper format for -t: Config file paper sizes. + (line 88) * o config command (output destination): Configuration file commands. - (line 115) + (line 121) * O config command (page offsets): Configuration file commands. - (line 123) + (line 129) * oblique fonts: Special font effects. (line 6) * octal character codes: Afm2tfm options. (line 51) * odd pages only: Option details. (line 27) -* offset pages: Option details. (line 259) -* Omega extensions: Option details. (line 220) +* offset pages: Option details. (line 278) +* Omega extensions: Option details. (line 239) * option, details of: Option details. (line 6) * options, debugging: Debug options. (line 6) * options, Dvips: Invoking Dvips. (line 6) @@ -4411,21 +4447,22 @@ Index * output file, sectioning of: Headers and memory usage. (line 6) * output file, setting: Configuration file commands. - (line 115) -* output files, multiple: Option details. (line 132) -* output title, specifying: Option details. (line 357) + (line 121) +* output files, multiple: Option details. (line 134) +* output title, specifying: Option details. (line 371) * output, inverted: Small or inverted. (line 6) * output, none: No output. (line 6) -* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 242) +* output, redirecting: Option details. (line 261) * output, too small: Small or inverted. (line 6) * p config command (font aliases): Configuration file commands. - (line 126) + (line 132) * P config command (PK path): Configuration file commands. - (line 135) -* page range: Option details. (line 286) -* page, first printed: Option details. (line 277) -* page, last printed: Option details. (line 174) -* pages, maximum printed: Option details. (line 209) + (line 141) +* page numbers, multiple repetitions of: Option details. (line 176) +* page range: Option details. (line 300) +* page, first printed: Option details. (line 296) +* page, last printed: Option details. (line 176) +* pages, maximum printed: Option details. (line 228) * PaintType: Special font effects. (line 50) * Pantone colors: Color macro files. (line 17) @@ -4436,16 +4473,16 @@ Index * paper size, general: Paper size and landscape. (line 6) * paper trays: Paper trays. (line 6) -* paper type: Option details. (line 337) -* papersize special: 'papersize' special. (line 6) -* papersize special, and no '-t': Option details. (line 337) -* 'papersize' special, first vs. last: Option details. (line 183) +* paper type: Option details. (line 351) +* papersize special: papersize special. (line 6) +* papersize special, and no -t: Option details. (line 351) +* papersize special, first vs. last: Option details. (line 192) * partial font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 55) * PDF files, font quality: Hypertext caveats. (line 6) * PDF files, making: Ghostscript installation. (line 6) * PDF files, making <1>: Hypertext. (line 11) -* PDF files, option for: Option details. (line 416) +* PDF files, option for: Option details. (line 430) * pdfmark: Hypertext. (line 6) * pfa files: Glyph files. (line 25) * pfb files: Glyph files. (line 25) @@ -4453,16 +4490,16 @@ Index * pfm files: Metric files. (line 48) * Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration. (line 18) -* physical page number, and '-l': Option details. (line 174) -* physical page number, and '-p': Option details. (line 277) -* physical page number, and 'bop-hook': PostScript hooks. (line 26) +* physical page number, and -l: Option details. (line 176) +* physical page number, and -p: Option details. (line 296) +* physical page number, and bop-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 26) * pipes, not readable: Option details. (line 103) * pk files: Glyph files. (line 35) * PKFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands. - (line 135) -* plotfile, 'ps' subspecial: ps special. (line 29) + (line 141) +* plotfile, ps subspecial: ps special. (line 29) * pltotf: Metric files. (line 39) -* popen for output: Option details. (line 247) +* popen for output: Option details. (line 266) * portrait orientation, defined: Paper size and landscape. (line 11) * positioning accuracy: Option details. (line 76) @@ -4472,9 +4509,9 @@ Index * PostScript encoding: Encodings. (line 27) * PostScript encoding, changing: Changing PostScript encodings. (line 6) -* PostScript font alias file: Option details. (line 370) +* PostScript font alias file: Option details. (line 384) * PostScript font alias file <1>: Configuration file commands. - (line 126) + (line 132) * PostScript fonts: PostScript fonts. (line 6) * PostScript fonts, installing: PostScript font installation. (line 6) @@ -4500,12 +4537,12 @@ Index (line 14) * printer errors: Printer errors. (line 6) * printer memory: Configuration file commands. - (line 80) + (line 86) * printer memory exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14) -* printer offset: Option details. (line 259) +* printer offset: Option details. (line 278) * PRINTER, and config file searching: Configuration file searching. (line 36) -* PRINTER, avoided with '-f': Option details. (line 103) +* PRINTER, avoided with -f: Option details. (line 103) * printer, driving directly: Option details. (line 115) * problems: Diagnosing problems. (line 6) * property list files: Metric files. (line 39) @@ -4520,19 +4557,19 @@ Index * psfonts.map <2>: psfonts.map. (line 6) * psheaderdir: Header files. (line 12) * psi character missing: Hypertext caveats. (line 53) -* pstopk: Option details. (line 390) -* pTeX extensions: Option details. (line 220) -* pTeX extensions <1>: Option details. (line 226) +* pstopk: Option details. (line 404) +* pTeX extensions: Option details. (line 239) +* pTeX extensions <1>: Option details. (line 245) * ptex JFM: Virtual fonts. (line 37) * q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands. - (line 141) + (line 147) * Q config command (quiet): Configuration file commands. - (line 141) -* quiet operation: Option details. (line 310) -* R config command (fallback resolution): Configuration file commands. (line 147) +* quiet operation: Option details. (line 324) +* R config command (fallback resolution): Configuration file commands. + (line 153) * r config command (page reversal): Configuration file commands. - (line 144) + (line 150) * raw tfm files: Afm2tfm options. (line 17) * reencode/*.enc: Encodings. (line 35) * reencoding: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. @@ -4543,25 +4580,25 @@ Index * remapping: Reencoding with Afm2tfm. (line 6) * resident fonts, different in different printers: Option details. - (line 370) + (line 384) * resident fonts, different in different printers <1>: Configuration file commands. - (line 126) -* resolution: Option details. (line 406) -* resolution <1>: Option details. (line 413) + (line 132) +* resolution: Option details. (line 420) +* resolution <1>: Option details. (line 427) * resolution, setting: Option details. (line 63) -* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 314) -* rhi ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 46) +* reverse pagination: Option details. (line 328) +* rhi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46) * Rokicki, Tomas: Why Dvips. (line 52) * rotate.tex: ps special. (line 33) -* rwi ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 46) +* rwi (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 46) * s config command (global save/restore): Configuration file commands. - (line 169) + (line 175) * S config command (pict path): Configuration file commands. - (line 172) + (line 178) * save/restore, and inverted output: Small or inverted. (line 6) * save/restore, and literal PS: Literal examples. (line 27) * save/restore, and specials: ps special. (line 6) -* save/restore, generating global: Option details. (line 325) +* save/restore, generating global: Option details. (line 339) * scaleunit: psfile special. (line 66) * scaling of figures: EPSF scaling. (line 6) * scaling small caps: Afm2tfm options. (line 43) @@ -4575,15 +4612,15 @@ Index (line 6) * sections of output file, and memory: Headers and memory usage. (line 6) -* sections output, in separate files: Option details. (line 132) -* security: Option details. (line 317) -* shell command execution, disabling: Option details. (line 317) +* sections output, in separate files: Option details. (line 134) +* security: Option details. (line 331) +* shell command execution, disabling: Option details. (line 331) * shell escape, in config file: Configuration file commands. (line 42) * Shinko CHC-S446i printer: No output. (line 14) * show PostScript operator: PostScript typesetting. (line 23) -* silent operation: Option details. (line 310) +* silent operation: Option details. (line 324) * simplex mode on duplex printers: Including headers from the command line. (line 13) * slanted fonts: Special font effects. @@ -4598,21 +4635,21 @@ Index * specials, hypertext: Hypertext specials. (line 6) * splines: Glyph files. (line 17) * spooler, lacking: Option details. (line 115) -* spooling to lpr on MS-DOS: Option details. (line 247) +* spooling to lpr on MS-DOS: Option details. (line 266) * standard I/O: Option details. (line 103) * standard input, reading options from: Option details. (line 11) -* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 242) +* standard output, output to: Option details. (line 261) * standard PostScript, required by Ghostview: Ghostscript installation. (line 12) * start-hook: PostScript hooks. (line 11) -* structured comments: Option details. (line 212) +* structured comments: Option details. (line 231) * system in config file: Configuration file commands. (line 42) * T config command (TFM path): Configuration file commands. - (line 177) + (line 183) * Tektronix Phaser printer, used for color calibration: Color device configuration. (line 18) -* testpage.tex: Option details. (line 266) +* testpage.tex: Option details. (line 285) * TeX encoding, changing: Changing TeX encodings. (line 6) * TeX, including headers in: Including headers from TeX. @@ -4620,13 +4657,13 @@ Index * TEXCONFIG: Environment variables. (line 55) * TEXFONTS, overrides P: Configuration file commands. - (line 135) + (line 141) * TEXFONTS, overrides T: Configuration file commands. - (line 177) + (line 183) * TEXINPUTS, overrides S: Configuration file commands. - (line 172) + (line 178) * texmext.enc: Encodings. (line 35) -* TEXMFOUTPUT: Option details. (line 202) +* TEXMFOUTPUT: Option details. (line 221) * texmital.enc: Encodings. (line 35) * texmsym.enc: Encodings. (line 35) * texmsym.enc <1>: Changing TeX encodings. @@ -4634,164 +4671,171 @@ Index * TEXPICTS: Environment variables. (line 62) * TEXPICTS, overrides S: Configuration file commands. - (line 172) + (line 178) * TEXPKS, overrides P: Configuration file commands. - (line 135) + (line 141) * TEXSIZES, overrides R: Configuration file commands. - (line 160) + (line 166) * text in figures, chopped off: EPSF clipping. (line 6) * tfm files: Metric files. (line 31) * TFMFONTS, overrides T: Configuration file commands. - (line 177) + (line 183) * tftopl: Metric files. (line 39) * Theisen, Tim: Ghostscript installation. (line 12) * tight bounding box, finding: Option details. (line 87) -* title, specifying: Option details. (line 357) +* title, specifying: Option details. (line 371) * too-small output: Small or inverted. (line 6) * trademark character, accessing: Changing PostScript encodings. (line 18) * trailing spaces, dropped: Hypertext caveats. (line 53) -* TranScript: Option details. (line 212) +* TranScript: Option details. (line 231) * transforming downloaded fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19) * trouble: Diagnosing problems. (line 6) * Type 1 fonts: Glyph files. (line 25) * typesetting in PostScript: PostScript typesetting. (line 6) * U config command (Xerox 4045): Configuration file commands. - (line 182) + (line 188) * uncollated copies: Option details. (line 46) * uncompressing PostScript: Dynamic creation of graphics. (line 6) * uniform resource locator: Hypertext specials. (line 20) -* unknown, paper format for '-t': 'papersize' special. (line 29) -* unknown, paper format for '-t' <1>: Config file paper sizes. - (line 69) +* unknown, paper format for -t: papersize special. (line 29) +* unknown, paper format for -t <1>: Config file paper sizes. + (line 83) * uptex JFM: Virtual fonts. (line 37) * URL, definition: Hypertext specials. (line 27) * URL, extended for TeX: Hypertext specials. (line 20) -* urx ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 42) -* ury ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 42) +* urx (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42) +* ury (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 42) * usage, basic: Basic usage. (line 6) * user-definable colors: User-definable colors. (line 6) * userdict, and dictionary files: Header files. (line 21) * userdict, used for header files: Option details. (line 127) * V config command (vf path): Configuration file commands. - (line 186) + (line 192) * verbose EPSF processing: EPSF macros. (line 46) * vf files: Virtual fonts. (line 16) * virtual font expansion: Virtual fonts. (line 33) * virtual font path: Configuration file commands. - (line 186) + (line 192) * virtual fonts: Virtual fonts. (line 6) * virtual fonts, creating: Invoking afm2tfm. (line 13) * VM exhausted: Printer errors. (line 14) * VMusage: Headers and memory usage. (line 12) -* voffset ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 21) +* voffset (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 21) * vpl files: Virtual fonts. (line 16) * vptovf: Making a font available. (line 52) -* vscale ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 33) -* vsize ('psfile' special option): psfile special. (line 27) +* vscale (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 33) +* vsize (psfile special option): psfile special. (line 27) * W config command (emit warning): Configuration file commands. - (line 191) + (line 197) * warning messages, defining: Configuration file commands. - (line 191) -* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 310) + (line 197) +* warnings, suppressing: Option details. (line 324) * whole font downloading: psfonts.map. (line 60) * wide fonts: psfonts.map. (line 19) * X config command (horizontal resolution): Configuration file commands. - (line 198) -* Xerox 4045: Option details. (line 378) + (line 204) +* Xerox 4045: Option details. (line 392) * Y config command (vertical resolution): Configuration file commands. - (line 201) + (line 207) * Z config command (compress fonts): Configuration file commands. - (line 204) + (line 210) * z config command (secure mode): Configuration file commands. - (line 207) + (line 213) +* zero dimensions and setting paper size: Config file paper sizes. + (line 74)  Tag Table: -Node: Top521 -Node: Why Dvips1271 -Node: Installation3854 -Node: config.ps installation4789 -Node: PostScript font installation7396 -Node: Ghostscript installation8316 -Node: Diagnosing problems9255 -Node: Debug options10346 -Node: No output11350 -Node: Small or inverted12816 -Node: Printer errors13534 -Node: Long documents fail14866 -Node: Including graphics fails15207 -Node: Invoking Dvips16446 -Node: Basic usage17068 -Node: Command-line options18066 -Node: Option summary18514 -Node: Option details20789 -Node: Environment variables41006 -Node: Config files43867 -Node: Configuration file searching44537 -Node: Configuration file commands47734 -Node: Paper size and landscape55708 -Node: 'papersize' special57335 -Node: Config file paper sizes59045 -Node: Paper trays63203 -Node: Interaction with PostScript64537 -Node: PostScript figures65190 -Node: Bounding box65916 -Node: \includegraphics69288 -Node: EPSF macros71580 -Node: EPSF scaling73579 -Node: EPSF clipping76149 -Node: psfile special76791 -Node: Dynamic creation of graphics79183 -Node: Fonts in figures80501 -Node: Header files82151 -Node: Including headers from TeX83361 -Node: Including headers from the command line85399 -Node: Headers and memory usage86498 -Node: Literal PS87709 -Node: " special88291 -Node: ps special89032 -Node: Literal headers90530 -Node: PostScript hooks91239 -Node: Literal examples93335 -Node: Hypertext94789 -Node: Hypertext caveats95963 -Node: Hypertext specials100319 -Node: PostScript fonts102953 -Node: Font concepts104070 -Node: Metric files105300 -Node: Glyph files108080 -Node: Virtual fonts110439 -Node: Encodings112594 -Node: Bitmap font encodings114996 -Node: PostScript typesetting117526 -Node: Making a font available120623 -Node: Invoking afm2tfm125657 -Node: Changing font encodings126677 -Node: Changing TeX encodings127468 -Node: Changing PostScript encodings128570 -Node: Changing both encodings129914 -Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm130588 -Node: Encoding file format133691 -Node: Special font effects137895 -Node: Afm2tfm options140155 -Node: psfonts.map143680 -Node: Color148410 -Node: Color macro files149454 -Node: User-definable colors152664 -Node: Color subtleties153940 -Node: Ted Turner155592 -Node: Color device configuration156817 -Node: Color support details159261 -Node: Color specifications159639 -Node: Color specials161043 -Node: Index163172 +Node: Top520 +Node: Why Dvips1269 +Node: Installation3852 +Node: config.ps installation4787 +Node: PostScript font installation7394 +Node: Ghostscript installation8314 +Node: Diagnosing problems9253 +Node: Debug options10344 +Node: No output11348 +Node: Small or inverted12814 +Node: Printer errors13532 +Node: Long documents fail14864 +Node: Including graphics fails15205 +Node: Invoking Dvips16444 +Node: Basic usage17035 +Node: Command-line options18033 +Node: Option summary18481 +Node: Option details20756 +Node: Environment variables41579 +Node: Config files44440 +Node: Configuration file searching45110 +Node: Configuration file commands48307 +Node: Paper size and landscape56512 +Node: papersize special58137 +Node: Config file paper sizes59844 +Node: Paper trays64867 +Node: Interaction with PostScript66201 +Node: PostScript figures66854 +Node: Bounding box67580 +Node: \includegraphics70952 +Node: EPSF macros73244 +Node: EPSF scaling75212 +Node: EPSF clipping77782 +Node: psfile special78424 +Node: Dynamic creation of graphics80816 +Node: Fonts in figures82134 +Node: Header files83784 +Node: Including headers from TeX84990 +Node: Including headers from the command line87028 +Node: Headers and memory usage88127 +Node: Literal PS89338 +Node: " special89920 +Node: ps special90661 +Node: Literal headers92159 +Node: PostScript hooks92868 +Node: Literal examples94964 +Node: Hypertext96418 +Node: Hypertext caveats97592 +Node: Hypertext specials101720 +Node: PostScript fonts104354 +Node: Font concepts105471 +Node: Metric files106701 +Node: Glyph files109481 +Node: Virtual fonts111840 +Node: Encodings113995 +Node: Bitmap font encodings116397 +Node: PostScript typesetting118927 +Node: Making a font available122024 +Node: Invoking afm2tfm127058 +Node: Changing font encodings128078 +Node: Changing TeX encodings128869 +Node: Changing PostScript encodings129971 +Node: Changing both encodings131315 +Node: Reencoding with Afm2tfm131989 +Node: Encoding file format135092 +Node: Special font effects139296 +Node: Afm2tfm options141556 +Node: psfonts.map145081 +Node: Color149811 +Node: Color macro files150855 +Node: User-definable colors154065 +Node: Color subtleties155341 +Node: Ted Turner156993 +Node: Color device configuration158218 +Node: Color support details160662 +Node: Color specifications161040 +Node: Color specials162444 +Node: Index164573  End Tag Table + + +Local Variables: +coding: utf-8 +End: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info index 66b0a4e2f90..a9c122cad0c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/kpathsea.info @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ kpathsea.texi. This file documents the Kpathsea library for path searching. - Copyright (C) 1996-2021 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber. + Copyright (C) 1996-2022 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ Kpathsea library **************** This manual documents the Kpathsea library for path searching. It -corresponds to version 6.3.3, released in February 2021. +corresponds to version 6.3.4, released in January 2022. * Menu: @@ -61,8 +61,8 @@ File: kpathsea.info, Node: Introduction, Next: unixtex.ftp, Prev: Top, Up: T 1 Introduction ************** -This manual corresponds to version 6.3.3 of the Kpathsea library, -released in February 2021. +This manual corresponds to version 6.3.4 of the Kpathsea library, +released in January 2022. The library's fundamental purpose is to return a filename from a list of directories specified by the user, similar to what shells do when @@ -293,7 +293,7 @@ distribution. It conforms to both the GNU coding standards and the TeX directory structure (TDS) standard. For rationale and further explanation, please see those documents. The GNU document is available from . The TDS document is available -from (*note unixtex.ftp::). +from (*note unixtex.ftp::). In short, here is a skeleton of the default directory structure, extracted from the TDS document: @@ -526,10 +526,10 @@ character '0' (zero, not oh). helpful to look at the distributed 'texmf.cnf', which uses or at least mentions most features. The format of 'texmf.cnf' files follows: - * Comments start with '%', either at the beginning of a line or - preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line. That - is, similar to most shells, a '%' in the "middle" of a value does - not start a comment. Examples: + * Comments start with '%' or '#', either at the beginning of a line + or preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line. + That is, similar to most shells, a comment character in the + "middle" of a value does not start a comment. Examples: % this is a comment var = a%b % but the value of var will be "a%b" @@ -585,13 +585,6 @@ Here is a configuration file fragment illustrating most of these points: TEXINPUTS.latex2e = $latex2e_inputs TEXINPUTS.latex = $latex2e_inputs - This format has some similarity to Bourne shell scripts--change the -comment character to '#', disallow spaces around the '=', and get rid of -the '.NAME' convention, and it could be run through the shell. However, -there seemed little advantage in this, since all the information would -have to passed back to Kpathsea and parsed there anyway, since the 'sh' -process couldn't affect its parent's environment. - The combination of spaces being ignored before the '.' of a program name qualifer and the optional '=' for the assignment has an unexpected consequence: if the value begins with a literal '.' and the '=' is @@ -1996,7 +1989,7 @@ found are read; earlier definitions override later ones. equivalent, so that it no longer matters what the name of the installed file is; TeX documents will find their favorite name. - The format of fontmap files is straightforward: + The format of fontmap files: * Comments start with the last '%' on a line and continue to the end of the line. (This provides for names that include a %, @@ -3213,7 +3206,7 @@ Index * : may not be :: Searching overview. (line 13) * :: expansion: Default expansion. (line 6) * ; translated to ':' in 'texmf.cnf': Config files. (line 66) -* = omitted in 'texmf.cnf' and misparsing: Config files. (line 93) +* = omitted in 'texmf.cnf' and misparsing: Config files. (line 86) * \, line continuation in 'texmf.cnf': Config files. (line 37) * \openin: Searching overview. (line 31) * \special, suppressing warnings about: Suppressing warnings. @@ -3290,7 +3283,7 @@ Index (line 46) * cmr10, as fallback font: Fallback font. (line 15) * cmr10.vf: Searching overview. (line 31) -* cnf.c: Config files. (line 112) +* cnf.c: Config files. (line 105) * cnf.h: Programming with config files. (line 27) * comments, in fontmap files: Fontmap. (line 27) @@ -3319,7 +3312,6 @@ Index * config.status: Bug checklist. (line 27) * configuration bugs: Bug checklist. (line 27) * configuration file, source for path: Path sources. (line 20) -* configuration files as shell scripts.: Config files. (line 86) * configuration of 'mktex' scripts: mktex configuration. (line 6) * 'configure' options for 'mktex' scripts: mktex configuration. (line 12) @@ -3735,7 +3727,6 @@ Index * setgid scripts: Security. (line 40) * SFDFONTS: Supported file formats. (line 177) -* shell scripts as configuration files: Config files. (line 86) * shell variables: Variable expansion. (line 17) * shell_escape, example for code: Programming with config files. (line 10) @@ -3957,61 +3948,61 @@ Index  Tag Table: Node: Top1480 -Node: Introduction2263 -Node: History4333 -Node: unixtex.ftp8929 -Node: Security10399 -Node: TeX directory structure12903 -Node: Path searching16944 -Node: Searching overview17902 -Node: Path sources21721 -Node: Config files22947 -Node: Path expansion28210 -Node: Default expansion29163 -Node: Variable expansion31233 -Node: Tilde expansion32634 -Node: Brace expansion33614 -Node: KPSE_DOT expansion34553 -Node: Subdirectory expansion35066 -Node: Casefolding search37414 -Node: Casefolding rationale38183 -Node: Casefolding examples39529 -Node: Filename database44575 -Node: ls-R45557 -Node: Filename aliases49233 -Node: Database format50411 -Node: Invoking kpsewhich51424 -Node: Path searching options52379 -Node: Specially-recognized files61977 -Node: Auxiliary tasks63332 -Node: Standard options67057 -Node: TeX support67413 -Node: Supported file formats68767 -Node: File lookup76435 -Node: Glyph lookup78184 -Node: Basic glyph lookup79308 -Node: Fontmap80188 -Node: Fallback font82717 -Node: Suppressing warnings83629 -Node: mktex scripts84756 -Node: mktex configuration85971 -Node: mktex script names91774 -Node: mktex script arguments93160 -Node: Programming94039 -Node: Programming overview94612 -Node: Calling sequence97473 -Node: Program-specific files104002 -Node: Programming with config files105025 -Node: Reporting bugs106612 -Node: Bug checklist107290 -Node: Mailing lists110759 -Node: Debugging111436 -Node: Logging116513 -Node: Common problems118380 -Node: Unable to find files118857 -Node: Slow path searching121267 -Node: Unable to generate fonts122642 -Node: TeX or Metafont failing125114 -Node: Index126316 +Node: Introduction2262 +Node: History4331 +Node: unixtex.ftp8927 +Node: Security10397 +Node: TeX directory structure12901 +Node: Path searching16940 +Node: Searching overview17898 +Node: Path sources21717 +Node: Config files22943 +Node: Path expansion27815 +Node: Default expansion28768 +Node: Variable expansion30838 +Node: Tilde expansion32239 +Node: Brace expansion33219 +Node: KPSE_DOT expansion34158 +Node: Subdirectory expansion34671 +Node: Casefolding search37019 +Node: Casefolding rationale37788 +Node: Casefolding examples39134 +Node: Filename database44180 +Node: ls-R45162 +Node: Filename aliases48838 +Node: Database format50016 +Node: Invoking kpsewhich51029 +Node: Path searching options51984 +Node: Specially-recognized files61582 +Node: Auxiliary tasks62937 +Node: Standard options66662 +Node: TeX support67018 +Node: Supported file formats68372 +Node: File lookup76040 +Node: Glyph lookup77789 +Node: Basic glyph lookup78913 +Node: Fontmap79793 +Node: Fallback font82303 +Node: Suppressing warnings83215 +Node: mktex scripts84342 +Node: mktex configuration85557 +Node: mktex script names91360 +Node: mktex script arguments92746 +Node: Programming93625 +Node: Programming overview94198 +Node: Calling sequence97059 +Node: Program-specific files103588 +Node: Programming with config files104611 +Node: Reporting bugs106198 +Node: Bug checklist106876 +Node: Mailing lists110345 +Node: Debugging111022 +Node: Logging116099 +Node: Common problems117966 +Node: Unable to find files118443 +Node: Slow path searching120853 +Node: Unable to generate fonts122228 +Node: TeX or Metafont failing124700 +Node: Index125902  End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tlbuild.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tlbuild.info index 2a386027bc7..2352335e03f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tlbuild.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/tlbuild.info @@ -1,9 +1,9 @@ -This is tlbuild.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.7 from +This is tlbuild.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.8 from tlbuild.texi. This file documents the TeX Live build system and more. -Copyright (C) 2016-2021 Karl Berry. +Copyright (C) 2016-2022 Karl Berry. Copyright (C) 2013-2015 Karl Berry & Peter Breitenlohner. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ END-INFO-DIR-ENTRY  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Top, Next: Introduction, Up: (dir) -Building TeX Live (2021) +Building TeX Live (2022) ************************ For an overview of this manual, *note Introduction::. @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ File: tlbuild.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Overview of build system, Prev: 1 Introduction ************** -This manual (dated February 2021) corresponds to the TeX Live 2021 +This manual (dated February 2022) corresponds to the TeX Live 2022 release. This manual is aimed at system installers and programmers, and @@ -159,32 +159,41 @@ File: tlbuild.info, Node: Prerequisites, Next: Building, Prev: Overview of bu *************** Overall, building the TeX Live programs, when using all libraries from -the TL source tree, requires C and C++11 compilers and GNU 'make'. If -'make' from your 'PATH' is not GNU make, you can set the 'MAKE' -environment variable to whatever is necessary. +the TL source tree, requires C and C++11 compilers, GNU 'make', and +Python. - GNU 'make' is required only because of some third-party libraries, -notably FreeType; all the TL-maintained directories (and -Automake/Autoconf output in general) work with any reasonable 'make'. + * If 'make' from your 'PATH' is not GNU 'make', you can set the + 'MAKE' environment variable to whatever is necessary. - A C++11 compiler is similarly required because of the third-party -library ICU; the program 'dvisvgm' also requires C++11. It is possible -to build everything else with older compilers, but you have to remove -the C++11-dependent sources. *Note Build one package::. + GNU 'make' is required only because of third-party libraries, + notably FreeType. Automake/Autoconf output in general, and the + TL-maintained directories, work with any reasonable 'make'.(1) + + * A C++11 compiler is similarly required because of the third-party + libraries ICU and HarfBuzz (at least); the program 'dvisvgm' also + requires C++11. It is possible to build what remains with older + compilers, but you have to remove the C++11-dependent sources. + *Note Build one package::. + + * Python is required by ICU tests. (If you know how to disable these + tests and thus eliminate the requirement, please write.) A few programs in the tree have additional requirements: 'web2c' - requires 'perl' for some tests run by 'make check'. + requires 'perl' for some tests run by 'make check'. Incidentally, + the TeX Live installer ('install-tl') and manager ('tlmgr') are + also written in Perl, but this does not matter for compiling the + sources. 'xdvik' 'xpdfopen' - require X11 headers and libraries, typically in "development" + require X11 headers and libraries, typically in devel(opment) packages that are not installed by default. 'xetex' requires 'fontconfig' (again both headers and library), or, for - MacOSX only, the 'ApplicationServices' and 'Cocoa' frameworks. + MacOS only, the 'ApplicationServices' and 'Cocoa' frameworks. 'xindy' requires GNU 'clisp', 'libsigsegv', and 'libiconv'; additionally, @@ -213,8 +222,16 @@ expect: If you haven't modified any source files, and infrastructure tools such as 'autoconf' or 'makeinfo' are still being run, check your timestamps--notably, 'use-commit-times' must be set to 'yes' in your -Subversion configuration (*note Build system tools::). Barring buggy -commits, no infrastructure tools are needed to do a normal build. +Subversion configuration (*note Build system tools::). No +infrastructure tools are needed to do a normal build (barring bugs). + + ---------- Footnotes ---------- + + (1) There is one exception in TL: the 'tangle-sh' and related rules +use '$@' to mean the target name, a feature not present in all 'make's. +This could be alleviated by laborious editing, but since there's no way +to avoid GNU 'make' for builds of the entire tree, it does not seem +worth the trouble.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Building, Next: Installing, Prev: Prerequisites, Up: Top @@ -240,7 +257,6 @@ the source directory itself is not supported (sorry). * Menu: * Build iteration:: What 'configure' and 'make' do in TL. -* Build problems:: If the build fails. * Build in parallel:: Simultaneous 'make' processes. * Build distribution:: Making a distribution tarball. * Build one package:: Example of working on just one program. @@ -248,7 +264,7 @@ the source directory itself is not supported (sorry). * Cross compilation:: Building on host X for target Y.  -File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build iteration, Next: Build problems, Up: Building +File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build iteration, Next: Build in parallel, Up: Building 4.1 Build iteration =================== @@ -273,21 +289,9 @@ the library and program modules, and finds (should find) nothing to be done.  -File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build problems, Next: Build in parallel, Prev: Build iteration, Up: Building - -4.2 Build problems -================== - -If configuring or building a module fails, you should first try to find -and fix the problem. Failing that, a possible workaround is to remove -the subdirectory for that module from the build tree (so 'configure' -won't try to run there, and finally rerun the top level 'make' (or -'./Build' '--no-clean'). +File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build in parallel, Next: Build distribution, Prev: Build iteration, Up: Building - -File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build in parallel, Next: Build distribution, Prev: Build problems, Up: Building - -4.3 Build in parallel +4.2 Build in parallel ===================== The TL build system carefully formulates dependencies as well as 'make' @@ -302,7 +306,7 @@ using a configure cache file, i.e., specifying the 'configure' option  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build distribution, Next: Build one package, Prev: Build in parallel, Up: Building -4.4 Build distribution +4.3 Build distribution ====================== Running 'make dist' at the top level creates a tarball @@ -318,7 +322,7 @@ actually distribute any such tarball, and have no plans to do so.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build one package, Next: Build one engine, Prev: Build distribution, Up: Building -4.5 Build one package +4.4 Build one package ===================== To build one package, the basic idea is to use the 'configure' option @@ -329,8 +333,8 @@ invoked to build an individual program or library, first building any required libraries. Here is an example from start to finish for working on 'dvipdfm-x'. -(Unfortunately, this does not suffice for building the TeX engines; see -the next section.) +Unfortunately, this does not suffice for building the TeX engines; see +the next section. mkdir mydir && cd mydir # new working directory @@ -348,10 +352,17 @@ the next section.) # Do the make: make >&outm || echo fail - # Test: + # Run the tests: cd texk/dvipdfm-x make check + # Run the new binary in the buil tree, finding support files + # in a separate tree for a TeX Live release YYYY + # (Bourne shell syntax): + TEXMFROOT=/usr/local/texlive/YYYY \ + TEXMFCNF=$TEXMFROOT/texmf-dist/web2c \ + ./xdvipdfmx ... + Then you can modify source files in 'mydir/texk/dvipdfm-x' and rerun 'make' in 'mydir/Work/texk/dvipdfm-x' to rebuild; that build directory is where the binary ends up and where you can run a debugger, etc. @@ -368,10 +379,13 @@ desired; check the output from 'configure --help'. It is also a good idea to run 'make check' after making any changes, to ensure that whatever tests have been written still pass. - Finally, the above retrieves the entire TL source tree (several -hundred megabytes). It is natural to ask if this is really necessary. -Strictly speaking, the answer is no, but it is vastly more convenient to -do so. If you cut down the source tree, you must also give additional +Reducing source download size +............................. + +The above retrieves the entire TL source tree (several hundred +megabytes). It is natural to ask if this is really necessary. Strictly +speaking, the answer is no, but it is vastly more convenient to do so. +If you cut down the source tree, you must also give additional 'configure' flags to individually disable using system versions of libraries, or the intricacies of the dependencies (such as 'teckit' requiring 'zlib') will have undesired side effects. For an example of @@ -379,29 +393,49 @@ this approach, see the 'build-pdftex.sh' script in the 'pdftex' development source (details at ), which is indeed such a cut-down TL source tree. - Some libraries and programs require C++11. If you want to build with -an older compiler lacking such support, you need to (re)move those -source directories; specifying '--disable' for them does not suffice, -unfortunately. Specifically, before running 'configure': +GCC used by default +................... - rm -rf libs/icu libs/graphite2 texk/dvisvgm +By default, the 'gcc' compilers will be used if present; otherwise, +individual packages may use something different. You can explicitly +specify the compilers to be used with the environment variables 'CC', +'CXX', and 'OBJCXX'. + +Removing C+11 dependency +........................ + +Some libraries and programs require C++11; one such is XeTeX. If you +want to build with an older compiler lacking such support, you need to +(re)move those source directories; unfortunately, specifying '--disable' +for them does not suffice. It's also necessary to specify +'--disable-xetex' explicitly. Specifically, before running 'configure +--disable-xetex ...': + + rm -rf libs/icu libs/graphite2 texk/dvisvgm texk/web2c/xetexdir Also, even with '--disable-all-pkgs', dependencies are (currently) -checked. For instance, if a (non-MacOSX) system does not have +checked. One notable case: if a (non-MacOS) system does not have 'fontconfig', XeTeX cannot be built (*note Prerequisites::), and 'configure' will terminate even with '--disable-xetex'. To proceed -without such dependencies, specify '--enable-missing' also. (Patches to -improve this would be most welcome.) +without such dependencies, specify '--enable-missing' also. - By default, the 'gcc' compilers will be used if present; otherwise, -individual packages may use something different. You can explicitly -specify the compilers to be used with the environment variables 'CC', -'CXX', and 'OBJCXX'. + As of 2022, HarfBuzz also requires C++11. Therefore even more would +have to be disabled and removed, notably including 'luahbtex', the +standard engine used for LuaLaTeX. Removing that would not be +acceptable for builds intended for distribution; but perhaps for testing +the above information could still be useful. + + In general, the TL 'configure' will run in all directories. +Therefore a general workaround for build problems is to remove failing +directories from the tree, and also specify the relevant '--disable-...' +option(s). + + Patches to improve all this would be most welcome.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Build one engine, Next: Cross compilation, Prev: Build one package, Up: Building -4.6 Build one engine +4.5 Build one engine ==================== Unfortunately, there is one common case where the steps in the preceding @@ -415,16 +449,20 @@ original TeX: cd Work # top build directory ../configure --without-x --disable-shared --disable-all-pkgs \ - --enable-tex --disable-synctex -C CFLAGS=-g CXXFLAGS=-g + --enable-tex --disable-synctex --disable-xetex \ + --enable-missing -C CFLAGS=-g CXXFLAGS=-g make cd texk/web2c # cd engine build directory make tex # must specify target The first 'make' run will configure everything, and even build the -libraries, even though the packages are disabled. The source tree can -be cut down to just what is needed for the given engine (the separate -pdfTeX and LuaTeX source repositories do this, for example), but see -caveats in previous section. +libraries, even though the packages are disabled. + + The source tree can be cut down to just what is needed for the given +engine (the separate pdfTeX and LuaTeX source repositories do this, for +example), but see caveats in previous section. When the +'--disable-xetex' and '--enable-missing' options are needed is also +explained in the previous section. If you want to debug an X-related program or shared library setup, or other variants, change the 'configure' options accordingly. Either @@ -433,13 +471,34 @@ other variants, change the 'configure' options accordingly. Either Then it is necessary to again specify the target engine ('tex', in the above) in the 'make'. - All this is somewhat unfortunate. We hope to improve the situation -in the future. Patches are welcome. + All these complications are rather unfortunate. Patches are welcome. + +Testing one engine +.................. + +To run only the tests for a given engine, say 'hitex': + + make -C $ww check SUBDIRS=. TESTS='$(hitex_tests)' + +where '$ww' is the web2c build directory, that is, +'ww=/wherever/Build/source/Work/texk/web2c'. + + It's also possible to run individual tests the same way, using the +test name exactly as specified in the '.am' file: + + make -C $ww check SUBDIRS=. TESTS=hitexdir/tests/hello.test + + If you get tired of looking at the 'Entering'/'Leaving directory' +lines, you can add the (GNU) make option '--no-print-dir'. + + You may find it useful to put lengthy incantations like this into a +trivial shell script with a short name (say, 'hitst'). Then you just +run 'hitst' and edit the file when necessary to change things around.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Cross compilation, Prev: Build one engine, Up: Building -4.7 Cross compilation +4.6 Cross compilation ===================== In a cross compilation a "build" system is used to create binaries to be @@ -457,7 +516,7 @@ canonical host name, but note that this should _not_ be '--host=HOST' (*note (autoconf)Hosts and Cross-Compilation::). In order to build, e.g., 32-bit binaries with 'clang' on a 64-bit -MacOSX system one could use: +MacOS system one could use: TL_BUILD_ENV="CC='clang -arch i386' \ CXX='clang++ -arch i386' \ @@ -472,7 +531,7 @@ MacOSX system one could use:  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Cross configuring, Next: Cross problems, Up: Cross compilation -4.7.1 Cross configuring +4.6.1 Cross configuring ----------------------- In a standard cross compilation, binaries for the host system cannot @@ -521,7 +580,7 @@ C and C++ programs required for the build process as configure arguments  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Cross problems, Prev: Cross configuring, Up: Cross compilation -4.7.2 Cross problems +4.6.2 Cross problems -------------------- The fact that binaries for the host system cannot be executed on the @@ -757,12 +816,12 @@ many extra hassles, so don't do that, tempting as it may be. Currently the versions we use are: - autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.69 - automake (GNU automake) 1.16.2 - bison (GNU Bison) 3.7.4 + autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.71 + automake (GNU automake) 1.16.5 + bison (GNU Bison) 3.8.2 flex 2.6.0 ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.4.6 - m4 (GNU M4) 1.4.18 + m4 (GNU M4) 1.4.19 makeinfo (GNU texinfo) 6.7 These versions should be used to update the generated files (e.g., @@ -1210,7 +1269,7 @@ modifications documented in 'TLpatches/*', and a wrapper 'configure.ac' and 'Makefile.am' that descends into 'xindy-src'. The 'xindy' build requires a 'make' that supports a 'VPATH' build, -can handle all targets, and do not refer to '${top_srcdir}' or +can handle all targets, and does not refer to '${top_srcdir}' or '${top_builddir}'. The fragment 'xindy/ac/withenable.ac' contains KPSE_ENABLE_PROG([xindy], , [disable]) @@ -1281,11 +1340,12 @@ will need the usual Automake build-related files ('configure.ac', * Menu: * Adding a new program module:: +* Adding a new engine:: * Adding a new generic library module:: * Adding a new TeX-specific library module::  -File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new program module, Next: Adding a new generic library module, Up: Extending TeX Live +File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new program module, Next: Adding a new engine, Up: Extending TeX Live 6.6.1 Adding a new program module --------------------------------- @@ -1388,16 +1448,47 @@ end, also make sure that the whole tree builds from scratch. After final success, don't forget to commit. (Or email the TL maintainers with the patch.) - Caveat: adding a new TeX engine is not completely different, but it's -not all that similar, either. In that case, the work is done inside a -new subdirectory of 'texk/web2c/'. Many things are common to all the -engines, other things need to be copied and possibly modified for each -one, yet others are unique to each. No general recipe is possible. + +File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new engine, Next: Adding a new generic library module, Prev: Adding a new program module, Up: Extending TeX Live + +6.6.2 Adding a new engine +------------------------- + +Adding a new TeX engine is not completely different from adding a +program, but it's not all that similar, either. In this case, the main +work is done by creating a new subdirectory of 'texk/web2c/' for the +engine. The subdirectory is conventionally named ending in 'dir', like +'pdftexdir' and 'xetexdir', to avoid clashes with executable names. + + The source files for the new engine should be put in this +'NEWENGINEdir' subdirectory. Also, a file +'NEWENGINEdir/am/NEWENGINE.am' (e.g., 'pdftexdir/am/pdftex.am' is needed +with the Makefile fragment needed to build it. + + The overall 'web2c/Makefile.am' needs to have an 'include' statement +added to insert that 'NEWENGINE.am' file. + + In 'web2c/ac/web2c.ac', a line needs to be added in the definition of +the 'kpse_tex_progs' variable to include it in the build. That line +specifies whether the new engine is built by default, and the additional +libraries requires. + + For examples of building engines in CWEB, you can check the existing +'hitexdir' and 'mplibdir' directories; these are somewhat simpler than +LuaTeX. Of course, every engine will have its own unique features and +requirements, so existing examples will only take you so far. + + Web2c is built as one "package", with each subdirectory's '.am' +fragment inserted with an Automake 'include'. This means that, for +instance, '$(srcdir)' is '.../web2c', not '.../webdir/enginedir'. It is +a difficult setup to come to terms with, but the alternative is to +recurse into each engine subdirectory, and that would be far worse +(*note (automake)Directories::).  -File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new generic library module, Next: Adding a new TeX-specific library module, Prev: Adding a new program module, Up: Extending TeX Live +File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new generic library module, Next: Adding a new TeX-specific library module, Prev: Adding a new engine, Up: Extending TeX Live -6.6.2 Adding a new generic library module +6.6.3 Adding a new generic library module ----------------------------------------- A generic library module in a subdirectory 'libs/LIB' must not depend on @@ -1439,7 +1530,7 @@ line:  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Adding a new TeX-specific library module, Prev: Adding a new generic library module, Up: Extending TeX Live -6.6.3 Adding a new TeX-specific library module +6.6.4 Adding a new TeX-specific library module ---------------------------------------------- A TeX-specific library module in a subdirectory 'texk/LIB' may depend on @@ -2237,8 +2328,6 @@ install-tl [_option_]... install-tl-windows.bat [_option_]... - install-tl-advanced.bat [_option_]... -  File: tlbuild.info, Node: install-tl DESCRIPTION, Next: install-tl REFERENCES, Prev: install-tl SYNOPSIS, Up: install-tl @@ -2341,7 +2430,7 @@ by either a space or '='. details (). For installation, the default is to pick a mirror automatically, - using ; the chosen + using ; the chosen mirror is used for the entire download. You can use the special argument 'ctan' as an abbreviation for this. (See for more about CTAN and its mirrors.) @@ -2383,6 +2472,12 @@ by either a space or '='. . For general information on building TeX Live, see . +*-debug-fakenet* + + Pretend we're doing a network install, for the sole purpose of + testing broken downloads via moving package files aside in a tlnet + mirror. + *-debug-translation* In the former Perl/Tk GUI modes, this option reported any missing, @@ -2694,8 +2789,6 @@ user installations. 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX' -'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXDIR' - 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG' 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR' @@ -2709,11 +2802,13 @@ user installations. 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR' Specify the respective directories. 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX' - defaults to '/usr/local/texlive', while 'TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXDIR' - defaults to the release directory within that prefix, e.g., - '/usr/local/texlive/2016'. All the defaults can be seen by running - the installer interactively and then typing 'D' for the directory - menu. + defaults to '/usr/local/texlive'. All the defaults can be seen by + running the installer interactively and then typing 'D' for the + directory menu. + + To override the so-called 'TEXDIR', which defaults to the release + directory within that prefix, e.g., '/usr/local/texlive/2020', use + a profile file (q.v.). 'NOPERLDOC' @@ -2729,7 +2824,7 @@ This script and its documentation were written for the TeX Live distribution () and both are licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later. - $Id: install-tl 57970 2021-02-27 14:17:34Z siepo $ + $Id: install-tl 62146 2022-02-22 22:48:10Z karl $  File: tlbuild.info, Node: tlmgr, Next: Index, Prev: install-tl, Up: Top @@ -2806,7 +2901,7 @@ with 'tlmgr': 'tlmgr option repository ctan' -'tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet' +'tlmgr option repository https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet' Tell 'tlmgr' to use a nearby CTAN mirror for future updates; useful if you installed TeX Live from the DVD image and want to have @@ -2888,7 +2983,7 @@ name and its value. 'ctan' - 'http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet' + 'https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet' Pick a CTAN mirror automatically, trying for one that is both nearby and up-to-date. The chosen mirror is used for the @@ -3518,11 +3613,11 @@ B.6.10 info *-data 'item1,item2,...'* If the option '--data' is given, its argument must be a comma - separated list of field names from: 'name', 'category', - 'localrev', 'remoterev', 'shortdesc', 'longdesc', 'installed', - 'size', 'relocatable', 'depends', 'cat-version', 'cat-date', - 'cat-license', plus various 'cat-contact-*' fields (see - below). + or colon separated list of field names from: 'name', + 'category', 'localrev', 'remoterev', 'shortdesc', 'longdesc', + 'installed', 'size', 'relocatable', 'depends', 'cat-version', + 'cat-date', 'cat-license', plus various 'cat-contact-*' fields + (see below). The 'cat-*' fields all come from the TeX Catalogue (). For each, there are two @@ -3716,7 +3811,7 @@ definitive list): to get further updates from the Internet, after originally installing from DVD. To do this, you can run - tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet + tlmgr option repository https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet The 'install-tl' documentation has more information about the possible values for 'repository'. (For backward compatibility, @@ -4030,10 +4125,10 @@ package, dependencies are never removed. Options: Nothing is actually removed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal. - This action does not automatically remove symlinks to executables -from system directories; you need to run 'tlmgr path remove' (*note -path: tlmgr path.) yourself if you are using this feature and want stale -symlinks removed. + Except with '--all', this 'remove' action does not automatically +remove symlinks to executables from system directories; you need to run +'tlmgr path remove' (*note path: tlmgr path.) yourself if you remove an +individual package with a symlink in a system directory.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: tlmgr repository, Next: tlmgr restore, Prev: tlmgr remove [_option_...] _pkg_..., Up: tlmgr ACTIONS @@ -4509,47 +4604,41 @@ ignored. All other lines must look like: The allowed keys are: -'auto-remove', value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. +'auto-remove =' 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. -'gui-expertmode', value 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings. +'gui-expertmode =' 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings. -'gui-lang' _llcode_, with a language code value as with the command-line option. +'gui-lang =' _llcode_, with a language code value as with the command-line option. -'no-checksums', value 0 or 1 (default 0, see below). +'no-checksums =' 0 or 1 (default 0, see below). -'persistent-downloads', value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. +'persistent-downloads =' 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. -'require-verification', value 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option. +'require-verification =' 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option. -'tkfontscale', value any float. Controls the scaling of fonts in the Tk based frontends. +'tkfontscale =' _floating-point number_ (default 1.0); scaling factor for fonts in the Tk-based frontends. -'update-exclude', value: comma-separated list of packages (no space allowed). Same as the command line option '--exclude' for the action 'update'. +'update-exclude =' _comma-separated list of packages_ (no spaces allowed). Same as the command line option '--exclude' for the 'update' action. -'verify-downloads', value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. +'verify-downloads =' 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option. The system-wide config file can contain one additional key: -'allowed-actions' _action1_ [,_action_,...] The value is a comma-separated list of 'tlmgr' actions which are allowed to be executed when 'tlmgr' is invoked in system mode (that is, without '--usermode'). - - This allows distributors to include the 'tlmgr' in their packaging, - but allow only a restricted set of actions that do not interfere - with their distro package manager. For native TeX Live - installations, it doesn't make sense to set this. +'allowed-actions =' _action1_[,_action2_,...] The value is a comma-separated list (no spaces) of 'tlmgr' actions which are allowed to be executed when 'tlmgr' is invoked in system mode (that is, without '--usermode'). This allows distributors to include 'tlmgr' in their packaging, but allow only a restricted set of actions that do not interfere with their distro package manager. For native TeX Live installations, it doesn't make sense to set this. - The 'no-checksums' key needs more explanation. By default, package -checksums computed and stored on the server (in the TLPDB) are compared -to checksums computed locally after downloading. 'no-checksums' -disables this process. - - The checksum algorithm is SHA-512. Your system must have one of -(looked for in this order) the Perl 'Digest::SHA' module, the 'openssl' -program (), the 'sha512sum' program (from GNU -Coreutils, ), or finally the -'shasum' program (just to support old Macs). If none of these are -available, a warning is issued and 'tlmgr' proceeds without checking -checksums. (Incidentally, other SHA implementations, such as the pure -Perl and pure Lua modules, are much too slow to be usable in our -context.) 'no-checksums' avoids the warning. + Finally, the 'no-checksums' key needs more explanation. By default, +package checksums computed and stored on the server (in the TLPDB) are +compared to checksums computed locally after downloading. +'no-checksums' disables this process. The checksum algorithm is +SHA-512. Your system must have one of (looked for in this order) the +Perl 'Digest::SHA' module, the 'openssl' program +(), the 'sha512sum' program (from GNU Coreutils, +), or finally the 'shasum' +program (just to support old Macs). If none of these are available, a +warning is issued and 'tlmgr' proceeds without checking checksums. +'no-checksums' avoids the warning. (Incidentally, other SHA +implementations, such as the pure Perl and pure Lua modules, are much +too slow to be usable in our context.)  File: tlbuild.info, Node: tlmgr CRYPTOGRAPHIC VERIFICATION, Next: tlmgr USER MODE, Prev: tlmgr CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR, Up: tlmgr @@ -4717,8 +4806,7 @@ B.9.3 User mode generate, option, paper --------------------------------------- In user mode, these actions operate only on the user tree's -configuration files and/or 'texlive.tlpdb'. creates configuration files -in user tree +configuration files and/or 'texlive.tlpdb'.  File: tlbuild.info, Node: tlmgr MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES, Next: tlmgr GUI FOR TLMGR, Prev: tlmgr USER MODE, Up: tlmgr @@ -5339,7 +5427,7 @@ This script and its documentation were written for the TeX Live distribution () and both are licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later. - $Id: tlmgr.pl 57970 2021-02-27 14:17:34Z siepo $ + $Id: tlmgr.pl 62273 2022-02-28 08:52:17Z preining $  File: tlbuild.info, Node: Index, Prev: tlmgr, Up: Top @@ -5350,6 +5438,7 @@ Index [index] * Menu: +* $@ target in normal make rules: Prerequisites. (line 13) * --bindir configure option: --prefix --bindir .... (line 6) * --bindir configure option <1>: --enable-multiplatform. @@ -5402,7 +5491,7 @@ Index * --enable-maintainer-mode: Build system tools. (line 28) * --enable-maintainer-mode <1>: --enable-maintainer-mode. (line 6) -* --enable-missing to ignore dependencies: Build one package. (line 71) +* --enable-missing to ignore dependencies: Build one package. (line 94) * --enable-mktextfm-default: kpathsea library. (line 18) * --enable-multiplatform: --enable-multiplatform. (line 6) @@ -5424,7 +5513,7 @@ Index * --host=HOST: Cross configuring. (line 6) * --libdir configure option: --enable-multiplatform. (line 6) -* --no-clean Build option: Build problems. (line 6) +* --no-print-directory GNU make option: Build one engine. (line 56) * --prefix configure option: --prefix --bindir .... (line 6) * --with-banner-add=STR: Configure options for texk/web2c. @@ -5462,6 +5551,7 @@ Index * ac/withenable.ac: Adding a new program module. (line 42) * adapting TeX Live for distros: Distro builds. (line 54) +* adding a new engine: Adding a new engine. (line 6) * adding a new generic library: Adding a new generic library module. (line 6) * adding a new program: Adding a new program module. @@ -5474,7 +5564,7 @@ Index * ANSI C: Declarations and definitions. (line 6) * ApplicationServices Mac framework, required by xetex: Prerequisites. - (line 31) + (line 40) * asymptote: Linked scripts. (line 23) * asymptote <1>: asymptote. (line 6) * Autoconf: Overview of build system. @@ -5497,7 +5587,6 @@ Index * build on demand: Build one package. (line 6) * build one engine: Build one engine. (line 6) * build one package: Build one package. (line 6) -* build problems: Build problems. (line 6) * Build script: Building. (line 6) * build system, design of: Overview of build system. (line 6) @@ -5507,8 +5596,8 @@ Index * building: Building. (line 6) * building a distribution: Build distribution. (line 6) * building in parallel: Build in parallel. (line 6) -* C++11, removing dependent sources: Build one package. (line 64) -* C++11, required: Prerequisites. (line 15) +* C++11, removing dependent sources: Build one package. (line 85) +* C++11, required: Prerequisites. (line 17) * C, ANSI, required: Declarations and definitions. (line 6) * C99, avoided: Declarations and definitions. @@ -5518,7 +5607,7 @@ Index * callexe.c: Macros for Windows. (line 32) * CC: Variables for configure. (line 10) -* CC=C-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 78) +* CC=C-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 77) * CC_BUILD: Cross problems. (line 13) * ChangeLog: Adding a new program module. (line 73) @@ -5530,8 +5619,8 @@ Index (line 17) * CLISP <1>: Configure options for utils/xindy. (line 14) -* clisp, required by xindy: Prerequisites. (line 35) -* Cocoa Mac framework, required by xetex: Prerequisites. (line 31) +* clisp, required by xindy: Prerequisites. (line 44) +* Cocoa Mac framework, required by xetex: Prerequisites. (line 40) * coding conventions: Coding conventions. (line 6) * compilers, C and C++11: Prerequisites. (line 6) * config.guess, config.sub, ...: Top-level directories. @@ -5559,6 +5648,8 @@ Index (line 6) * configure options, program-specific: Program-specific configure options. (line 6) +* configure problems, work around by removing: Build one package. + (line 106) * configure variables: Variables for configure. (line 6) * configure.ac: Adding a new program module. @@ -5577,7 +5668,7 @@ Index * ctangle: Cross problems. (line 26) * CXX: Variables for configure. (line 11) -* CXX=C++-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 78) +* CXX=C++-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 77) * declarations and definitions, in source code: Declarations and definitions. (line 6) * declarations before statements, avoiding: Declarations and definitions. @@ -5599,8 +5690,8 @@ Index (line 6) * dvisvgm: Configure options for texk/dvisvgm. (line 6) -* engine, adding new: Adding a new program module. - (line 104) +* dvisvgm, requires C++11: Prerequisites. (line 17) +* engine, adding new: Adding a new engine. (line 6) * engine, building one: Build one engine. (line 6) * environment variables, for configure: Configure options. (line 16) * exec_prefix: --enable-multiplatform. @@ -5608,19 +5699,18 @@ Index * extending TeX Live: Extending TeX Live. (line 6) * extern functions: Declarations and definitions. (line 41) -* failure to build: Build problems. (line 6) * flags, macros for library and header: Macros for library and header flags. (line 6) -* fontconfig library, required by xetex: Prerequisites. (line 31) -* FreeType: Prerequisites. (line 11) +* fontconfig library, required by xetex: Prerequisites. (line 40) * freetype cross compiling: Cross problems. (line 13) * freetype library: freetype library. (line 6) +* FreeType, requires gmake: Prerequisites. (line 13) * freetype-config: freetype library. (line 13) * freetype-config <1>: Variables for configure. (line 24) * FT2_CONFIG: Variables for configure. (line 21) -* gcc, default compilers: Build one package. (line 78) +* gcc, default compilers: Build one package. (line 77) * general setup macros: General setup macros. (line 6) * generic library module, adding: Adding a new generic library module. @@ -5631,15 +5721,17 @@ Index (line 6) * global configure options: Global configure options. (line 6) -* gmake, required: Prerequisites. (line 11) -* GNU make, required: Prerequisites. (line 11) +* gmake, required: Prerequisites. (line 13) +* GNU make, required: Prerequisites. (line 13) * GNU tools, needed for building: Build system tools. (line 6) * GNU/Linux distro: Distro builds. (line 6) * Gnulib, used for common files: Top-level directories. (line 30) +* HarfBuzz, requires C++11: Prerequisites. (line 17) * ICU cross compiling: Cross problems. (line 20) * ICU libraries: Variables for configure. (line 24) +* ICU, requires C++11: Prerequisites. (line 17) * icu-config: Variables for configure. (line 24) * ICU_CONFIG: Variables for configure. @@ -5658,7 +5750,7 @@ Index (line 6) * kpathsea library: kpathsea library. (line 6) * kpathsea.ac: kpathsea library. (line 18) -* kpse-libpng-flags.m4: png library. (line 46) +* kpse-libpng-flags.m4: png library. (line 45) * kpse-pkgs.m4: Overview of build system. (line 30) * kpse-zlib-flags.m4: zlib library. (line 6) @@ -5700,7 +5792,7 @@ Index (line 8) * KPSE_LIBPNG_FLAGS: Macros for library and header flags. (line 10) -* KPSE_LIBPNG_FLAGS <1>: png library. (line 46) +* KPSE_LIBPNG_FLAGS <1>: png library. (line 45) * kpse_libs_pkgs: Adding a new generic library module. (line 6) * KPSE_LIB_FLAGS: Macros for library and header flags. @@ -5716,10 +5808,10 @@ Index (line 6) * kpse_texlibs_pkgs: Adding a new TeX-specific library module. (line 11) -* KPSE_TRY_LIB: png library. (line 18) +* KPSE_TRY_LIB: png library. (line 17) * KPSE_TRY_LIB <1>: Adding a new generic library module. (line 20) -* KPSE_TRY_LIBXX: png library. (line 31) +* KPSE_TRY_LIBXX: png library. (line 30) * KPSE_TRY_LIBXX <1>: Adding a new generic library module. (line 20) * kpse_utils_pkgs: Adding a new program module. @@ -5750,7 +5842,7 @@ Index * library modules: Library modules. (line 6) * library-specific configure options: Library-specific configure options. (line 6) -* libsigsegv, required by xindy: Prerequisites. (line 35) +* libsigsegv, required by xindy: Prerequisites. (line 44) * libstc++, statically linking: Macros for compilers. (line 29) * Libtool: Overview of build system. @@ -5798,7 +5890,7 @@ Index * native cross compilation: Cross compilation. (line 10) * NEWPROG-SRC, original source subdirectory: Adding a new program module. (line 33) -* OBJCXX=OBJC-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 78) +* OBJCXX=OBJC-COMPILER: Build one package. (line 77) * one engine, building: Build one engine. (line 6) * one package, building: Build one package. (line 6) * OpenGL, required for Asymptote: asymptote. (line 6) @@ -5813,7 +5905,7 @@ Index (line 41) * PERL: Variables for configure. (line 39) -* perl, required by web2c, etc.: Prerequisites. (line 23) +* perl, required by web2c, etc.: Prerequisites. (line 29) * PKG_CONFIG: Variables for configure. (line 23) * plain.tex, not in source tree: Installing. (line 8) @@ -5823,16 +5915,17 @@ Index * preloaded binaries: Configure options for texk/web2c. (line 45) * prerequisites for building: Prerequisites. (line 6) -* problems with build: Build problems. (line 6) * program module, adding: Adding a new program module. (line 6) * program modules: Program modules. (line 6) * program-specific configure options: Program-specific configure options. (line 6) -* proxy build system: png library. (line 36) +* proxy build system: png library. (line 35) +* Python, required by ICU: Prerequisites. (line 23) * reautoconf: Build system tools. (line 28) * reautoconf, for new program: Adding a new program module. (line 89) +* removing build directories: Build one package. (line 106) * requirements for building: Prerequisites. (line 6) * runscript.exe: Macros for Windows. (line 25) * scripts, linked and not maintained: Linked scripts. (line 6) @@ -5844,7 +5937,7 @@ Index (line 6) * shared libraries, using vs. avoiding: Distro builds. (line 11) * size of PDF and PS files: --disable-largefile. (line 11) -* size of source tree: Build one package. (line 53) +* size of source tree: Build one package. (line 63) * source code declarations: Declarations and definitions. (line 6) * source directory building, not supported: Building. (line 17) @@ -5873,6 +5966,8 @@ Index * TeX-specific library module, adding: Adding a new TeX-specific library module. (line 6) * texlive.tlpdb, TeX Live database: Installing. (line 8) +* TEXMFCNF for running standalone: Build one package. (line 44) +* TEXMFROOT for running standalone: Build one package. (line 44) * tie: Cross problems. (line 26) * timestamps, in repository: Build system tools. (line 38) * TLpatches/patch-...: Adding a new program module. @@ -5912,7 +6007,7 @@ Index * wrapper build system: freetype library. (line 6) * X toolkit: Configure options for texk/web2c. (line 22) -* X11 development, required by X clients: Prerequisites. (line 27) +* X11 development, required by X clients: Prerequisites. (line 36) * X11 headers, and const: Const. (line 21) * xasy: asymptote. (line 6) * xaw: Configure options for texk/xdvik. @@ -5941,398 +6036,399 @@ Node: Top1208 Node: Introduction2118 Node: Overview of build system3946 Node: Prerequisites5997 -Node: Building8593 -Node: Build iteration9979 -Node: Build problems11020 -Node: Build in parallel11474 -Node: Build distribution12078 -Node: Build one package12726 -Node: Build one engine16371 -Node: Cross compilation17885 -Node: Cross configuring19165 -Node: Cross problems20842 -Node: Installing22504 -Node: Installation directories23524 -Node: Linked scripts25342 -Node: Distro builds26833 -Node: Layout and infrastructure29209 -Node: Build system tools30040 -Node: Top-level directories32257 -Node: Autoconf macros34493 -Node: General setup macros35255 -Node: Macros for programs36130 -Node: Macros for compilers36931 -Node: Macros for libraries38339 -Node: Macros for library and header flags38765 -Node: Macros for Windows40676 -Node: Library modules42263 -Node: png library42752 -Node: zlib library45100 -Node: freetype library45615 -Node: kpathsea library46311 -Node: Program modules47690 -Node: t1utils package48118 -Node: xindy package48663 -Node: xdvik package49777 -Node: asymptote50836 -Node: Extending TeX Live51332 -Node: Adding a new program module52115 -Node: Adding a new generic library module57248 -Node: Adding a new TeX-specific library module59477 -Node: Configure options60175 -Node: Global configure options61556 -Node: --disable-native-texlive-build62098 -Node: --prefix --bindir ...63060 -Node: --disable-largefile63600 -Node: --disable-missing64142 -Node: --enable-compiler-warnings=LEVEL64543 -Node: --enable-cxx-runtime-hack65199 -Node: --enable-maintainer-mode65619 -Node: --enable-multiplatform66148 -Node: --enable-shared66721 -Node: --enable-silent-rules67092 -Node: --without-ln-s67544 -Node: --without-x67891 -Node: Program-specific configure options68079 -Node: --enable-PROG --disable-PROG68722 -Node: --disable-all-pkgs68995 -Node: Configure options for texk/web2c69778 -Node: Configure options for texk/bibtex-x72316 -Node: Configure options for texk/dvipdfm-x72859 -Node: Configure options for texk/dvisvgm73635 -Node: Configure options for texk/texlive74516 -Node: Configure options for texk/xdvik74937 -Node: Configure options for utils/xindy75558 -Node: Library-specific configure options76448 -Node: Configure options for kpathsea77409 -Node: Variables for configure78113 -Node: Coding conventions79539 -Node: Declarations and definitions80254 -Node: Const82428 -Node: Continuous integration84292 -Node: Transfer from Subversion to Github84956 -Node: Automatic update of the Git mirror87118 -Node: CI testing on Travis-CI87700 -Node: Releases on Github88409 -Node: install-tl88849 -Node: install-tl NAME89218 -Node: install-tl SYNOPSIS89376 -Node: install-tl DESCRIPTION89634 -Node: install-tl REFERENCES90694 -Node: install-tl OPTIONS91218 -Ref: install-tl *-gui* [[=]_module_]91559 -Ref: install-tl text91767 -Ref: install-tl tcl (or "perltk" or "wizard" or "expert" or nothing)91952 -Ref: install-tl *-no-gui*92584 -Ref: install-tl *-lang* _llcode_92674 -Ref: install-tl *-repository* _url|path_93298 -Ref: install-tl *-select-repository*94186 -Ref: install-tl *-all-options*94604 -Ref: install-tl *-custom-bin* _path_94859 -Ref: install-tl *-debug-translation*95693 -Ref: install-tl *-force-platform* _platform_95969 -Ref: install-tl *-help*, *--help*, *-?*96213 -Ref: install-tl *-in-place*96626 -Ref: install-tl *-init-from-profile* _profile_file_97171 -Ref: install-tl *-logfile* _file_97440 -Ref: install-tl *-no-cls*97791 -Ref: install-tl *-no-persistent-downloads*97939 -Ref: install-tl *-persistent-downloads*97964 -Ref: install-tl *-no-verify-downloads*98582 -Ref: install-tl *-non-admin*98945 -Ref: install-tl *-portable*99038 -Ref: install-tl *-print-platform*99177 -Ref: install-tl *-profile* _profile_file_99375 -Ref: install-tl *-q*99596 -Ref: install-tl *-scheme* _scheme_99658 -Ref: install-tl *-v*100132 -Ref: install-tl *-version*, *--version*100287 -Node: install-tl PROFILES100421 -Ref: install-tl instopt_adjustpath (default 0 on Unix, 1 on Windows)103287 -Ref: install-tl instopt_adjustrepo (default 1)103363 -Ref: install-tl instopt_letter (default 0)103500 -Ref: install-tl instopt_portable (default 0)103591 -Ref: install-tl instopt_write18_restricted (default 1)103687 -Node: install-tl ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES105026 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER105404 -Ref: install-tl TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM105427 -Ref: install-tl TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS105447 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK105651 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE105853 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_RESUME105962 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_WELCOME106114 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PAPER106235 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX106381 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXDIR106407 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG106438 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR106466 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME106495 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL106525 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG106559 -Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR106590 -Ref: install-tl NOPERLDOC106961 -Node: install-tl AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT107025 -Node: tlmgr107439 -Node: tlmgr NAME107924 -Node: tlmgr SYNOPSIS108056 -Node: tlmgr DESCRIPTION108246 -Node: tlmgr EXAMPLES109345 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr option repository ctan109596 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet109668 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr update --list110273 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr update --all110366 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr info _what_110523 -Node: tlmgr OPTIONS110785 -Ref: tlmgr *--repository* _url|path_111305 -Ref: tlmgr /some/local/dir112491 -Ref: tlmgr file:/some/local/dir112520 -Ref: tlmgr ctan112593 -Ref: tlmgr http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet112646 -Ref: tlmgr http://server/path/to/tlnet112987 -Ref: tlmgr https://server/path/to/tlnet113368 -Ref: tlmgr ftp://server/path/to/tlnet113836 -Ref: tlmgr user@machine:/path/to/tlnet113968 -Ref: tlmgr scp://user@machine/path/to/tlnet114009 -Ref: tlmgr ssh://user@machine/path/to/tlnet114050 -Ref: tlmgr *--gui* [_action_]114443 -Ref: tlmgr *--gui-lang* _llcode_115256 -Ref: tlmgr *--command-logfile* _file_115997 -Ref: tlmgr *--debug-translation*116263 -Ref: tlmgr *--machine-readable*116466 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-execute-actions*116734 -Ref: tlmgr *--package-logfile* _file_116927 -Ref: tlmgr *--pause*117181 -Ref: tlmgr *--persistent-downloads*117336 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-persistent-downloads*117364 -Ref: tlmgr *--pin-file*117858 -Ref: tlmgr *--usermode*118076 -Ref: tlmgr *--usertree* _dir_118196 -Ref: tlmgr *--verify-repo=[none|main|all]*118322 -Node: tlmgr ACTIONS119221 -Node: tlmgr help120082 -Node: tlmgr version120559 -Node: tlmgr backup120822 -Ref: tlmgr *backup [_option_...] --all*120993 -Ref: tlmgr *backup [_option_...] _pkg_...*121026 -Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_122092 -Ref: tlmgr *--all*122309 -Ref: tlmgr *--clean*[=_N_]122561 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run*122888 -Node: tlmgr candidates _pkg_123018 -Node: tlmgr check [_option_...] [depends|executes|files|runfiles|texmfdbs|all]123373 -Ref: tlmgr *depends*123887 -Ref: tlmgr *executes*124229 -Ref: tlmgr *files*124344 -Ref: tlmgr *runfiles*124480 -Ref: tlmgr *texmfdbs*124617 -Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMFDBS have the !! prefix.124847 -Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMFBDS have an ls-R file (if they exist at all).124923 -Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMF with !! are listed in TEXMFDBS.124988 -Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMF with an ls-R file are listed in TEXMFDBS.125063 -Ref: tlmgr *--use-svn*125088 -Node: tlmgr conf125229 -Ref: tlmgr *conf [texmf|tlmgr|updmap [--conffile _file_] [--delete] [_key_ [_value_]]]*125517 -Ref: tlmgr *conf auxtrees [--conffile _file_] [show|add|remove] [_value_]*125581 -Node: tlmgr dump-tlpdb [_option_...] [--json]127996 -Ref: tlmgr *--local*128429 -Ref: tlmgr *--remote*128468 -Ref: tlmgr *--json*128506 -Node: tlmgr generate129077 -Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language*129273 -Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.dat*129312 -Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.def*129351 -Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.dat.lua*129394 -Ref: tlmgr *--dest* _output_file_131721 -Ref: tlmgr *--localcfg* _local_conf_file_132297 -Ref: tlmgr *--rebuild-sys*132420 -Node: tlmgr gui133235 -Node: tlmgr info133413 -Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] _pkg_...*133575 -Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] collections*133609 -Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] schemes*133639 -Ref: tlmgr *--list*135169 -Ref: tlmgr *--only-installed*135483 -Ref: tlmgr *--only-remote*135671 -Ref: tlmgr *--data item1,item2,...*135975 -Ref: tlmgr *--json* 1137338 -Node: tlmgr init-usertree137721 -Node: tlmgr install [_option_...] _pkg_...138102 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 1138610 -Ref: tlmgr *--file*138727 -Ref: tlmgr *--force*138949 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends*139169 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all*139328 -Ref: tlmgr *--reinstall*139728 -Ref: tlmgr *--with-doc*140106 -Ref: tlmgr *--with-src*140119 -Node: tlmgr key140847 -Ref: tlmgr *key list*141005 -Ref: tlmgr *key add _file_*141023 -Ref: tlmgr *key remove _keyid_*141045 -Node: tlmgr list141639 -Node: tlmgr option141801 -Ref: tlmgr *option [--json] [show]*141956 -Ref: tlmgr *option [--json] showall|help*141987 -Ref: tlmgr *option _key_ [_value_]*142013 -Node: tlmgr paper146591 -Ref: tlmgr *paper [a4|letter]*146740 -Ref: tlmgr *<[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|context|psutils] paper [_papersize_|--list]*>146816 -Ref: tlmgr *paper --json*146831 -Node: tlmgr path148046 -Ref: tlmgr *path [--w32mode=user|admin] add*148207 -Ref: tlmgr *path [--w32mode=user|admin] remove*148244 -Node: tlmgr pinning149729 -Ref: tlmgr pinning show149970 -Ref: tlmgr pinning add _repo_ _pkgglob_...150043 -Ref: tlmgr pinning remove _repo_ _pkgglob_...150162 -Ref: tlmgr pinning remove _repo_ --all150315 -Node: tlmgr platform150369 -Ref: tlmgr *platform list|add|remove _platform_...*150555 -Ref: tlmgr *platform set _platform_*150582 -Ref: tlmgr *platform set auto*150603 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 2151480 -Node: tlmgr postaction151599 -Ref: tlmgr *postaction [_option_...] install [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [_pkg_...]*151829 -Ref: tlmgr *postaction [_option_...] remove [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [_pkg_...]*151903 -Ref: tlmgr *--w32mode=[user|admin]*152218 -Ref: tlmgr *--fileassocmode=[1|2]*152634 -Ref: tlmgr *--all* 1152919 -Node: tlmgr print-platform152974 -Node: tlmgr print-platform-info153305 -Node: tlmgr remove [_option_...] _pkg_...153605 -Ref: tlmgr *--all* 2154089 -Ref: tlmgr *--backup*154199 -Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 1154225 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends* 1154630 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all* 1154692 -Ref: tlmgr *--force* 1154795 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 3155268 -Node: tlmgr repository155604 -Ref: tlmgr *repository list*155792 -Ref: tlmgr *repository list _path|url|tag_*155826 -Ref: tlmgr *repository add _path_ [_tag_]*155859 -Ref: tlmgr *repository remove _path|tag_*155891 -Ref: tlmgr *repository set _path_[#_tag_] [_path_[#_tag_] ...]*155945 -Ref: tlmgr *repository status*155966 -Ref: tlmgr The tag (which can be the same as the url);157193 -Node: tlmgr restore157671 -Ref: tlmgr *restore [_option_...] _pkg_ [_rev_]*157850 -Ref: tlmgr *restore [_option_...] --all*157880 -Ref: tlmgr *--all* 3158580 -Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 2158794 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 4158975 -Ref: tlmgr *--force* 2159107 -Ref: tlmgr *--json* 2159153 -Node: tlmgr search159480 -Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] _what_*159644 -Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] --file _what_*159681 -Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] --all _what_*159717 -Ref: tlmgr *--file* 1159937 -Ref: tlmgr *--all* 4159999 -Ref: tlmgr *--global*160088 -Ref: tlmgr *--word*160215 -Node: tlmgr shell160530 -Ref: tlmgr protocol161265 -Ref: tlmgr help 1161329 -Ref: tlmgr version 1161382 -Ref: tlmgr quit, end, bye, byebye, EOF161450 -Ref: tlmgr restart161471 -Ref: tlmgr load [local|remote]161594 -Ref: tlmgr save161664 -Ref: tlmgr get [_var_] =item set [_var_ [_val_]]161787 -Node: tlmgr show162388 -Node: tlmgr uninstall162555 -Node: tlmgr update [_option_...] [_pkg_...]162785 -Ref: tlmgr *--all* 5163156 -Ref: tlmgr *--self*165335 -Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 5166099 -Ref: tlmgr *--list* [_pkg_]166276 -Ref: tlmgr *--exclude* _pkg_166965 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-auto-remove* [_pkg_...]167765 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-auto-install* [_pkg_...]168249 -Ref: tlmgr *--reinstall-forcibly-removed*169011 -Ref: tlmgr *--backup* 1169546 -Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 3169572 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends* 2170738 -Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all* 2170941 -Ref: tlmgr *--force* 3171044 -Node: tlmgr CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR172035 -Ref: tlmgr auto-remove, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.173042 -Ref: tlmgr gui-expertmode, value 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings.173179 -Ref: tlmgr gui-lang _llcode_, with a language code value as with the command-line option.173261 -Ref: tlmgr no-checksums, value 0 or 1 (default 0, see below).173315 -Ref: tlmgr persistent-downloads, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.173395 -Ref: tlmgr require-verification, value 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option.173475 -Ref: tlmgr tkfontscale, value any float. Controls the scaling of fonts in the Tk based frontends.173565 -Ref: tlmgr update-exclude, value: comma-separated list of packages (no space allowed). Same as the command line option --exclude for the action update.173713 -Ref: tlmgr verify-downloads, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.173789 -Ref: tlmgr allowed-actions _action1_ [,_action_,...] The value is a comma-separated list of tlmgr actions which are allowed to be executed when tlmgr is invoked in system mode (that is, without --usermode).174058 -Node: tlmgr CRYPTOGRAPHIC VERIFICATION175146 -Node: tlmgr Configuration of GnuPG invocation177319 -Node: tlmgr USER MODE177957 -Node: tlmgr User mode install180803 -Node: tlmgr User mode backup, restore, remove, update181947 -Node: tlmgr User mode generate, option, paper182389 -Node: tlmgr MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES182765 -Node: tlmgr Pinning184494 -Node: tlmgr GUI FOR TLMGR186417 -Node: tlmgr Main display188066 -Node: tlmgr Display configuration area188318 -Ref: tlmgr Status188679 -Ref: tlmgr Category188843 -Ref: tlmgr Match189029 -Ref: tlmgr Selection189210 -Ref: tlmgr Display configuration buttons189414 -Node: tlmgr Package list area189597 -Ref: tlmgr a checkbox190181 -Ref: tlmgr package name190317 -Ref: tlmgr local revision (and version)190416 -Ref: tlmgr remote revision (and version)190791 -Ref: tlmgr short description191088 -Node: tlmgr Main display action buttons191133 -Ref: tlmgr Update all installed191399 -Ref: tlmgr Update191771 -Ref: tlmgr Install191821 -Ref: tlmgr Remove192007 -Ref: tlmgr Backup192185 -Node: tlmgr Menu bar192342 -Ref: tlmgr tlmgr menu192565 -Ref: tlmgr Options menu192873 -Ref: tlmgr Actions menu193956 -Ref: tlmgr Help menu194384 -Node: tlmgr GUI options194518 -Ref: tlmgr -background _color_194764 -Ref: tlmgr -font " _fontname_ _fontsize_ "194829 -Ref: tlmgr -foreground _color_194987 -Ref: tlmgr -geometry _geomspec_195039 -Ref: tlmgr -xrm _xresource_195231 -Node: tlmgr MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT195500 -Node: tlmgr Machine-readable update and install output196310 -Ref: tlmgr location-url _location_197586 -Ref: tlmgr total-bytes _count_197802 -Ref: tlmgr _pkgname_198212 -Ref: tlmgr _status_198422 -Ref: tlmgr d198500 -Ref: tlmgr f198560 -Ref: tlmgr u198739 -Ref: tlmgr r198785 -Ref: tlmgr a198908 -Ref: tlmgr i199086 -Ref: tlmgr I199205 -Ref: tlmgr _localrev_199307 -Ref: tlmgr _serverrev_199414 -Ref: tlmgr _size_199526 -Ref: tlmgr _runtime_199695 -Ref: tlmgr _esttot_199765 -Node: tlmgr Machine-readable option output199798 -Node: tlmgr ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES200310 -Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_COMPRESSOR200821 -Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER201669 -Ref: tlmgr TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM201692 -Ref: tlmgr TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS201712 -Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN202738 -Node: tlmgr AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT203562 -Node: Index203961 +Ref: Prerequisites-Footnote-18996 +Node: Building9299 +Node: Build iteration10641 +Node: Build in parallel11685 +Node: Build distribution12290 +Node: Build one package12938 +Node: Build one engine17650 +Node: Cross compilation20075 +Node: Cross configuring21354 +Node: Cross problems23031 +Node: Installing24693 +Node: Installation directories25713 +Node: Linked scripts27531 +Node: Distro builds29022 +Node: Layout and infrastructure31398 +Node: Build system tools32229 +Node: Top-level directories34446 +Node: Autoconf macros36682 +Node: General setup macros37444 +Node: Macros for programs38319 +Node: Macros for compilers39120 +Node: Macros for libraries40528 +Node: Macros for library and header flags40954 +Node: Macros for Windows42865 +Node: Library modules44452 +Node: png library44941 +Node: zlib library47289 +Node: freetype library47804 +Node: kpathsea library48500 +Node: Program modules49879 +Node: t1utils package50307 +Node: xindy package50852 +Node: xdvik package51968 +Node: asymptote53027 +Node: Extending TeX Live53523 +Node: Adding a new program module54330 +Node: Adding a new engine59093 +Node: Adding a new generic library module60878 +Node: Adding a new TeX-specific library module63099 +Node: Configure options63797 +Node: Global configure options65178 +Node: --disable-native-texlive-build65720 +Node: --prefix --bindir ...66682 +Node: --disable-largefile67222 +Node: --disable-missing67764 +Node: --enable-compiler-warnings=LEVEL68165 +Node: --enable-cxx-runtime-hack68821 +Node: --enable-maintainer-mode69241 +Node: --enable-multiplatform69770 +Node: --enable-shared70343 +Node: --enable-silent-rules70714 +Node: --without-ln-s71166 +Node: --without-x71513 +Node: Program-specific configure options71701 +Node: --enable-PROG --disable-PROG72344 +Node: --disable-all-pkgs72617 +Node: Configure options for texk/web2c73400 +Node: Configure options for texk/bibtex-x75938 +Node: Configure options for texk/dvipdfm-x76481 +Node: Configure options for texk/dvisvgm77257 +Node: Configure options for texk/texlive78138 +Node: Configure options for texk/xdvik78559 +Node: Configure options for utils/xindy79180 +Node: Library-specific configure options80070 +Node: Configure options for kpathsea81031 +Node: Variables for configure81735 +Node: Coding conventions83161 +Node: Declarations and definitions83876 +Node: Const86050 +Node: Continuous integration87914 +Node: Transfer from Subversion to Github88578 +Node: Automatic update of the Git mirror90740 +Node: CI testing on Travis-CI91322 +Node: Releases on Github92031 +Node: install-tl92471 +Node: install-tl NAME92840 +Node: install-tl SYNOPSIS92998 +Node: install-tl DESCRIPTION93214 +Node: install-tl REFERENCES94274 +Node: install-tl OPTIONS94798 +Ref: install-tl *-gui* [[=]_module_]95139 +Ref: install-tl text95347 +Ref: install-tl tcl (or "perltk" or "wizard" or "expert" or nothing)95532 +Ref: install-tl *-no-gui*96164 +Ref: install-tl *-lang* _llcode_96254 +Ref: install-tl *-repository* _url|path_96878 +Ref: install-tl *-select-repository*97767 +Ref: install-tl *-all-options*98185 +Ref: install-tl *-custom-bin* _path_98440 +Ref: install-tl *-debug-fakenet*99270 +Ref: install-tl *-debug-translation*99446 +Ref: install-tl *-force-platform* _platform_99722 +Ref: install-tl *-help*, *--help*, *-?*99966 +Ref: install-tl *-in-place*100379 +Ref: install-tl *-init-from-profile* _profile_file_100924 +Ref: install-tl *-logfile* _file_101193 +Ref: install-tl *-no-cls*101544 +Ref: install-tl *-no-persistent-downloads*101692 +Ref: install-tl *-persistent-downloads*101717 +Ref: install-tl *-no-verify-downloads*102335 +Ref: install-tl *-non-admin*102698 +Ref: install-tl *-portable*102791 +Ref: install-tl *-print-platform*102930 +Ref: install-tl *-profile* _profile_file_103128 +Ref: install-tl *-q*103349 +Ref: install-tl *-scheme* _scheme_103411 +Ref: install-tl *-v*103885 +Ref: install-tl *-version*, *--version*104040 +Node: install-tl PROFILES104174 +Ref: install-tl instopt_adjustpath (default 0 on Unix, 1 on Windows)107040 +Ref: install-tl instopt_adjustrepo (default 1)107116 +Ref: install-tl instopt_letter (default 0)107253 +Ref: install-tl instopt_portable (default 0)107344 +Ref: install-tl instopt_write18_restricted (default 1)107440 +Node: install-tl ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES108779 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER109157 +Ref: install-tl TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM109180 +Ref: install-tl TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS109200 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK109404 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE109606 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_RESUME109715 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_WELCOME109867 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PAPER109988 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX110134 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG110165 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR110193 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME110222 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL110252 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG110286 +Ref: install-tl TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR110317 +Ref: install-tl NOPERLDOC110732 +Node: install-tl AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT110796 +Node: tlmgr111209 +Node: tlmgr NAME111694 +Node: tlmgr SYNOPSIS111826 +Node: tlmgr DESCRIPTION112016 +Node: tlmgr EXAMPLES113115 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr option repository ctan113366 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr option repository https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet113439 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr update --list114044 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr update --all114137 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr info _what_114294 +Node: tlmgr OPTIONS114556 +Ref: tlmgr *--repository* _url|path_115076 +Ref: tlmgr /some/local/dir116262 +Ref: tlmgr file:/some/local/dir116291 +Ref: tlmgr ctan116364 +Ref: tlmgr https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet116418 +Ref: tlmgr http://server/path/to/tlnet116759 +Ref: tlmgr https://server/path/to/tlnet117140 +Ref: tlmgr ftp://server/path/to/tlnet117608 +Ref: tlmgr user@machine:/path/to/tlnet117740 +Ref: tlmgr scp://user@machine/path/to/tlnet117781 +Ref: tlmgr ssh://user@machine/path/to/tlnet117822 +Ref: tlmgr *--gui* [_action_]118215 +Ref: tlmgr *--gui-lang* _llcode_119028 +Ref: tlmgr *--command-logfile* _file_119769 +Ref: tlmgr *--debug-translation*120035 +Ref: tlmgr *--machine-readable*120238 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-execute-actions*120506 +Ref: tlmgr *--package-logfile* _file_120699 +Ref: tlmgr *--pause*120953 +Ref: tlmgr *--persistent-downloads*121108 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-persistent-downloads*121136 +Ref: tlmgr *--pin-file*121630 +Ref: tlmgr *--usermode*121848 +Ref: tlmgr *--usertree* _dir_121968 +Ref: tlmgr *--verify-repo=[none|main|all]*122094 +Node: tlmgr ACTIONS122993 +Node: tlmgr help123854 +Node: tlmgr version124331 +Node: tlmgr backup124594 +Ref: tlmgr *backup [_option_...] --all*124765 +Ref: tlmgr *backup [_option_...] _pkg_...*124798 +Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_125864 +Ref: tlmgr *--all*126081 +Ref: tlmgr *--clean*[=_N_]126333 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run*126660 +Node: tlmgr candidates _pkg_126790 +Node: tlmgr check [_option_...] [depends|executes|files|runfiles|texmfdbs|all]127145 +Ref: tlmgr *depends*127659 +Ref: tlmgr *executes*128001 +Ref: tlmgr *files*128116 +Ref: tlmgr *runfiles*128252 +Ref: tlmgr *texmfdbs*128389 +Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMFDBS have the !! prefix.128619 +Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMFBDS have an ls-R file (if they exist at all).128695 +Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMF with !! are listed in TEXMFDBS.128760 +Ref: tlmgr - all items in TEXMF with an ls-R file are listed in TEXMFDBS.128835 +Ref: tlmgr *--use-svn*128860 +Node: tlmgr conf129001 +Ref: tlmgr *conf [texmf|tlmgr|updmap [--conffile _file_] [--delete] [_key_ [_value_]]]*129289 +Ref: tlmgr *conf auxtrees [--conffile _file_] [show|add|remove] [_value_]*129353 +Node: tlmgr dump-tlpdb [_option_...] [--json]131768 +Ref: tlmgr *--local*132201 +Ref: tlmgr *--remote*132240 +Ref: tlmgr *--json*132278 +Node: tlmgr generate132849 +Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language*133045 +Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.dat*133084 +Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.def*133123 +Ref: tlmgr *generate [_option_...] language.dat.lua*133166 +Ref: tlmgr *--dest* _output_file_135493 +Ref: tlmgr *--localcfg* _local_conf_file_136069 +Ref: tlmgr *--rebuild-sys*136192 +Node: tlmgr gui137007 +Node: tlmgr info137185 +Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] _pkg_...*137347 +Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] collections*137381 +Ref: tlmgr *info [_option_...] schemes*137411 +Ref: tlmgr *--list*138941 +Ref: tlmgr *--only-installed*139255 +Ref: tlmgr *--only-remote*139443 +Ref: tlmgr *--data item1,item2,...*139747 +Ref: tlmgr *--json* 1141119 +Node: tlmgr init-usertree141502 +Node: tlmgr install [_option_...] _pkg_...141883 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 1142391 +Ref: tlmgr *--file*142508 +Ref: tlmgr *--force*142730 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends*142950 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all*143109 +Ref: tlmgr *--reinstall*143509 +Ref: tlmgr *--with-doc*143887 +Ref: tlmgr *--with-src*143900 +Node: tlmgr key144628 +Ref: tlmgr *key list*144786 +Ref: tlmgr *key add _file_*144804 +Ref: tlmgr *key remove _keyid_*144826 +Node: tlmgr list145420 +Node: tlmgr option145582 +Ref: tlmgr *option [--json] [show]*145737 +Ref: tlmgr *option [--json] showall|help*145768 +Ref: tlmgr *option _key_ [_value_]*145794 +Node: tlmgr paper150373 +Ref: tlmgr *paper [a4|letter]*150522 +Ref: tlmgr *<[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|context|psutils] paper [_papersize_|--list]*>150598 +Ref: tlmgr *paper --json*150613 +Node: tlmgr path151828 +Ref: tlmgr *path [--w32mode=user|admin] add*151989 +Ref: tlmgr *path [--w32mode=user|admin] remove*152026 +Node: tlmgr pinning153511 +Ref: tlmgr pinning show153752 +Ref: tlmgr pinning add _repo_ _pkgglob_...153825 +Ref: tlmgr pinning remove _repo_ _pkgglob_...153944 +Ref: tlmgr pinning remove _repo_ --all154097 +Node: tlmgr platform154151 +Ref: tlmgr *platform list|add|remove _platform_...*154337 +Ref: tlmgr *platform set _platform_*154364 +Ref: tlmgr *platform set auto*154385 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 2155262 +Node: tlmgr postaction155381 +Ref: tlmgr *postaction [_option_...] install [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [_pkg_...]*155611 +Ref: tlmgr *postaction [_option_...] remove [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [_pkg_...]*155685 +Ref: tlmgr *--w32mode=[user|admin]*156000 +Ref: tlmgr *--fileassocmode=[1|2]*156416 +Ref: tlmgr *--all* 1156701 +Node: tlmgr print-platform156756 +Node: tlmgr print-platform-info157087 +Node: tlmgr remove [_option_...] _pkg_...157387 +Ref: tlmgr *--all* 2157871 +Ref: tlmgr *--backup*157981 +Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 1158007 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends* 1158412 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all* 1158474 +Ref: tlmgr *--force* 1158577 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 3159050 +Node: tlmgr repository159427 +Ref: tlmgr *repository list*159615 +Ref: tlmgr *repository list _path|url|tag_*159649 +Ref: tlmgr *repository add _path_ [_tag_]*159682 +Ref: tlmgr *repository remove _path|tag_*159714 +Ref: tlmgr *repository set _path_[#_tag_] [_path_[#_tag_] ...]*159768 +Ref: tlmgr *repository status*159789 +Ref: tlmgr The tag (which can be the same as the url);161016 +Node: tlmgr restore161494 +Ref: tlmgr *restore [_option_...] _pkg_ [_rev_]*161673 +Ref: tlmgr *restore [_option_...] --all*161703 +Ref: tlmgr *--all* 3162403 +Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 2162617 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 4162798 +Ref: tlmgr *--force* 2162930 +Ref: tlmgr *--json* 2162976 +Node: tlmgr search163303 +Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] _what_*163467 +Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] --file _what_*163504 +Ref: tlmgr *search [_option_...] --all _what_*163540 +Ref: tlmgr *--file* 1163760 +Ref: tlmgr *--all* 4163822 +Ref: tlmgr *--global*163911 +Ref: tlmgr *--word*164038 +Node: tlmgr shell164353 +Ref: tlmgr protocol165088 +Ref: tlmgr help 1165152 +Ref: tlmgr version 1165205 +Ref: tlmgr quit, end, bye, byebye, EOF165273 +Ref: tlmgr restart165294 +Ref: tlmgr load [local|remote]165417 +Ref: tlmgr save165487 +Ref: tlmgr get [_var_] =item set [_var_ [_val_]]165610 +Node: tlmgr show166211 +Node: tlmgr uninstall166378 +Node: tlmgr update [_option_...] [_pkg_...]166608 +Ref: tlmgr *--all* 5166979 +Ref: tlmgr *--self*169158 +Ref: tlmgr *--dry-run* 5169922 +Ref: tlmgr *--list* [_pkg_]170099 +Ref: tlmgr *--exclude* _pkg_170788 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-auto-remove* [_pkg_...]171588 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-auto-install* [_pkg_...]172072 +Ref: tlmgr *--reinstall-forcibly-removed*172834 +Ref: tlmgr *--backup* 1173369 +Ref: tlmgr *--backupdir* _directory_ 3173395 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends* 2174561 +Ref: tlmgr *--no-depends-at-all* 2174764 +Ref: tlmgr *--force* 3174867 +Node: tlmgr CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR175858 +Ref: tlmgr auto-remove = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.176860 +Ref: tlmgr gui-expertmode = 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings.176992 +Ref: tlmgr gui-lang = _llcode_, with a language code value as with the command-line option.177076 +Ref: tlmgr no-checksums = 0 or 1 (default 0, see below).177125 +Ref: tlmgr persistent-downloads = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.177200 +Ref: tlmgr require-verification = 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option.177275 +Ref: tlmgr tkfontscale = _floating-point number_ (default 1.0); scaling factor for fonts in the Tk-based frontends.177383 +Ref: tlmgr update-exclude = _comma-separated list of packages_ (no spaces allowed). Same as the command line option --exclude for the update action.177528 +Ref: tlmgr verify-downloads = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.177599 +Ref: tlmgr allowed-actions = _action1_[,_action2_,...] The value is a comma-separated list (no spaces) of tlmgr actions which are allowed to be executed when tlmgr is invoked in system mode (that is, without --usermode). This allows distributors to include tlmgr in their packaging, but allow only a restricted set of actions that do not interfere with their distro package manager. For native TeX Live installations, it doesn't make sense to set this.178116 +Node: tlmgr CRYPTOGRAPHIC VERIFICATION178948 +Node: tlmgr Configuration of GnuPG invocation181121 +Node: tlmgr USER MODE181759 +Node: tlmgr User mode install184605 +Node: tlmgr User mode backup, restore, remove, update185749 +Node: tlmgr User mode generate, option, paper186191 +Node: tlmgr MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES186525 +Node: tlmgr Pinning188254 +Node: tlmgr GUI FOR TLMGR190177 +Node: tlmgr Main display191826 +Node: tlmgr Display configuration area192078 +Ref: tlmgr Status192439 +Ref: tlmgr Category192603 +Ref: tlmgr Match192789 +Ref: tlmgr Selection192970 +Ref: tlmgr Display configuration buttons193174 +Node: tlmgr Package list area193357 +Ref: tlmgr a checkbox193941 +Ref: tlmgr package name194077 +Ref: tlmgr local revision (and version)194176 +Ref: tlmgr remote revision (and version)194551 +Ref: tlmgr short description194848 +Node: tlmgr Main display action buttons194893 +Ref: tlmgr Update all installed195159 +Ref: tlmgr Update195531 +Ref: tlmgr Install195581 +Ref: tlmgr Remove195767 +Ref: tlmgr Backup195945 +Node: tlmgr Menu bar196102 +Ref: tlmgr tlmgr menu196325 +Ref: tlmgr Options menu196633 +Ref: tlmgr Actions menu197716 +Ref: tlmgr Help menu198144 +Node: tlmgr GUI options198278 +Ref: tlmgr -background _color_198524 +Ref: tlmgr -font " _fontname_ _fontsize_ "198589 +Ref: tlmgr -foreground _color_198747 +Ref: tlmgr -geometry _geomspec_198799 +Ref: tlmgr -xrm _xresource_198991 +Node: tlmgr MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT199260 +Node: tlmgr Machine-readable update and install output200070 +Ref: tlmgr location-url _location_201346 +Ref: tlmgr total-bytes _count_201562 +Ref: tlmgr _pkgname_201972 +Ref: tlmgr _status_202182 +Ref: tlmgr d202260 +Ref: tlmgr f202320 +Ref: tlmgr u202499 +Ref: tlmgr r202545 +Ref: tlmgr a202668 +Ref: tlmgr i202846 +Ref: tlmgr I202965 +Ref: tlmgr _localrev_203067 +Ref: tlmgr _serverrev_203174 +Ref: tlmgr _size_203286 +Ref: tlmgr _runtime_203455 +Ref: tlmgr _esttot_203525 +Node: tlmgr Machine-readable option output203558 +Node: tlmgr ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES204070 +Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_COMPRESSOR204581 +Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER205429 +Ref: tlmgr TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM205452 +Ref: tlmgr TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS205472 +Ref: tlmgr TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN206498 +Node: tlmgr AUTHORS AND COPYRIGHT207322 +Node: Index207724  End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info index f287a96a42c..de5ce04906e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/info/web2c.info @@ -1,10 +1,10 @@ -This is web2c.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.7 from web2c.texi. +This is web2c.info, produced by makeinfo version 6.8 from web2c.texi. This file documents the installation and use of the programs in Web2c, an implementation of Donald Knuth's TeX system. Copyright (C) 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, -2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010-2021 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber. +2005, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010-2022 Karl Berry & Olaf Weber. Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ Web2c This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems. It -corresponds to Web2c version 2021, released in February 2021. +corresponds to Web2c version 2022, released in January 2022. * Menu: @@ -83,16 +83,17 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Introduction, Next: Installation, Prev: Top, Up: Top 1 Introduction ************** -This manual corresponds to version 2021 of Web2c, released in February -2021. +This manual corresponds to version 2022 of Web2c, released in January +2022. - "Web2c" is the name of a TeX implementation, originally for Unix, but -now also running under various operating systems. By "TeX -implementation", we mean all of the standard programs developed by the -Stanford TeX project directed by Donald E. Knuth: Metafont, DVItype, -GFtoDVI, BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX itself. Other programs -are also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter Breitenlohner, MetaPost and -its utilities (derived from Metafont), by John Hobby, etc. + "Web2c" (also spelled Web2C) is the name of a TeX implementation, +originally for Unix, but now also running under Windows and other +operating systems. By "TeX implementation", we mean all of the standard +programs developed by the Stanford TeX project led by Donald E. Knuth: +Metafont, DVItype, GFtoDVI, BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX itself. +Other programs are also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter +Breitenlohner, MetaPost and its utilities (derived from Metafont), by +John Hobby, and many more. General strategy: Web2c works, as its name implies, by translating the WEB source in which TeX is written into C source code. Its output @@ -113,8 +114,8 @@ practical implication for redistributors of Web2c is that most of the executables are covered by the GNU General Public License or GNU Lesser General Public License, and therefore anyone who gets a binary distribution must also be able to get the sources, as explained by the -terms of the GPL (. The GPL covers the Web2c -executables, including 'tex', because the Free Software Foundation +terms of the GPL (). The GPL covers the +Web2c executables, including 'tex', because the Free Software Foundation sponsored the initial development of the Kpathsea library that Web2c uses. The basic source files from Stanford, however, have their own copyright terms or are in the public domain, and are not covered by the @@ -128,8 +129,16 @@ Web-to-C somewhere in there. In 1990, Karl Berry became the maintainer. He made many changes to the original sources, and started using the shorter name Web2c. In 1997, Olaf Weber took over, and then in 2006, Karl started taking care of it again. No significant development or -changes have been needed for many years. Dozens of other people have -contributed; their names are listed in the 'ChangeLog' files. +changes have been needed for many years, though dozens of other people +have contributed in many ways; their names are listed in the 'ChangeLog' +files. + + Originally, Web2c was distributed as its own package, alongside the +original web programs from Stanford and other components. It was also +the basis for the teTeX distribution (now discontinued). Around 2004, +the packaging focus shifted entirely to the TeX Live distribution +(), though the same Web2c is at the heart of +the release. Other acknowledgements by Karl: The University of Massachusetts at Boston (particularly Rick Martin and Bob Morris) provided computers and @@ -374,6 +383,9 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Commonalities, Next: Three programs, Prev: Installati Many aspects of the TeX system are the same among more than one program, so we describe those pieces together, here. + Another kind of commonality is the extensions to TeX that are +available across all the engines; *note TeX extensions::. + * Menu: * Option conventions:: - or -, = or ' ' for values. @@ -775,33 +787,38 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Hardware and memory dumps, Prev: Determining the memor 4.3.3 Hardware and memory dumps ------------------------------- -By default, memory dump files are generally sharable between -architectures of different types; specifically, on machines of different -endianness (*note (libc)Byte order::). (This is a feature of the Web2c -implementation, and is not true of all TeX implementations.) If you -specify '--disable-dump-share' to 'configure', however, memory dumps -will be endian-dependent. - - The reason to do this is speed. To achieve endian-independence, the -reading of memory dumps on LittleEndian architectures, such as PC's and -DEC architectures, is somewhat slowed (all the multibyte values have to -be swapped). Usually, this is not noticeable, and the advantage of -being able to share memory dumps across all platforms at a site far -outweighs the speed loss. But if you're installing Web2c for use on -LittleEndian machines only, perhaps on a PC being used only by you, you -may wish to get maximum speed. +By default, memory dump files are sharable between architectures of +different types; specifically, on machines of different endianness +(*note (libc)Byte order::) and with different word sizes (4-byte 'long' +vs. 8-byte 'long'). This is a feature of the Web2c implementation, and +is not true of all TeX implementations. + + The script 'tl-check-fmtshare' in the TeX Live source tree +('Master/tlpkg/bin') provides a relatively easy way to test that a +'.fmt' built on the local host can be loaded by a TeX engine built on +some remote host. + + If you specify '--disable-dump-share' to 'configure', however, memory +dumps will be endian-dependent. The reason to do this is speed. To +achieve endian-independence, the reading of memory dumps on LittleEndian +architectures, such as PC's and DEC architectures, is somewhat slowed +(all the multibyte values have to be swapped). Usually, this is not +noticeable, and the advantage of being able to share memory dumps across +all platforms at a site far outweighs the speed loss. But if you're +trying to squeeze out every possible bit of performance, you may wish to +do this. TeXnically, even without '--disable-dump-share', sharing of '.fmt' files cannot be guaranteed to work. Floating-point values are always written in native format, and hence will generally not be readable across platforms. Fortunately, TeX uses floating point only to -represent glue ratios, and all common formats (plain, LaTeX, AMSTeX, -...) do not do any glue setting at '.fmt'-creation time. Metafont does +represent glue ratios, and none of the common formats (plain, LaTeX, +AMSTeX, ...) do any glue setting at '.fmt'-creation time. Metafont does not use floating point in any dumped value at all. Incidentally, different memory dump files will never compare equal -byte-for-byte, because the program always dumps the current date and -time. So don't be alarmed by just a few bytes difference. +byte-for-byte, because the programs dump the current date and time. So +don't be alarmed by a few bytes difference. If you don't know what endianness your machine is, and you're curious, here is a little C program to tell you. (The 'configure' @@ -828,6 +845,9 @@ References::). exit (u.c[sizeof (long) - 1] == 1); } + You can add 'printf("long %d\n", sizeof(long));' to see the size of +the 'long' data type. +  File: web2c.info, Node: Editor invocation, Next: \input filenames, Prev: Memory dumps, Up: Three programs @@ -865,8 +885,8 @@ notation; here we are concerned only with the primitive operation.) As (allowed) extensions to standard TeX, Web2c also supports specifying the filename in double quotes ('"some name"') and in braces -('{"some name"}'), which is convenient for filenames containing spaces -or other special characters, as described in the sections below. +('{some name}'), which is convenient for filenames containing spaces or +other special characters, as described in the sections below. In all cases, space tokens are ignored after the filename is read. @@ -1044,7 +1064,7 @@ a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an unwitting user could run a TeX program that overwrites, say, '~/.rhosts'. (MetaPost has a 'write' primitive with similar implications). To alleviate this and similar problems the functions 'kpathsea_out_name_ok' and -'kpathsea_in_name_ok' from the Kpathse library (*note (kpathsea)Calling +'kpathsea_in_name_ok' from the Kpathsea library (*note (kpathsea)Calling sequence::) are used to determine if a given filename is acceptable to be opened for output or input, depending on the setting of the configuration variables 'openout_any' and 'openin_any': 'a' (for "any", @@ -1501,8 +1521,8 @@ is written to the file OUTPUT. In addition, Patgen prompts interactively for other values. - For more information, see 'Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter' by Frank -Liang (*note References::), and also the 'patgen.web' source file. + For more information, see 'Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-put-er' by +Frank Liang (*note References::), and also the 'patgen.web' source file. The only options are '-help' and '-version' (*note Common options::). @@ -1606,8 +1626,18 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: TeX extensions, Prev: IPC and TeX, Up: TeX 5.7 Extended TeX engines ======================== -The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. Here's a partial -list. +The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. + + There has been a substantial effort to make a set of extended +functionality available across all actively-updated engines, so that +formats, notably LaTeX, can rely on it. A list of this common extended +functionality is in a 'LaTeX News' article, +. For +engines in TeX Live, the detailed documentation for these primitives is +mostly in the pdfTeX manual (). + + In addition, each engine (naturally) has its own particular features, +described in its own manual. Here's a partial list of the engines. e-TeX Adds many new primitives, including right-to-left typesetting and @@ -1615,11 +1645,11 @@ e-TeX . Aleph - This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more. - Omega was the original program. Aleph is an updated version with a - variety of bug fixes, and includes e-TeX. Aleph is not actively - maintained. More info: , - . + This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more, + based on the Omega engine, with the e-TeX and other extensions. + Aleph is maintained only for serious bug fixes and does not include + the common functionality mentioned above. More info: + , . pdfTeX Can produce PDF as well as DVI files. It also incorporates the @@ -1642,6 +1672,11 @@ XeTeX with the exception of the font expansion part of micro-typography. Home page: . +hiTeX + Outputs its own HINT format, which is designed for reading + technical documents on mobile devices. More info: + . + pTeX upTeX With additional support for Japanese; pTeX was the original engine, @@ -2168,7 +2203,7 @@ generates a MetaPost picture expression corresponding to TEX-INPUT. simply passes the TEX-INPUT through to TeX. For example, if you are using LaTeX, your MetaPost input file must start with a 'verbatimtex' block that gives the necessary '\documentclass' (or '\documentstyle') -'\begin{document}' command. You will also need to set the enviroment +'\begin{document}' command. You will also need to set the environment variable 'TEX' to 'latex'. TEX-INPUT need not be specifically TeX input; it could also be Troff. @@ -2197,11 +2232,11 @@ standard PostScript fonts. MetaPost reads the same 'psfonts.map' file as Dvips, to determine PostScript fonts that need to be downloaded (*note (dvips)psfonts.map::). - It is posible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is in -contrast to general EPSF files, which have to be converted for use with -PDF output. The easiest way is to name the MetaPost output files with -the '.mps' extension. Then the LaTeX '\includegraphics' command, for -example, will be able to read them, even when outputting PDF. + It is possible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is +in contrast to general EPSF files, which have to be converted for use +with PDF output. The easiest way is to name the MetaPost output files +with the '.mps' extension. Then the LaTeX '\includegraphics' command, +for example, will be able to read them, even when outputting PDF. MetaPost can write output files, via the 'write' primitive; this opens a security hole. *Note tex invocation::. @@ -2460,7 +2495,7 @@ semicolons when this can be done conveniently. '-uppercase' These options specify the case of identifiers in the output of tangle. If '-uppercase' ('-lowercase') is specified, tangle will - convert all identfiers to uppercase (lowercase). The default is + convert all identifiers to uppercase (lowercase). The default is '-mixedcase', which specifies that the case will not be changed. '-underline' @@ -2774,7 +2809,7 @@ File: web2c.info, Node: Font file formats, Next: gftopk invocation, Up: Font 11.1 Font file formats ====================== -(For another perspective on this, *note (dvips)Font concepts::). +For another perspective on this, *note (dvips)Font concepts::. Font files come in several varieties, with suffixes like: .tfm .*pk .*gf .*pxl (obsolete) .pl .mf .vf .vpl @@ -3002,7 +3037,7 @@ not an extension; no '.' precedes it: for instance, 'cmr10.600gf'. '-mnemonics' Translate all commands in the GF file. - As an example of the output, here is the (abrdiged) translation of + As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) translation of the letter 'K' in 'cmr10', as rendered at 600dpi with the mode 'ljfour' from 'modes.mf' (available from ), with both '-mnemonics' and '-images' enabled. @@ -3370,7 +3405,7 @@ development request rather than a legal requirement. MLTeX, pdfTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX, and all the other derived engines have used various license terms for their additions to the base code, often -the GPL (see or (for example) the +the GPL (see ) or (for example) the file 'web2c/pdftexdir/COPYINGv2'. They also mostly make use of additional libraries with their own (compatible) terms. Please see each program's sources. @@ -3472,7 +3507,7 @@ Appendix B References User's Guide and Reference Manual'. Addison-Wesley, Reading, MA, USA, second edition, 1994. Reprinted with corrections, 1996. - 24. [Lia83] Franklin Mark Liang. Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-pu-ter. + 24. [Lia83] Franklin Mark Liang. Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-put-er. Technical Report STAN-CS-83-977, Stanford University, August 1983. . @@ -3503,7 +3538,7 @@ Index * - starts option names: Option conventions. (line 11) * -- starts option names: Option conventions. (line 11) * --disable-dump-share configure option: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 6) + (line 17) * --disable-mf-nowin: Online Metafont graphics. (line 65) * --enable-epsfwin: Online Metafont graphics. @@ -3535,7 +3570,7 @@ Index * -base=BASE: Determining the memory dump to use. (line 15) * -base=DUMPNAME: Common options. (line 39) -* -change=CHFILE: mft invocation. (line 63) +* -change=CHFILE: mft invocation. (line 62) * -charcode-format=TYPE: tftopl invocation. (line 27) * -charcode-format=TYPE <1>: vftovp invocation. (line 30) * -cnf-line: Common options. (line 25) @@ -3597,7 +3632,7 @@ Index * -shell-restricted: tex invocation. (line 122) * -show-opcodes: dvitype invocation. (line 52) * -strict: tangle invocation. (line 46) -* -style=MFTFILE: mft invocation. (line 67) +* -style=MFTFILE: mft invocation. (line 66) * -T: mpost invocation. (line 111) * -terse: bibtex invocation. (line 28) * -tex=TEXPROGRAM: mpost invocation. (line 114) @@ -3630,6 +3665,10 @@ Index * .Xresources: Online Metafont graphics. (line 69) * 2602gf: mf invocation. (line 48) +* 32-bit architecture: Hardware and memory dumps. + (line 6) +* 64-bit architecture: Hardware and memory dumps. + (line 6) * 8 bit clean: Common options. (line 110) * 8 bit clean output, specifying: Common options. (line 110) * 8-bit characters: TCX files. (line 6) @@ -3668,7 +3707,7 @@ Index (line 16) * accented character: TCX files. (line 6) * accents, hyphenating words with: MLTeX. (line 6) -* acknowledgements: Introduction. (line 54) +* acknowledgements: Introduction. (line 63) * acm.bst: Basic BibTeX style files. (line 19) * Ada, WEB for: WEB. (line 12) @@ -3679,7 +3718,7 @@ Index (line 12) * afmtopl: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 12) -* Aleph: TeX extensions. (line 15) +* Aleph: TeX extensions. (line 25) * aliases for fonts: Path searching. (line 14) * alpha.bst: Basic BibTeX style files. (line 22) @@ -3712,7 +3751,7 @@ Index (line 15) * beamer, package: Formats. (line 57) * beginfig: mpost invocation. (line 31) -* Berry, Karl: Introduction. (line 43) +* Berry, Karl: Introduction. (line 44) * BIBINPUTS, search path for bib files: bibtex invocation. (line 18) * bibliographies, creating: BibTeX. (line 6) * bibliography: References. (line 6) @@ -3739,11 +3778,11 @@ Index * byte position: pktype invocation. (line 40) * byte position <1>: gftype invocation. (line 76) * byte swapping: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 13) + (line 17) * c-sources Makefile target: Additional targets. (line 12) * caveats for \input filenames: \input filename caveats. (line 6) -* change files, and MFT: mft invocation. (line 63) +* change files, and MFT: mft invocation. (line 62) * change files, and Tangle: tangle invocation. (line 11) * change files, and Weave: weave invocation. (line 14) * changing error messages style: Common options. (line 31) @@ -3763,7 +3802,7 @@ Index (line 69) * cm.base: Initial Metafont. (line 26) * cmbase.mf: Initial Metafont. (line 26) -* cmbase.mft: mft invocation. (line 73) +* cmbase.mft: mft invocation. (line 72) * cmmf.base not recommended: Initial Metafont. (line 26) * color, in DVItoMP: dvitomp invocation. (line 15) * comments, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 70) @@ -3776,7 +3815,7 @@ Index (line 6) * Computer Modern fonts, and Troff: mpost invocation. (line 61) * Computer Modern macros: Initial Metafont. (line 26) -* Computer Modern Typefaces, production of: mft invocation. (line 73) +* Computer Modern Typefaces, production of: mft invocation. (line 72) * configuration: Installation. (line 6) * configuration file reading: Path searching. (line 6) * configuration file values: Runtime options. (line 6) @@ -3798,15 +3837,16 @@ Index * Cork encoding and ISO input: TCX files. (line 48) * creating memory dumps: Creating memory dumps. (line 6) +* cross-engine functionality: TeX extensions. (line 8) * cross-referenced bibliography items: bibtex invocation. (line 31) * cross-references, omitting: weave invocation. (line 22) * current directory, used for output: Output file location. (line 6) -* Curtis, Pavel: Introduction. (line 43) +* Curtis, Pavel: Introduction. (line 44) * Cweb: WEB. (line 12) * CWEB: WEB. (line 12) * date and time, in memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 30) + (line 35) * debugging DVI utilities: dvitype invocation. (line 52) * debugging flags, specifying: Common options. (line 64) * decimal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 77) @@ -3847,8 +3887,8 @@ Index * dynamic packing variable: pktype invocation. (line 44) * e response at error prompt: Editor invocation. (line 6) * e-circumflex: \charsubdef. (line 20) -* e-TeX: TeX extensions. (line 10) -* e.mft: mft invocation. (line 73) +* e-TeX: TeX extensions. (line 20) +* e.mft: mft invocation. (line 72) * EC fonts: tex invocation. (line 41) * EC fonts <1>: mf invocation. (line 24) * editing of bitmap fonts: Font utilities available elsewhere. @@ -3863,14 +3903,14 @@ Index * Eplain: Formats. (line 50) * epsf: Online Metafont graphics. (line 19) -* epTeX: TeX extensions. (line 51) +* epTeX: TeX extensions. (line 66) * errors, editor invoked at: Editor invocation. (line 6) * escapement, horizontal: pktype invocation. (line 57) * escapement, horizontal <1>: gftype invocation. (line 106) * escapement, vertical: gftype invocation. (line 106) * etex for MetaPost labels: mpost invocation. (line 44) -* etex is pdfTeX: TeX extensions. (line 22) -* eupTeX: TeX extensions. (line 51) +* etex is pdfTeX: TeX extensions. (line 32) +* eupTeX: TeX extensions. (line 66) * executables, shared initial and virgin: Initial and virgin. (line 6) * exit status, of shell escape: Shell escapes. (line 34) * expanded plain format: Formats. (line 50) @@ -3897,7 +3937,7 @@ Index * floating-point arithmetic: Compile-time options. (line 21) * floating-point values: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 22) + (line 27) * fmt file, determining: Determining the memory dump to use. (line 6) * fmt files: Initial TeX. (line 6) @@ -3924,7 +3964,7 @@ Index * fraction routines: Compile-time options. (line 21) * Free Software Foundation documentation system: Formats. (line 43) -* freedom of Web2c: Introduction. (line 23) +* freedom of Web2c: Introduction. (line 24) * ftp.math.utah.edu: bibtex invocation. (line 58) * generating source specials: tex invocation. (line 134) * geometric designs: Metafont. (line 6) @@ -3945,7 +3985,7 @@ Index * gftype GF validation: gftype invocation. (line 6) * gftype.web: Font utilities. (line 11) * glue ratio representations: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 22) + (line 27) * glue, memory for: Runtime options. (line 20) * glyph substitutions: MLTeX. (line 6) * gray font: gftodvi invocation. (line 29) @@ -3955,7 +3995,7 @@ Index * gsftopk: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 35) * Harbison, Samuel P.: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 34) + (line 39) * hardware and memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps. (line 6) * headerbyte information: tftopl invocation. (line 95) @@ -3964,7 +4004,9 @@ Index * Herberts, Mathias: Online Metafont graphics. (line 20) * hex character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 77) -* history: Introduction. (line 43) +* HINT (Hint Is Not TeX): TeX extensions. (line 53) +* history: Introduction. (line 44) +* hiTeX: TeX extensions. (line 53) * Hobby, John: Introduction. (line 9) * horizontal escapement: pktype invocation. (line 57) * horizontal escapement <1>: gftype invocation. (line 106) @@ -3977,11 +4019,11 @@ Index * human-readable text, converting PK to: pktype invocation. (line 6) * human-readable text, converting TFM to: tftopl invocation. (line 6) * human-readable text, converting VF to: vftovp invocation. (line 6) -* hypertext: TeX extensions. (line 22) +* hypertext: TeX extensions. (line 32) * hyphenation and languages: Languages and hyphenation. (line 6) * hyphenation patterns, creating: patgen invocation. (line 6) -* ice cream: Introduction. (line 23) +* ice cream: Introduction. (line 24) * identifier case: tangle invocation. (line 35) * identifier collisions: tangle invocation. (line 46) * identifier length: tangle invocation. (line 27) @@ -4030,7 +4072,7 @@ Index * left side bearing <1>: gftype invocation. (line 82) * legalisms: Legalisms. (line 6) * libsigsegv library: Runtime options. (line 33) -* licensing terms: Introduction. (line 23) +* licensing terms: Introduction. (line 24) * LIG property: tftopl invocation. (line 101) * ligature table, in TFM files: tftopl invocation. (line 101) * LIGTABLE property: tftopl invocation. (line 101) @@ -4042,8 +4084,10 @@ Index (line 6) * location of texmf.cnf in TeX Live: Runtime options. (line 56) * log file, BibTeX: bibtex invocation. (line 14) -* Lua: TeX extensions. (line 30) -* LuaTeX: TeX extensions. (line 30) +* long data type, size of: Hardware and memory dumps. + (line 6) +* Lua: TeX extensions. (line 40) +* LuaTeX: TeX extensions. (line 40) * machine dependencies: Hardware and memory dumps. (line 6) * machine-readable, converting property lists to: pltotf invocation. @@ -4058,7 +4102,7 @@ Index * magnification <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 28) * main_memory: Runtime options. (line 15) * Make targets, additional: Additional targets. (line 6) -* Martin, Rick: Introduction. (line 54) +* Martin, Rick: Introduction. (line 63) * Mathematical Reviews: Formats. (line 35) * mathematical typesetting: TeX. (line 6) * mem file, determining: Determining the memory dump to use. @@ -4071,7 +4115,7 @@ Index * memory dumps and hardware: Hardware and memory dumps. (line 6) * memory dumps, contain date and time: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 30) + (line 35) * memory dumps, creating: Creating memory dumps. (line 6) * mems Make target: Additional targets. (line 34) @@ -4096,7 +4140,7 @@ Index (line 15) * MetaPost input files: mpost invocation. (line 26) * MetaPost invocation: mpost invocation. (line 6) -* MetaPost source, prettyprinting: mft invocation. (line 79) +* MetaPost source, prettyprinting: mft invocation. (line 77) * MetaPost, initial: Initial MetaPost. (line 6) * MetaPost, TeX, and Metafont: Three programs. (line 6) * metatype1: Font utilities available elsewhere. @@ -4112,7 +4156,7 @@ Index * MFTERM: Online Metafont graphics. (line 11) * mftmac.tex: mft invocation. (line 6) -* micro-typography: TeX extensions. (line 22) +* micro-typography: TeX extensions. (line 32) * mktexmf, disabling: mf invocation. (line 24) * mktextfM, disabling: tex invocation. (line 41) * mltex: MLTeX. (line 6) @@ -4123,8 +4167,8 @@ Index * mode_def: Modes. (line 15) * mode_setup: Modes. (line 15) * modifying texmf.cnf in TeX Live: Runtime options. (line 56) -* Morgan, Tim: Introduction. (line 43) -* Morris, Bob: Introduction. (line 54) +* Morgan, Tim: Introduction. (line 44) +* Morris, Bob: Introduction. (line 63) * MPEDIT: Editor invocation. (line 10) * mpgraph.pdf: mpost invocation. (line 14) * mpman.pdf: mpost invocation. (line 6) @@ -4154,11 +4198,11 @@ Index (line 12) * octal character codes, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 77) * offset for overflow labels: gftodvi invocation. (line 59) -* Omega: TeX extensions. (line 15) +* Omega: TeX extensions. (line 25) * online Metafont graphics: Online Metafont graphics. (line 6) * opcodes, showing DVI: dvitype invocation. (line 52) -* OpenType support: TeX extensions. (line 30) +* OpenType support: TeX extensions. (line 40) * optical font scaling: Font file formats. (line 21) * option conventions: Option conventions. (line 6) * origin: pktype invocation. (line 66) @@ -4179,9 +4223,9 @@ Index * patgen: patgen invocation. (line 6) * path searching: Path searching. (line 6) * path searching debugging: Common options. (line 64) -* PDF: TeX extensions. (line 22) +* PDF: TeX extensions. (line 32) * PDF, and .mps files: mpost invocation. (line 82) -* pdfTeX: TeX extensions. (line 22) +* pdfTeX: TeX extensions. (line 32) * permissions, legal: Legalisms. (line 6) * PFA and PFB conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 39) @@ -4213,7 +4257,7 @@ Index * plain.bst: Basic BibTeX style files. (line 11) * plain.fmt: Initial TeX. (line 13) -* plain.mft: mft invocation. (line 67) +* plain.mft: mft invocation. (line 66) * pltotf: pltotf invocation. (line 6) * pool file, writing: tangle invocation. (line 16) * Poole, Simon: Online Metafont graphics. @@ -4233,7 +4277,7 @@ Index * predefined macros and memory dumps: Memory dumps. (line 6) * prettyprinting Metafont source: mft invocation. (line 6) * prettyprinting WEB programs: weave invocation. (line 6) -* primitives, new: TeX extensions. (line 10) +* primitives, new: TeX extensions. (line 20) * printable characters, specifying: TCX files. (line 87) * printer characteristics, for Metafont: Modes. (line 6) * production use: Initial and virgin. (line 15) @@ -4252,14 +4296,14 @@ Index * ps2pk: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 35) * psfonts.map, read by MetaPost: mpost invocation. (line 76) -* pTeX: TeX extensions. (line 44) +* pTeX: TeX extensions. (line 59) * PXL files, explained: Font file formats. (line 39) * pxtoch: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 23) * quoted filename for \input: \input quoted filename. (line 6) * Raichle, Bernd: MLTeX. (line 6) -* reading, additional: Introduction. (line 62) +* reading, additional: Introduction. (line 71) * readonly directory, running TeX in: Output file location. (line 15) * readonly directory, running TeX in <1>: Output file location. @@ -4279,7 +4323,7 @@ Index * restricted shell escapes: Shell escapes. (line 6) * right side bearing: pktype invocation. (line 66) * right side bearing <1>: gftype invocation. (line 82) -* Rokicki, Tomas: Introduction. (line 43) +* Rokicki, Tomas: Introduction. (line 44) * run length encoded bitmaps: pktype invocation. (line 76) * run length encoded bitmaps <1>: gftype invocation. (line 89) * runtime options: Runtime options. (line 6) @@ -4311,18 +4355,18 @@ Index * sockets: IPC and TeX. (line 6) * space-terminated filenames: \input filenames. (line 10) * Spiderweb: WEB. (line 12) -* Stallman, Richard: Introduction. (line 54) +* Stallman, Richard: Introduction. (line 63) * starting page: dvicopy invocation. (line 28) * starting page <1>: dvitype invocation. (line 46) * Steele Jr., Guy L.: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 34) + (line 39) * stopping at the first error: Common options. (line 46) -* strategy, overall: Introduction. (line 17) +* strategy, overall: Introduction. (line 18) * string numbers, displaying: pooltype invocation. (line 6) * string pool, writing: tangle invocation. (line 16) * string representation: pooltype invocation. (line 30) * style design, for BibTeX: bibtex invocation. (line 49) -* style files: mft invocation. (line 67) +* style files: mft invocation. (line 66) * substitutions of font glyphs: MLTeX. (line 6) * sun: Online Metafont graphics. (line 42) @@ -4334,11 +4378,11 @@ Index (line 43) * swap space, as array limit: Runtime options. (line 45) * swapping bytes: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 13) + (line 17) * syntax of TCX files: TCX files. (line 65) * system C library function: Shell escapes. (line 6) * system command: Shell escapes. (line 6) -* system fonts, using: TeX extensions. (line 30) +* system fonts, using: TeX extensions. (line 40) * T1 encoding and ISO input: TCX files. (line 48) * tabs, and \input filenames: \input filename caveats. (line 6) @@ -4357,6 +4401,7 @@ Index (line 11) * terminator for filenames: \input filenames. (line 10) * terse output: bibtex invocation. (line 28) +* teTeX distribution: Introduction. (line 56) * tex: tex invocation. (line 6) * TeX, bibliographies for: bibtex invocation. (line 58) * TeX, creating from Metafont: mft invocation. (line 6) @@ -4395,19 +4440,21 @@ Index * tftopl: tftopl invocation. (line 6) * three programs: Three programs. (line 6) * time and date, in memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps. - (line 30) + (line 35) * title font: gftodvi invocation. (line 33) +* tl-check-fmtshare: Hardware and memory dumps. + (line 12) * tokenization, and \input filenames: \input filename caveats. (line 6) * toolkits, X: Online Metafont graphics. (line 59) * torture tests: Triptrap. (line 6) * translation file for TeX, specifying: Common options. (line 103) -* translation from WEB to C: Introduction. (line 17) +* translation from WEB to C: Introduction. (line 18) * trap Make target: Additional targets. (line 41) * trap test: Triptrap. (line 6) * trapman.tex: Triptrap. (line 6) -* Trickey, Howard: Introduction. (line 43) +* Trickey, Howard: Introduction. (line 44) * trip Make target: Additional targets. (line 41) * trip test: Triptrap. (line 6) * tripman.tex: Triptrap. (line 6) @@ -4416,7 +4463,7 @@ Index * troff, supported in MetaPost: MetaPost. (line 12) * Troff, WEB for: WEB. (line 12) * Trojan horses and TeX programs: tex invocation. (line 48) -* TrueType support: TeX extensions. (line 30) +* TrueType support: TeX extensions. (line 40) * TUGboat bibliography: bibtex invocation. (line 58) * Type 1 conversion: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 39) @@ -4427,16 +4474,16 @@ Index * type programs, pool: pooltype invocation. (line 6) * typeface families: Metafont. (line 6) * typesetting: TeX. (line 6) -* Unicode: TeX extensions. (line 15) +* Unicode: TeX extensions. (line 25) * Unicode input: tex invocation. (line 86) -* Unicode input, native: TeX extensions. (line 37) +* Unicode input, native: TeX extensions. (line 47) * uniterm: Online Metafont graphics. (line 50) * unsrt.bst: Basic BibTeX style files. (line 39) -* upTeX: TeX extensions. (line 44) +* upTeX: TeX extensions. (line 59) * UTF-8 input: tex invocation. (line 86) -* UTF-8 input, native: TeX extensions. (line 30) +* UTF-8 input, native: TeX extensions. (line 40) * validation, of DVI files: dvitype invocation. (line 6) * validation, of GF files: gftype invocation. (line 6) * validation, of PK files: pktype invocation. (line 6) @@ -4462,7 +4509,7 @@ Index * WEB programs, compiling: tangle invocation. (line 6) * WEB programs, typesetting: weave invocation. (line 6) * WEB2C, search path for TCX files: TCX files. (line 35) -* Weber, Olaf: Introduction. (line 43) +* Weber, Olaf: Introduction. (line 44) * webmac.tex: weave invocation. (line 22) * webman.tex: WEB. (line 12) * whitespace, in TCX files: TCX files. (line 68) @@ -4485,7 +4532,7 @@ Index * xampl.bib: bibtex invocation. (line 55) * xbfe, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 23) -* XeTeX: TeX extensions. (line 37) +* XeTeX: TeX extensions. (line 47) * xfed, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere. (line 23) * xfedor, bitmap font editor: Font utilities available elsewhere. @@ -4506,78 +4553,78 @@ Index  Tag Table: Node: Top2759 -Node: Introduction3834 -Node: Installation7174 -Node: configure options9218 -Node: Compile-time options11240 -Node: Additional targets12342 -Node: Triptrap13619 -Node: Commonalities15122 -Node: Option conventions15655 -Node: Common options16878 -Node: Path searching21496 -Node: Output file location22468 -Node: Three programs23770 -Node: Runtime options24477 -Node: Initial and virgin27618 -Node: Memory dumps28567 -Node: Creating memory dumps29019 -Node: Determining the memory dump to use30226 -Node: Hardware and memory dumps31803 -Node: Editor invocation34249 -Node: \input filenames35112 -Node: \input quoted filename36665 -Node: \input braced filename37442 -Node: \input filename caveats38372 -Node: TeX39886 -Node: tex invocation41054 -Node: Initial TeX48039 -Node: Formats49403 -Node: Languages and hyphenation52220 -Node: MLTeX52650 -Node: \charsubdef54278 -Node: \tracingcharsubdef56601 -Node: TCX files57176 -Node: patgen invocation62616 -Node: Shell escapes63322 -Node: IPC and TeX66902 -Node: TeX extensions67472 -Node: Metafont69501 -Node: mf invocation70789 -Node: Initial Metafont74626 -Node: Modes76256 -Node: Online Metafont graphics78506 -Node: gftodvi invocation81931 -Node: mft invocation84751 -Node: MetaPost88749 -Node: mpost invocation89585 -Node: Initial MetaPost94619 -Node: dvitomp invocation95541 -Node: BibTeX96206 -Node: bibtex invocation96567 -Node: Basic BibTeX style files99041 -Node: WEB100371 -Node: tangle invocation101580 -Node: weave invocation103703 -Node: pooltype invocation105110 -Node: DVI utilities106240 -Node: dvicopy invocation107174 -Node: dvitype invocation108459 -Node: dvitype output example110790 -Node: Font utilities113843 -Node: Font file formats115023 -Node: gftopk invocation118292 -Node: pktogf invocation119483 -Node: pktype invocation120649 -Node: gftype invocation123472 -Node: tftopl invocation127975 -Node: pltotf invocation132568 -Node: vftovp invocation133619 -Node: vptovf invocation135854 -Node: Font utilities available elsewhere136881 -Node: Legalisms139086 -Node: References140532 -Node: Index144665 +Node: Introduction3833 +Node: Installation7591 +Node: configure options9635 +Node: Compile-time options11657 +Node: Additional targets12759 +Node: Triptrap14036 +Node: Commonalities15539 +Node: Option conventions16196 +Node: Common options17419 +Node: Path searching22037 +Node: Output file location23009 +Node: Three programs24311 +Node: Runtime options25018 +Node: Initial and virgin28159 +Node: Memory dumps29108 +Node: Creating memory dumps29560 +Node: Determining the memory dump to use30767 +Node: Hardware and memory dumps32344 +Node: Editor invocation35094 +Node: \input filenames35957 +Node: \input quoted filename37508 +Node: \input braced filename38285 +Node: \input filename caveats39215 +Node: TeX40729 +Node: tex invocation41897 +Node: Initial TeX48883 +Node: Formats50247 +Node: Languages and hyphenation53064 +Node: MLTeX53494 +Node: \charsubdef55122 +Node: \tracingcharsubdef57445 +Node: TCX files58020 +Node: patgen invocation63460 +Node: Shell escapes64167 +Node: IPC and TeX67747 +Node: TeX extensions68317 +Node: Metafont71098 +Node: mf invocation72386 +Node: Initial Metafont76223 +Node: Modes77853 +Node: Online Metafont graphics80103 +Node: gftodvi invocation83528 +Node: mft invocation86348 +Node: MetaPost90346 +Node: mpost invocation91182 +Node: Initial MetaPost96218 +Node: dvitomp invocation97140 +Node: BibTeX97805 +Node: bibtex invocation98166 +Node: Basic BibTeX style files100640 +Node: WEB101970 +Node: tangle invocation103179 +Node: weave invocation105303 +Node: pooltype invocation106710 +Node: DVI utilities107840 +Node: dvicopy invocation108774 +Node: dvitype invocation110059 +Node: dvitype output example112390 +Node: Font utilities115443 +Node: Font file formats116623 +Node: gftopk invocation119890 +Node: pktogf invocation121081 +Node: pktype invocation122247 +Node: gftype invocation125070 +Node: tftopl invocation129573 +Node: pltotf invocation134166 +Node: vftovp invocation135217 +Node: vptovf invocation137452 +Node: Font utilities available elsewhere138479 +Node: Legalisms140684 +Node: References142131 +Node: Index146264  End Tag Table diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.html index 883cc129293..807fa6091a9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.html @@ -1,8 +1,11 @@ + + + - - - Kpathsea: A library for path searching @@ -28,17 +28,20 @@ approved by the TeX Users Group. --> + + + @@ -65,7 +69,22 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} - + + +
    + +

    Kpathsea library

    + +

    This manual documents the Kpathsea library for path searching. It +corresponds to version 6.3.4, released in +January 2022. +

    + + +

    Table of Contents

    @@ -155,61 +174,20 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
  • Index
  • - - - -
    -

    -Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    -

    Kpathsea library

    - -

    This manual documents the Kpathsea library for path searching. It -corresponds to version 6.3.3, released in -February 2021. -

    - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Kpathsea library   [Contents][Index]

    1 Introduction

    -

    This manual corresponds to version 6.3.3 of the Kpathsea -library, released in February 2021. +

    This manual corresponds to version 6.3.4 of the Kpathsea +library, released in January 2022.

    The library’s fundamental purpose is to return a filename from a list of directories specified by the user, similar to what shells do when @@ -221,9 +199,9 @@ this library:

    @@ -232,7 +210,7 @@ this library:

    Kpathsea is now maintained as part of the TeX Live distribution (https://tug.org/texlive), which includes several more Kpathsea-using programs. For information on configuration, building, -installing, and more, see Building TeX Live. +installing, and more, see Building TeX Live.

    @@ -261,14 +239,14 @@ you’re already a member, thanks!). TUG produces the periodical proceedings, and arranges courses on TeX for all levels of users throughout the world. See https://tug.org for information.

    - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -377,9 +355,12 @@ where Kpathsea is now maintained.
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Kpathsea library   [Contents][Index]

    2 unixtex.ftp: Obtaining TeX

    @@ -425,9 +406,11 @@ Comprehensive TeX Archive Network), https://ctan.org<
    -
    +
    +
    +

    3 Security

    @@ -443,12 +426,12 @@ illegitimate root access. ~/.rhosts, and thus an unwitting user who runs TeX on a random document is vulnerable to a trojan horse attack. This loophole is closed by default, but you can be permissive if you so desire in -texmf.cnf. See tex invocation in Web2c. MetaPost has +texmf.cnf. See tex invocation in Web2c. MetaPost has the same issue.

    Dvips, Xdvi, and TeX can also execute shell commands under some -circumstances. To disable this, see the ‘-R’ option in Option -details in Dvips, the xdvi man page, and tex +circumstances. To disable this, see the ‘-R’ option in Option +details in Dvips, the xdvi man page, and tex invocation in Web2c, respectively.

    @@ -466,12 +449,12 @@ fonts is created on every machine. writable font tree desirable, in spite of the potential security problems. To do this you should change the value of VARTEXFONTS in texmf.cnf to refer to some globally known directory. -See mktex configuration. +See mktex configuration.

    The first restriction you can apply is to make newly-created directories under texmf be append-only with an option in mktex.cnf. -See mktex configuration. +See mktex configuration.

    @@ -497,9 +480,11 @@ always set.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Kpathsea library   [Contents][Index]

    4 TeX directory structure

    @@ -514,8 +499,8 @@ distribution. It conforms to both the GNU coding standards and the TeX directory structure (TDS) standard. For rationale and further explanation, please see those documents. The GNU document is available from https://gnu.org/prep/standards. The TDS -document is available from http://mirror.ctan.org/tds -(see unixtex.ftp). +document is available from https://ctan.org/pkg/tds +(see unixtex.ftp: Obtaining TeX).

    In short, here is a skeleton of the default directory structure, extracted from the TDS document: @@ -593,9 +578,11 @@ extracted from the TDS document:


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5 Path searching

    @@ -611,24 +598,19 @@ other languages (Chinese, Spanish, Russian, Japanese, French, German, …) as part of the TeX Live guide; see https://tug.org/texlive/doc.html for links.

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -656,7 +638,7 @@ operating systems’ conventions.

    To check a particular path element e, Kpathsea first sees if a -prebuilt database (see Filename database) applies to e, i.e., +prebuilt database (see Filename database (ls-R)) applies to e, i.e., if the database is in a directory that is a prefix of e. If so, the path specification is matched against the contents of the database.

    @@ -734,7 +716,9 @@ algorithm when searching for a file of a particular type (see
    +
    +
    + @@ -758,7 +742,7 @@ override; for example, TEXINPUTS_latex overrides TEXINPUTSlatex’.

  • A program-specific configuration file, e.g., an ‘S /a:/b’ line in -Dvips’ config.ps (see Config files in Dvips). +Dvips’ config.ps (see Config files in Dvips).
  • @@ -775,14 +759,14 @@ debugging options (see Debugging).

    These sources may be combined via default expansion (see Default expansion).

    - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -821,10 +805,10 @@ mentions most features. The format of texmf.cnf files follows:

    • -Comments start with ‘%’, either at the beginning of a line or -preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line. That is, -similar to most shells, a ‘%’ in the “middle” of a value does not -start a comment. Examples: +Comments start with ‘%’ or ‘#’, either at the beginning of a +line or preceded by whitespace, and continue to the end of the line. +That is, similar to most shells, a comment character in the “middle” +of a value does not start a comment. Examples:
      % this is a comment
      @@ -898,16 +882,6 @@ TEXINPUTS.latex2e = $latex2e_inputs
       TEXINPUTS.latex = $latex2e_inputs
       
      - - -

      This format has some similarity to Bourne shell scripts—change the -comment character to #, disallow spaces around the =, -and get rid of the .name convention, and it could be run -through the shell. However, there seemed little advantage in this, -since all the information would have to passed back to Kpathsea and -parsed there anyway, since the sh process couldn’t affect its -parent’s environment. -

      The combination of spaces being ignored before the . of a program name qualifer and the optional ‘=’ for the assignment has @@ -933,7 +907,10 @@ avoid them all.


      -
      +
      +
    +
    + @@ -950,24 +927,19 @@ contain a directory or file baz.

    These expansions are explained in the sections below.

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1040,7 +1012,9 @@ Default expansion is implemented in the source file


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1091,7 +1065,9 @@ paths are initialized (see Path sources).


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1134,9 +1110,11 @@ is ‘/’, the path element ‘~root/mymacros
    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.4 Brace expansion

    @@ -1175,7 +1153,9 @@ example could have been written ‘x{A:B}{1:2}y’ (on Unix


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1186,14 +1166,16 @@ Next:

    mktex scripts, because these +‘mktex…’ scripts mktex scripts, because these change the working directory. You should not ever define it yourself.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3.6 Subdirectory expansion

    @@ -1259,9 +1241,12 @@ know.


    -
    +
    +
    +
  • If the file format defines a program to invoke to create missing files, -run it (see mktex scripts). +run it (see mktex scripts).
  • @@ -2848,7 +2768,9 @@ debugging options (see Debugging).


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2874,7 +2796,7 @@ specified format(s). file texfonts.map, look for f.dpi.
  • Run an external program (typically named ‘mktexpk’) to -generate the font (see mktex scripts) +generate the font (see mktex scripts)
  • Look for fallback.dpi, where fallback is some last-resort font (typically ‘cmr10’). @@ -2885,18 +2807,16 @@ last-resort font (typically ‘cmr10’).

    This is implemented in kpathsea_find_glyph in kpathsea/tex-glyph.c.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    Next: , Up: Glyph lookup   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -2926,7 +2846,9 @@ slightly more than the 0.2% minimum allowed by the DVI standard


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2962,7 +2884,7 @@ file is; TeX documents will find their favorite name.
  • -

    The format of fontmap files is straightforward: +

    The format of fontmap files:

    Bug checklist  What to include in a good bug report. -
    Mailing lists  Joining the bugs or announcements mailing lists. -
    Debugging  Analyzing runtime problems. -
    Logging  Recording searches. -
    Common problems  When things go wrong. -
    +
    -
    +
    + @@ -3939,7 +3837,9 @@ diagnosing, or fixing the bug.
    -
    +
    +
    +

    Next: , Previous: , Up: Reporting bugs   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -3965,7 +3865,9 @@ full TeX system or how to use LaTeX, please see


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Next: , Previous: , Up: Reporting bugs   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -4011,7 +3913,7 @@ easily. For example, in Bourne-compatible shells:

    It is sometimes helpful to run the standalone Kpsewhich utility -(see Invoking kpsewhich), instead of the original program. +(see kpsewhich: Standalone path searching), instead of the original program.

    In any case, you cannot use the names below; you must always use @@ -4019,29 +3921,23 @@ somebody’s numbers. (Sorry.) To set more than one option, just sum the corresponding numbers.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_STAT (1)

    Report ‘stat’(2) calls. This is useful for verifying that your directory structure is not forcing Kpathsea to do many additional file tests (see Slow path searching, and see Subdirectory expansion). If you are using an up-to-date ls-R database -(see Filename database), this should produce no output unless a +(see Filename database (ls-R)), this should produce no output unless a nonexistent file that must exist is searched for.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_HASH (2)

    Report lookups in all hash tables: ls-R and aliases -(see Filename database); font aliases (see Fontmap); and config +(see Filename database (ls-R)); font aliases (see Fontmap); and config file values (see Config files). Useful when expected values are not being found, e.g.., file searches are looking at the disk instead of using ls-R.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_FOPEN (4)

    Report file openings and closings. Especially useful when your system’s file table is full, for seeing which files have been opened but never @@ -4050,9 +3946,7 @@ redefining ‘fopen’ (‘fclose’) (‘kpse_fclose_trace’).

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_PATHS (8)

    Report general path information for each file type Kpathsea is asked to search. This is useful when you are trying to track down how a @@ -4062,17 +3956,13 @@ contents of the kpse_format_info_type structure defined in tex-file.h.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_EXPAND (16)

    Report the directory list corresponding to each path element Kpathsea searches. This is only relevant when Kpathsea searches the disk, since ls-R searches don’t look through directory lists in this way.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_SEARCH (32)

    Report on each file search: the name of the file searched for, the path searched in, whether or not the file must exist (when drivers search for cmr10.vf, it need not exist), and whether or not we are @@ -4082,22 +3972,16 @@ most lookups). This can help you correlate what Kpathsea is doing with what is in your input file.

    -
    KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64) - -
    +
    KPSE_DEBUG_VARS (64)

    Report the value of each variable Kpathsea looks up. This is useful for verifying that variables do indeed obtain their correct values.

    -
    GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128) - -
    +
    GSFTOPK_DEBUG (128)

    Activates debugging printout specific to gsftopk program.

    -
    MAKETEX_DEBUG (512) - -
    +
    MAKETEX_DEBUG (512)

    If you use the optional mktex programs instead of the traditional shell scripts, this will report the name of the site file (mktex.cnf by default) which is read, directories created by @@ -4107,9 +3991,7 @@ parameters from mktexnam, filenames added by mktexupd, and some subsidiary commands run by the programs.

    -
    MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024) - -
    +
    MAKETEX_FINE_DEBUG (1024)

    When the optional mktex programs are used, this will print additional debugging info from functions internal to these programs.

    @@ -4126,7 +4008,9 @@ variable in kpathsea/db.c.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Next: , Previous: , Up: Reporting bugs   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -4185,7 +4069,9 @@ else.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Previous: , Up: Reporting bugs   [Contents][Index]

    @@ -4198,19 +4084,16 @@ Previous: , Up: -• Unable to find files  If your program can’t find fonts (or whatever). - -• Slow path searching  If it takes forever to find anything. - -• Unable to generate fonts  If mktexpk fails. - -• TeX or Metafont failing  Likely compiler bugs. - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -4226,7 +4109,7 @@ debugging options helpful. See Debugging.
    • Perhaps you simply haven’t installed all the necessary files; the basic fonts and input files are distributed separately from the programs. -See unixtex.ftp. +See unixtex.ftp: Obtaining TeX.
    • @@ -4263,14 +4146,16 @@ error message saying something like ‘Can't find font fontname’. The best solution is to fix (or at least report) the bug in mktexpk; the workaround is to generate the necessary fonts by hand with Metafont, or to grab them from a CTAN site -(see unixtex.ftp). +(see unixtex.ftp: Obtaining TeX).
    • There is a bug in the library. See Reporting bugs.

    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -4287,7 +4172,7 @@ input files, but does eventually succeed, here are some possible culprits:
  • Most likely, you just have a lot of directories to search, and that takes a noticeable time. The solution is to create and maintain a separate ls-R file that lists all the files in your main TeX -hierarchy. See Filename database. Kpathsea always uses ls-R +hierarchy. See Filename database (ls-R). Kpathsea always uses ls-R if it’s present; there’s no need to recompile or reconfigure any of the programs. @@ -4307,7 +4192,9 @@ precisely when the disk or network is being pounded. See D


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -4332,7 +4219,7 @@ mktexpk: Use a config file to specify the mode, or update me. specifying the resolution, as in -D 360, is not enough.

    You can specify the mode name with the -mode option on the -Dvips command line, or in a Dvips configuration file (see Config +Dvips command line, or in a Dvips configuration file (see Config files in Dvips), such as config.ps in your document directory, ~/.dvipsrc in your home directory, or in a system directory (again named config.ps). (Other drivers use other @@ -4377,15 +4264,17 @@ the base files are stored on your system (/usr/local/share/texmf/web2c by default), and make a link (either hard or soft) from plain.base to mf.base in that directory. -See inimf invocation in Web2c. +See inimf invocation in Web2c.

    If mf is a command not found at all by mktexpk, then you -need to install Metafont (see unixtex.ftp). +need to install Metafont (see unixtex.ftp: Obtaining TeX).


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -4409,7 +4298,7 @@ to run the program under the debugger and see where it’s failing.

    Also, if you have trouble with a system C compiler, I advise trying the GNU C compiler. And vice versa, unfortunately; but in that case I also -recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see Bugs in Using and Porting GNU CC. +recommend reporting a bug to the GCC mailing list; see Bugs in Using and Porting GNU CC.

    To report compiler bugs effectively requires perseverance and @@ -4419,9 +4308,13 @@ through TeX’s (or whatever program’s) data structures. Good luck.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    + +
  • diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.pdf index 1ff6d90fb8c..a189490124a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/kpathsea/kpathsea.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 index 4cf85a75ac7..9716cadf37d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH ALEPH 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH ALEPH 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf index b6ed550bb87..1e1a79a7906 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/aleph.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 index ce0d9df4bc5..5c819f2e5ce 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH AMSTEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH AMSTEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf index 1caea37b8eb..2a9cb009fa3 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/amstex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 index 64696f32645..f2454a833d7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.1 @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ .\" .\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches, .\" etc. to Steve Cheng . -.TH "BBOX" "1" "31 August 2010" "" "" +.TH "BBOX" "1" "January 22, 2004" "" "" .SH NAME bbox \- prints out the bounding box of a rawppm or rawpbm image diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf index f594d61af50..f2f9d8e521b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bbox.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 index baf5de63830..881685ba7c6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH BIBTEX 1 "23 February 2018" "bibtex 0.99d" "Web2C 2021" +.TH BIBTEX 1 "23 February 2018" "bibtex 0.99d" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf index 8e193872f3b..cbaa1fb6cce 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/bibtex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cslatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cslatex.man1.pdf index 9586537ee44..6a1db2ab41d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cslatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cslatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf index ba90161f78b..7be36f14ebb 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctangle.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 index fc79432bc57..4c785af8954 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH CTIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C 2021" +.TH CTIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .SH NAME ctie \- merge or apply CWEB change files diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf index 85dbb228833..d06428a0b31 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctie.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-refsort.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-refsort.man1.pdf index 2a72e80d56a..6b3d412737e 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-refsort.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-refsort.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-twinx.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-twinx.man1.pdf index 7d204866356..107956b505d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-twinx.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill-twinx.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.1 index cfac2030f35..069733e6c8b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.1 @@ -1,6 +1,20 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.11.4 +.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc .\" -.TH "CTWILL" "1" "February 6, 2021" "Web2c 2021" "General Commands Manual" +.\" Define V font for inline verbatim, using C font in formats +.\" that render this, and otherwise B font. +.ie "\f[CB]x\f[]"x" \{\ +. ftr V B +. ftr VI BI +. ftr VB B +. ftr VBI BI +.\} +.el \{\ +. ftr V CR +. ftr VI CI +. ftr VB CB +. ftr VBI CBI +.\} +.TH "CTWILL" "1" "February 5, 2022" "Web2c 2022" "General Commands Manual" .hy .SH NAME .PP @@ -16,8 +30,8 @@ ctwill, ctwill-refsort, ctwill-twinx - translate CWEB to TeX with mini-indexes .PD 0 .P .PD -\f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] \f[I]outfile\f[R].tex [\f[I]outfile\f[R].tex \&...] > -index.tex +\f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] \f[I]outfile\f[R].tex [\f[I]outfile\f[R].tex \&...] +> index.tex .SH DESCRIPTION .PP The \f[B]ctwill\f[R] program converts a CWEB source document into a @@ -48,7 +62,7 @@ If you just want to change the output file name, but don\[cq]t have a change file to apply, you can use `\f[B]-\f[R]' as the second argument. .PP \f[B]ctwill\f[R] is exactly like \f[B]cweave\f[R] except that it -produces much better documentation, for which you must work harder. +produces much better documentation, for which you must work much harder. You should run \f[B]ctwill\f[R] twice, once to prime the pump and once to get decent answers. Moreover, you must run the output twice through TeX. @@ -60,9 +74,14 @@ Say \f[B]ctwill-refsort < foo.ref > foo.sref\f[R] and then another \f[B]tex foo\f[R] will produce alphabetized output. .PP The \f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] program compiles a master index for a set of related -programs that have been processed by \f[B]ctwill\f[R]. +programs that have been processed by \f[B]ctwill\f[R] (\f[I]not\f[R] by +\f[B]cweave\f[R], mind you!). The individual programs should define their names with a line of the form \f[B]\[rs]def\[rs]title{NAME}\f[R]. +For your convenience, \f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] grabs the first \[lq]word\[rq] in +\f[B]\[rs]title\f[R] and turns it into uppercase form. +You should adapt file \f[B]twinx-startup.tex\f[R] for the first page of +the master index. .PP The mini-indexes list identifiers that are used but not defined on each two-page spread. @@ -106,13 +125,13 @@ The present incarnation of \f[B]ctwill\f[R] and its utilities tries hard to be a drop-in replacement for the original package. There are, however, a few differences worth noting: .IP \[bu] 2 -This version is based on the most recent version of CWEB (4.2). +This version is based on the most recent version of CWEB (4.7). .IP \[bu] 2 In TeX\ Live the utility programs are prefixed with \f[B]ctwill-\f[R] and the macro files with \f[B]ct\f[R] for technical reasons. .IP \[bu] 2 Options \f[B]--help\f[R], \f[B]--quiet\f[R], \f[B]--verbose\f[R], -\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], \f[B]-t\f[R], +\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]+c\f[R], \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], and \f[B]+lX\f[R] are new in CWEBbin and TeX\ Live. .IP \[bu] 2 Option \f[B]+lX\f[R] is accompanied by example wrapper files for @@ -153,6 +172,8 @@ leave out the \f[B]happy message\f[R] (\f[B]-h\f[R]). \f[B]+v\f[R]/\f[B]-v\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]+bhp\f[R]; also \f[B]--verbose\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 +\f[B]+c\f[R]: check temporary output for changes +.IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]-e\f[R]: do not enclose C/C++\ material in \f[B]\[rs]PB{\&...}\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]-f\f[R]: do not force a newline after every C/C++\ statement in @@ -162,8 +183,6 @@ output .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]-o\f[R]: suppress separation of declarations and statements .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[B]-t\f[R]: ignore temporary output irrespective of changes -.IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]-x\f[R]: omit indices, section names, table of contents .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]+P\f[R]: \f[B]\[rs]input ctproofmac.tex\f[R] instead of @@ -174,6 +193,9 @@ output .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]+s\f[R]: print usage statistics .IP \[bu] 2 +\f[B]+t\f[R]: treat \f[B]typename\f[R] in a template like +\f[B]typedef\f[R] +.IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]--help\f[R]: display help message and exit .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]--version\f[R]: output version information and exit @@ -246,7 +268,4 @@ Levy and Knuth. .PD 0 .P .PD -\f[B]ctwill\f[R] and its utilities \f[B]ctwill-refsort\f[R] and \f[B]ctwill-twinx\f[R] -have been fully integrated with the CWEBbin extension that serves as the -basis for CWEB in TeX\ Live; see the project -page (https://github.com/ascherer/cwebbin). +Contemporary development on https://github.com/ascherer/cwebbin. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.man1.pdf index bde7c827f5c..c840f198676 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ctwill.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf index c762ec19e84..effa9d5569a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweave.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 index cf7273f0219..84e17026ac0 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.1 @@ -1,6 +1,20 @@ -.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc 2.11.4 +.\" Automatically generated by Pandoc .\" -.TH "CWEB" "1" "September 23, 2020" "Web2c 2021" "General Commands Manual" +.\" Define V font for inline verbatim, using C font in formats +.\" that render this, and otherwise B font. +.ie "\f[CB]x\f[]"x" \{\ +. ftr V B +. ftr VI BI +. ftr VB B +. ftr VBI BI +.\} +.el \{\ +. ftr V CR +. ftr VI CI +. ftr VB CB +. ftr VBI CBI +.\} +.TH "CWEB" "1" "July 27, 2021" "Web2c 2022" "General Commands Manual" .hy .SH NAME .PP @@ -55,7 +69,7 @@ the resulting output. There are, however, a few differences worth noting: .IP \[bu] 2 Options \f[B]--help\f[R], \f[B]--quiet\f[R], \f[B]--verbose\f[R], -\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], \f[B]-t\f[R], +\f[B]--version\f[R], and flags \f[B]+c\f[R], \f[B]-i\f[R], \f[B]-o\f[R], and \f[B]+lX\f[R] are new in CWEBbin and TeX\ Live. .IP \[bu] 2 Option \f[B]+lX\f[R] is accompanied by several wrapper files for @@ -95,15 +109,19 @@ The first batch of options are common to both \f[B]ctangle\f[R] and \f[B]+v\f[R]/\f[B]-v\f[R]: shortcut for \f[B]+bhp\f[R]; also \f[B]--verbose\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[B]+s\f[R]: print usage statistics +\f[B]+c\f[R]: check temporary output for changes .IP \[bu] 2 -\f[B]-t\f[R]: ignore temporary output irrespective of changes +\f[B]+s\f[R]: print usage statistics .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]--help\f[R]: display help message and exit .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]--version\f[R]: output version information and exit .PP -There are six other options applicable to \f[B]cweave\f[R] only: +There is one other option applicable to \f[B]ctangle\f[R] only: +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[B]+k\f[R]: keep separators in numeric literals in the output +.PP +There are seven other options applicable to \f[B]cweave\f[R] only: .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]-e\f[R]: do not enclose C/C++\ material in \f[B]\[rs]PB{\&...}\f[R] .IP \[bu] 2 @@ -118,6 +136,9 @@ output .IP \[bu] 2 \f[B]+lX\f[R]/\f[B]-lX\f[R]: use macros for language \f[I]X\f[R] as of \f[I]X\f[R]\f[B]cwebmac.tex\f[R] +.IP \[bu] 2 +\f[B]+t\f[R]: treat \f[B]typename\f[R] in a template like +\f[B]typedef\f[R] .SH ENVIRONMENT .PP The environment variable CWEBINPUTS is used to search for the input @@ -165,9 +186,11 @@ Don Knuth wrote WEB for TeX and Pascal. Silvio Levy designed and developed CWEB by adapting the WEB conventions to C and by recoding everything in CWEB. Knuth began using CWEB and made further refinements. +.PD 0 +.P +.PD Many other helpers are acknowledged in the CWEB manual. .PD 0 .P .PD -CWEB in TeX\ Live is based on the CWEBbin extension; see the project -page (https://github.com/ascherer/cwebbin). +Contemporary development on https://github.com/ascherer/cweb. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf index b025575b8e0..bc7fcf4a041 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/cweb.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 index e152f12f940..d98b5aa3e94 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DETEX 1 "12 August 1993" "Purdue University" +.TH DETEX 1 "4 March 2021" "Purdue University" .SH NAME detex \- a filter to strip \fITeX\fP commands from a .tex file. .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ environments. .PP The .B \-r -option tries to naively replace $..$, $$..$$, \(..\) and \[..\] +option tries to naively replace $..$, $$..$$, \\(..\\) and \\[..\\] with nouns and verbs (in particular, "noun" and "verbs") in a way that keeps sentences readable. .PP diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf index f037b19ac1e..40c7ff8076a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/detex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 index 26783c9ecc8..f8556bc882f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.1 @@ -1,7 +1,10 @@ .\" This file is public domain. .\" Originally written 1995, Geoffrey Tobin. -.\" The author has expressed the hope that any modification will retain enough content to remain useful. He would also appreciate being acknowledged as the original author in the documentation. -.\" This declaration added 2008/11/14 by Clea F. Rees with the permission of Geoffrey Tobin. +.\" The author has expressed the hope that any modification will +.\" retain enough content to remain useful. He would also appreciate being +.\" acknowledged as the original author in the documentation. +.\" This declaration added 2008/11/14 by Clea F. Rees with the +.\" permission of Geoffrey Tobin. .\" ==================================================================== .\" @Troff-man-file{ .\" author = "Nelson H. F. Beebe and Geoffrey R. D. Tobin", @@ -48,8 +51,8 @@ dt2dv \- convert a DTL text representation of a TeX DVI file to a binary DVI fil .RB [ \-group ] .RB [ \-si ] .RB [ \-so ] -.I [input-DTL-file] -.I [output-DVI-file] +.RI [ input-DTL-file ] +.RI [ output-DVI-file ] .PP In the absence of the .B \-si @@ -57,9 +60,9 @@ and .B \-so options, both file arguments are -.IR required +.I required in the order -.B input-DTL-file output-DVI-file . +.BR "input-DTL-file output-DVI-file" . But also see the OPTIONS section below. No default file extensions are supplied. .\"====================================================================== @@ -68,7 +71,8 @@ No default file extensions are supplied. converts a text representation of a \*(Te\& DVI file, usually produced by the companion .BR dv2dt (1) -utility, back to a binary DVI file. DTL +utility, back to a binary DVI file. +DTL .RI ( "DVI Text Language" ) files can be edited, with care, and then restored to DVI form for processing by any \*(Te\& DVI @@ -84,7 +88,7 @@ not well-suited for conversion back to a DVI file. .PP The format of \*(Te\& DVI files is fully described in -Donald E. Knuth, +Donald E.\& Knuth, .IR "\*(Te\&: The Program" , Addison-Wesley (1986), ISBN 0-201-13437-3, as well as in the @@ -147,7 +151,7 @@ Email: These manual pages were written primarily by .RS .nf -Nelson H. F. Beebe, Ph.D. +Nelson H.\& F.\& Beebe, Ph.D. Center for Scientific Computing Department of Mathematics University of Utah diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf index c56e86fc383..0482e83d082 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dt2dv.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 index 0c3a7da6177..f6c8b1f8f26 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.1 @@ -1,12 +1,12 @@ -.TH DVI2TTY 1 "13 November 1990" +.TH DVI2TTY 1 "4 March 2021" .SH NAME -dvi2tty \- preview a TeX DVI\-file on an ordinary ascii terminal +dvi2tty \- preview a TeX DVI file on an ordinary ASCII terminal .SH SYNOPSIS .B dvi2tty -[ options ] dvi\-file +[ options ] dvifile .SH DESCRIPTION .I dvi2tty -converts a TeX DVI\-file to a format that is appropriate for terminals +converts a TeX DVI file to a format that is appropriate for terminals and line printers. The program is intended to be used for preliminary proofreading of TeX-ed documents. By default the output is directed to the terminal, @@ -22,22 +22,22 @@ Since .I dvi2tty produces output for terminals and line printers the representation of documents is naturally quite primitive. -In principle Font Changes are totally ignored, but +In principle font changes are totally ignored, but .I dvi2tty recognizes -a few mathematical and special symbols that can be be displayed on an -ordinary ascii terminal, such as the '+' and '-' symbol. +a few mathematical and special symbols that can be displayed on an +ordinary ASCII terminal, such as the '+' and '-' symbol. .PP If the width of the output text requires more columns than fits -in one line (c.f. the \-w option) it is broken into several lines by +in one line (cf.\& the -w option) it is broken into several lines by .I dvi2tty although they will be printed as one line on regular TeX output -devices (e.g. laser printers). To show that a broken line is really +devices (e.g., laser printers). To show that a broken line is really just one logical line an asterisk (``*'') in the last position means that the logical line is continued on the next physical line output by .I dvi2tty. -Such a continuation line is started with a a space and an asterisk +Such a continuation line is started with a space and an asterisk in the first two columns. .PP Options may be specified in the environment variable DVI2TTY. @@ -47,126 +47,123 @@ environment, will override the one from the environment. .B Options: .PP .TP -.B \-o file +.B -o file Write output to file ``file''. .TP -.B \-p list +.B -p list Print the pages chosen by list. -Numbers refer to TeX\-page numbers (known as \\count0). +Numbers refer to TeX page numbers (known as \ecount0). An example of format for list is ``1,3:6,8'' to choose pages 1, 3 through 6 and 8. Negative numbers can be used exactly as in TeX, -e g \-1 comes before \-4 as in ``\-p\-1:\-4,17''. +e.g., \-1 comes before \-4 as in ``-p-1:-4,17''. .TP -.B \-P list -Like \-p except that page numbers refer to -the sequential ordering of the pages in the dvi\-file. +.B -P list +Like -p except that page numbers refer to +the sequential ordering of the pages in the dvi-file. Negative numbers don't make a lot of sense here... .TP -.B \-w n +.B -w n Specify terminal width .I n. -Legal range 16\-132. +Valid range 16\(en132. Default is 80. If your terminal has the ability to display in 132 columns it might -be a good idea to use \-w132 and toggle the +be a good idea to use -w132 and toggle the terminal into this mode as output will probably look somewhat better. .TP -.B \-v -Specify height of lines. Default value 450000. Allows to adjust linespacing. +.B -v +Specify height of lines. Default value 450000. Allows one to adjust linespacing. .TP -.B \-q +.B -q Don't pipe the output through a pager. This may be the default on some systems (depending on the whims of the person installing the program). .TP -.B \-e n +.B -e n This option can be used to influence the spacing between words. -With a negative value the number of spaces +With a negative value the number of spaces between words becomes less, with a positive value it becomes more. -\-e\-11 seems to worked well. +-e-11 seems to worked well. .TP -.B \-f +.B -f Pipe through a pager, $PAGER if defined, or whatever the installer of the program compiled in (often ``more''). This may be the default, but it is still okay to redirect output with ``>'', the pager will not be used if output is not going to a terminal. .TP -.B \-F +.B -F Specify the pager program to be used. -This overrides the $PAGER and the default pager. +This overrides the $PAGER environment variable and the default pager. .TP -.B \-Fprog +.B -Fprog Use ``prog'' as program to pipe output into. Can be used to choose an -alternate pager (e g ``-Fless''). +alternate pager (e.g., ``-Fless''). .TP -.B \-t -\\tt fonts were used (instead of cm) to produce dvi file. (screen.sty -is a powerfull mean to do that with LaTeX). +.B -t +\\tt fonts were used (instead of cm) to produce the dvi file. .TP -.B \-a +.B -a Dvi2tty normally tries to output accented characters. With the -a option, accented characters are output without the accent sign. .TP -.B \-l +.B -l Mark page breaks with the two-character sequence ``^L''. The default is to mark them with a form-feed character. .TP -.B \-c -Do not attempt to translate any characters (like the Scandinavion/latin1 mode) +.B -c +Do not attempt to translate any characters (like the Scandinavian/latin1 mode) except when running in tt-font. .TP -.B \-u +.B -u Toggle option to process certain latin1 characters. Use this if your output -devices supports latin1 cahracters. +devices supports latin1 characters. Note this may interfere with -s. Best not to use -u and -s together. .TP -.B \-s +.B -s Toggle option to process the special Scandinavian characters that on most (?) -terminals in Scandinavia are mapped to ``{|}[\\]''. +terminals in Scandinavia are mapped to ``{|}[\e]''. Note this may interfere with -u. Best not to use -u and -s together. .TP -.B \-J +.B -J Auto detect NTT JTeX, ASCII pTeX, and upTeX dvi format. .TP -.B \-N +.B -N Display NTT JTeX dvi. .TP -.B \-A +.B -A Display ASCII pTeX dvi. .TP -.B \-U +.B -U Display upTeX dvi. .TP -.B \-Eenc +.B -Eenc Set output Japanese encoding. The enc argument 'e', 's', 'j', and 'u' denotes EUC-JP, Shift_JIS, ISO-2022-JP, and UTF-8, respectively. .TP -.B \-bdelim +.B -bdelim Print the name of fonts when switching to it (and ending it). The delim argument is used to delimit the fontname. .SH FILES -/bin/more \ \ \ \ -probably the default pager. +.nr L1 \w'/bin/more \ \ \ \ ' +/bin/more\h'|\n(L1u'probably the default pager. .SH ENVIRONMENT -PAGER \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ -the pager to use. +.\".nr L1 \w'DVI2TTY ' +PAGER\h'|\n(L1u'the pager to use. .br -DVI2TTY \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ \ -can be set to hold command-line options. +DVI2TTY\h'|\n(L1u'can be set to hold command-line options. .SH "SEE ALSO" TeX, dvi2ps .SH AUTHOR -Original Pascal verion: Svante Lindahl, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm +Original Pascal version: Svante Lindahl, Royal Institute of Technology, Stockholm .br -Improved C version: Marcel Mol +Improved C version: Marcel Mol, MESA Consulting .br -marcel@mesa.nl, MESA Consulting +Now maintained at https://github.com/t-tk/dvi2tty/releases. .SH BUGS -Blanks between words get lost quite easy. This is less +Blanks between words get lost quite easily. This is less likely if you are using a wider output than the default 80. .PP Only one file may be specified on the command line. - diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf index 97959c4d3a5..30d562fc486 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvi2tty.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 index c419717f4bf..7533d94566d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVICOPY 1 TeX "24 January 1999" "Web2C 2021" +.TH DVICOPY 1 TeX "24 January 1999" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf index 7117f0387fb..40135501436 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvicopy.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf index 22f8f716744..0122106b13a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvigif.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex-dev.man1.pdf index 9ab47dd0e86..0aeedab3057 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex.man1.pdf index 6cabaec2e50..efdbc36a31b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvilualatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dviluatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dviluatex.man1.pdf index 245496cdaf9..1b179511444 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dviluatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dviluatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 index 94be5bd05c5..68dfc1bd0dd 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.1 @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ .\" ======================================================================== .\" .IX Title "DVIPNG 1" -.TH DVIPNG 1 "2021-02-26" "dvipng (TeX Live) 1.17" "User commands" +.TH DVIPNG 1 "2022-02-27" "dvipng (TeX Live) 1.17" "User commands" .\" For nroff, turn off justification. Always turn off hyphenation; it makes .\" way too many mistakes in technical documents. .if n .ad l diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf index 92f1a1641ea..42fae1ebbb7 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvipng.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 index 9825e2f1a56..e7cac8e2edb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVIPS 1 "1 February 2016" +.TH DVIPS 1 "24 October 2021" .SH NAME dvips \- convert a TeX DVI file to PostScript .SH SYNOPSIS @@ -10,8 +10,7 @@ THIS MAN PAGE IS OBSOLETE! See the Texinfo documentation instead. You can read it either in Emacs or with the standalone .B info -program which comes with the GNU texinfo distribution as -ftp.gnu.org:pub/gnu/texinfo/texinfo*.tar.gz. +program. .PP The program .B dvips @@ -211,7 +210,13 @@ with values. Thus, using .I -l =9 will end with the ninth page of the document, no matter what the pages -are actually numbered. +are actually numbered. On the other hand, if +.I num +is suffixed by `.SEQ', the SEQth occurrence of +.I num +is used; for example, +.I -l 99.2 +says to end processing with the second page numbered 99 in the document. .TP .B -m Specify manual feed for printer. @@ -312,19 +317,9 @@ default position (of one inch down, one inch to the right from the upper left corner of the paper) by this amount. .TP .B -p num -The first page printed will be the first one numbered -.IR num . -Default is the first page in the document. If the -.I num -is prefixed by an equals sign, then it (and any argument to the +Just like .I -l -option) is treated as a sequence number, rather than a value to compare -with -.I \ecount0 -values. Thus, using -.I -p =3 -will start with the third page of the document, no matter what the pages -are actually numbered. +but for the first page in the document. .TP .B -pp pagelist A comma-separated list of pages and ranges (a-b) may be given, which @@ -512,9 +507,9 @@ information. Especially useful at high resolutions or when very large fonts are used. Will slow down printing somewhat, especially on early 68000-based PostScript printers. .SH "SEE ALSO" -mf(1), afm2tfm(1), tex(1), latex(1), lpr(1), +afm2tfm(1), tex(1), mf(1), dvitype(1), lpr(1), .IR dvips.texi , -http://tug.org/dvips. +https://tug.org/dvips. .SH ENVIRONMENT Dvipsk uses the same environment variables and algorithms for finding font files as TeX and its friends do. See the documentation for the @@ -531,4 +526,4 @@ by Don Knuth. Path searching and configuration modifications by Karl Berry. .PP Maintained in TeX Live; please send bug reports or other correspondence -to tex-k@tug.org (http://lists.tug.org/tex-k). +to tex-k@tug.org (https://lists.tug.org/tex-k). diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf index d7bdd13216e..4edbb5cb54a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvips.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 index ba8b102cc9c..8d9274bfd7c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.1 @@ -2,12 +2,12 @@ .\" Title: dvisvgm .\" Author: Martin Gieseking .\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets vsnapshot -.\" Date: 2021-01-03 +.\" Date: 2022-01-18 .\" Manual: dvisvgm Manual -.\" Source: dvisvgm 2.11.1 +.\" Source: dvisvgm 2.13.2 .\" Language: English .\" -.TH "DVISVGM" "1" "2021\-01\-03" "dvisvgm 2\&.11\&.1" "dvisvgm Manual" +.TH "DVISVGM" "1" "2022\-01\-18" "dvisvgm 2\&.13\&.2" "dvisvgm Manual" .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- .\" * Define some portability stuff .\" ----------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ dvisvgm \- converts DVI and EPS files to the XML\-based SVG format .SH "SYNOPSIS" .sp -\fBdvisvgm\fR [ \fIoptions\fR ] \fIfile\fR [\&.dvi] +\fBdvisvgm\fR [\fIoptions\fR] \fIfile\fR[\&.dvi] .sp -\fBdvisvgm\fR \-\-eps [ \fIoptions\fR ] \fIfile\fR [\&.eps] +\fBdvisvgm\fR \-\-eps [\fIoptions\fR] \fIfile1\fR[\&.eps] \fIfile2\fR[\&.eps] \&... .sp -\fBdvisvgm\fR \-\-pdf [ \fIoptions\fR ] \fIfile\fR [\&.pdf] +\fBdvisvgm\fR \-\-pdf [\fIoptions\fR] \fIfile\fR[\&.pdf] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .sp The command\-line utility \fBdvisvgm\fR converts DVI files, as generated by TeX/LaTeX, to the XML\-based scalable vector graphics format SVG\&. It supports the classic DVI version 2 as well as version 3 (created by pTeX in vertical mode), and the XeTeX versions 5 to 7 which are also known as XDV\&. Besides the basic DVI commands, dvisvgm also evaluates many so\-called \fIspecials\fR which heavily extend the capabilities of the plain DVI format\&. For a more detailed overview, see section \fBSupported Specials\fR below\&. @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ SVG is a vector\-based graphics format and therefore dvisvgm tries to convert th .sp However, TeX\(cqs main source for font descriptions is Metafont, which produces bitmap output (GF files)\&. That\(cqs why not all obtainable TeX fonts are available in a scalable format\&. In these cases, dvisvgm tries to vectorize Metafont\(cqs output by tracing the glyph bitmaps\&. The results are not as perfect as most (manually optimized) PFB or OTF counterparts, but are nonetheless really nice in most cases\&. .sp -When running dvisvgm without option \fB\-\-no\-fonts\fR, it creates \fIfont\fR elements (\fB\fR\&...\fB\fR) to embed the font data into the SVG files\&. Unfortunately, only few SVG renderers support these elements yet\&. Most web browsers and vector graphics applications don\(cqt evaluate them properly so that the text components of the resulting graphics might look strange\&. In order to create more compatible SVG files, command\-line option \fB\-\-no\-fonts\fR can be given to replace the font elements by plain graphics paths\&. Most web browsers (but only few external SVG renderers) also suppport WOFF and WOFF2 fonts that can be used instead of the default SVG fonts\&. Option \fB\-\-font\-format\fR offers the functionality to change the format applied to the fonts being embedded\&. This, however, only works when converting DVI files\&. Text present in PDF and PostScript files is always converted to path elements\&. +When running dvisvgm without option \fB\-\-no\-fonts\fR, it creates \fIfont\fR elements (\fB\fR\&...\fB\fR) to embed the font data into the SVG files\&. Unfortunately, only few SVG renderers support these elements yet\&. Most web browsers and vector graphics applications don\(cqt evaluate them properly so that the text components of the resulting graphics might look strange\&. In order to create more compatible SVG files, command\-line option \fB\-\-no\-fonts\fR can be given to replace the font elements by plain graphics paths\&. Most web browsers (but only few external SVG renderers) also support WOFF and WOFF2 fonts that can be used instead of the default SVG fonts\&. Option \fB\-\-font\-format\fR offers the functionality to change the format applied to the fonts being embedded\&. This, however, only works when converting DVI files\&. Text present in PDF and PostScript files is always converted to path elements\&. .SH "OPTIONS" .sp dvisvgm provides a POSIX\-compliant command\-line interface with short and long option names\&. They may be given before and/or after the name of the file to be converted\&. Also, the order of specifying the options is not significant, i\&.e\&. you can add them in any order without changing dvisvgm\(cqs behavior\&. Certain options accept or require additional parameters which are directly appended to or separated by whitespace from a short option (e\&.g\&. \fB\-v0\fR or \fB\-v 0\fR)\&. Long options require an additional equals sign (\fB=\fR) between option name and argument but without any surrounding whitespace (e\&.g\&. \fB\-\-verbosity=0\fR)\&. Multiple short options that don\(cqt expect a further parameter can be combined after a single dash (e\&.g\&. \fB\-ejs\fR rather than \fB\-e \-j \-s\fR)\&. @@ -301,7 +301,7 @@ Adds comments with further information about selected data to the SVG file\&. Cu .PP \fB\-E, \-\-eps\fR .RS 4 -If this option is given, dvisvgm does not expect a DVI but an EPS input file, and tries to convert it to SVG\&. In order to do so, a single +If this option is given, dvisvgm does not expect a DVI but a single or multiple EPS input files, and tries to convert them to SVG\&. In order to do so, a single \fIpsfile\fR special command is created and forwarded to the PostScript special handler\&. This option is only available if dvisvgm was built with PostScript support enabled, and requires Ghostscript to be available\&. See option \fB\-\-libgs\fR @@ -506,10 +506,10 @@ creates yellow filled rectangles with blue frames\&. .PP \fB\-l, \-\-list\-specials\fR .RS 4 -Prints a list of registered special handlers and exits\&. Each handler processes a set of special statements belonging to the same category\&. In most cases, the categories are identified by the prefix of the special statements\&. It\(cqs usually a leading string followed by a colon or a blank, e\&.g\&. +Prints a list of registered special handlers and exits\&. Each handler processes a set of special statements belonging to the same category\&. In most cases, these categories are identified by the prefix of the special statements which is usually a leading string followed by a colon or a blank, e\&.g\&. \fIcolor\fR or -\fIps\fR\&. The listed handler names, however, don\(cqt need to match these prefixes, e\&.g\&. if there is no common prefix or if functionality is split into separate handlers in order to allow to disable them separately with option +\fIps\fR\&. The listed handler names, however, don\(cqt need to match these prefixes, e\&.g\&. if there is no common prefix or if functionality is split into separate handlers in order to allow them to be disabled separately using option \fB\-\-no\-specials\fR\&. All special statements not covered by one of the special handlers are silently ignored\&. .RE .PP @@ -662,21 +662,30 @@ expression, it\(cqs assigned to the attribute\&. Otherwise, the matrix expressio .PP \fB\-o, \-\-output\fR=\fIpattern\fR .RS 4 -Sets the pattern specifying the names of the generated SVG files\&. Parameter +Sets the pattern that determines the names of the generated SVG files\&. The required parameter \fIpattern\fR -is a string that may contain static character sequences as well as the variables +may consist of an arbitrary sequence of characters which make up the filenames\&. With the exception of the following mentioned variables and expressions, all characters are treated as static parts of the filenames and are therefore identical for all pages processed during a run of dvisvgm\&. The strings \fB%f\fR, \fB%p\fR, \fB%P\fR, +\fB%n\fR, +\fB%N\fR, \fB%hd\fR, \fB%ho\fR, and -\fB%hc\fR\&. +\fB%hc\fR +are variables that can be used as part of the pattern\&. \fB%f\fR expands to the base name of the DVI file, i\&.e\&. the filename without suffix, \fB%p\fR is the current page number, and \fB%P\fR -the total number of pages in the DVI file\&. An optional number (0\-9) given directly after the percent sign specifies the minimal number of digits to be written\&. If a particular value consists of less digits, the number is padded with leading zeros\&. Example: +the total number of pages in the DVI file\&. The variables +\fB%n\fR +and +\fB%N\fR +expand to the number of the current file being converted (starting at 1) and the total number of files given, respectively\&. +.sp +An optional number (0\-9) specified directly after the percent sign of a variable holding a numeric value denotes the minimal number of digits to be created\&. If a particular value consists of less digits, the number is padded with leading zeros\&. Example: \fB%3p\fR enforces 3 digits for the current page number (001, 002, etc\&.)\&. Without an explicit width specifier, \fB%p\fR @@ -703,7 +712,7 @@ and \fB%hc\fR are only set if option \fB\-\-page\-hashes\fR -is present\&. Otherwise, it\(cqs empty\&. For further information, see the description of option +is present\&. Otherwise, they are empty\&. For further information, see the description of option \fB\-\-page\-hashes\fR below\&. .sp @@ -839,7 +848,7 @@ degrees around the page center\&. This option is equivalent to .PP \fB\-R, \-\-relative\fR .RS 4 -SVG allows to define graphics paths by a sequence of absolute and/or relative path commands, i\&.e\&. each command expects either absolute coordinates or coordinates relative to the current drawing position\&. By default, dvisvgm creates paths made up of absolute commands\&. If option +SVG allows you to define graphics paths by a sequence of absolute and/or relative path commands, i\&.e\&. each command expects either absolute coordinates or coordinates relative to the current drawing position\&. By default, dvisvgm creates paths made up of absolute commands\&. If option \fB\-\-relative\fR is given, relative commands are created instead\&. This slightly reduces the size of the SVG files in most cases\&. .RE @@ -867,7 +876,7 @@ In some cases, dvisvgm needs to create temporary files to work properly\&. These \fB/tmp\fR on Linux systems\&. Option \fB\-\-tmpdir\fR -allows to specify a different location if necessary for some reason\&. Please note that dvisvgm does not create this folder, so you must ensure that it actually exists before running dvisvgm\&. +can be used to specify a different location\&. Please note that dvisvgm does not create this folder if it doesn\(cqt exist\&. Therefore, you must ensure that it\(cqs actually present before running dvisvgm\&. .sp If the optional parameter \fIpath\fR @@ -1162,11 +1171,16 @@ attributes are omitted\&. .RE .SH "SUPPORTED SPECIALS" .sp -dvisvgm supports several sets of \fIspecial commands\fR that can be used to enrich DVI files with additional features, like color, graphics, and hyperlinks\&. The evaluation of special commands is delegated to dedicated handlers provided by dvisvgm\&. Each handler is responsible for all special statements of the same command set, i\&.e\&. commands beginning with the same prefix\&. To get a list of the actually provided special handlers, use option \fB\-\-list\-specials\fR (see above)\&. This section gives an overview of the special commands currently supported\&. +dvisvgm supports several \fIspecial commands\fR that enrich the DVI command set with additional instructions for features, like color, graphics, and hyperlinks\&. The term \fIspecial command\fR, or just \fIspecial\fR, originates from the TeX command \fB\especial{\&...}\fR which does almost nothing\&. TeX only forwards the whole command to the DVI file and delegates its execution to the DVI driver\&. The DVI driver can then decide to either process or ignore it, depending on the supported statements\&. The parameter of TeX\(cqs \fB\especial\fR command is given in curly braces and may consist of an arbitrary character sequence representing the actual instruction, for example \fBcolor Red\fR\&. +.sp ++ dvisvgm delegates the evaluation of special commands to dedicated handlers\&. Each handler is responsible for all special statements of the same command set, i\&.e\&. commands usually \(en but not necessarily \(en beginning with a common prefix\&. For example, all PDF specials start with the prefix \fBpdf:\fR, while the TPIC special set consists of 13 different commands without common identifier\&. The PDF specials are processed by dvisvgm\(cqs \fIpdf\fR handler, the TPIC ones by the \fItpic\fR handler\&. To get a list of the actually provided special handlers, use option \fB\-\-list\-specials\fR (see above)\&. The following list gives an overview of the special sets currently supported\&. The names of the handlers can also be used to disable the processing of individual sets of specials\&. For further information on this, see option \fB\-\-no\-specials\fR\&. .PP \fBbgcolor\fR .RS 4 -Special statement for changing the background/page color\&. Since SVG 1\&.1 doesn\(cqt support background colors, dvisvgm inserts a rectangle of the chosen color into the generated SVG document\&. This rectangle always gets the same size as the selected or computed bounding box\&. This background color command is part of the color special set but is handled separately in order to let the user turn it off\&. For an overview of the command syntax, see the documentation of dvips, for instance\&. +Special statements for changing the background/page color\&. Currently, dvisvgm only supports the +\fBbackground\fR +statement as specified in the +dvips manual (\m[blue]https://tug.org/texinfohtml/dvips.html#Color-specifications\m[])\&. Since SVG 1\&.1 doesn\(cqt support background colors, dvisvgm inserts a rectangle of the chosen color into the generated SVG document\&. This rectangle always gets the same size as the selected or computed bounding box\&. This background color command is part of the color special set but is handled separately in order to let the user turn it off\&. .RE .PP \fBcolor\fR @@ -1364,7 +1378,7 @@ emTeX (\m[blue]https://ctan.org/pkg/emtex\m[])\&. The hyperref specification defines several variants on how to mark hyperlinked areas in a DVI file\&. dvisvgm supports the plain HyperTeX special constructs as created with hyperref package option \fIhypertex\fR\&. By default, all linked areas of the document are marked by a rectangle\&. Option \fB\-\-linkmark\fR -allows to change this behavior\&. See above for further details\&. Information on syntax and semantics of the HyperTeX specials can be found in the +allows you to change this behavior\&. See above for further details\&. Information on syntax and semantics of the HyperTeX specials can be found in the hyperref manual (\m[blue]https://ctan.org/pkg/hyperref\m[])\&. .RE .PP @@ -1692,4 +1706,4 @@ Please report bugs using the bug tracker at GitHub (\m[blue]https://github.com/m Written by Martin Gieseking <\m[blue]\fBmartin\&.gieseking@uos\&.de\fR\m[]> .SH "COPYING" .sp -Copyright \(co 2005\-2021 Martin Gieseking\&. Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 3 or, (at your option) any later version\&. +Copyright \(co 2005\-2022 Martin Gieseking\&. Free use of this software is granted under the terms of the GNU General Public License (GPL) version 3 or, (at your option) any later version\&. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf index 63812c8281c..9a5e79991d8 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvisvgm.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 index 715908134ea..ed5a423ebc9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVITOMP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH DVITOMP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\" man page by Jim Van Zandt .SH NAME dvitomp \- convert a TeX DVI file to a MetaPost MPXFILE diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf index d5f91f8076e..3442cfa0a16 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitomp.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 index f79761f7c71..1932f29d5c3 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH DVITYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH DVITYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf index 7f5782a97ac..9c581f6a098 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/dvitype.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/eptex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/eptex.man1.pdf index cc665255744..1ec881d5a1c 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/eptex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/eptex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/euptex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/euptex.man1.pdf index eac45ea7bbc..7547ef7bcbe 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/euptex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/euptex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf index 7de56168927..1c63dda8539 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-sys.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-user.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-user.man1.pdf index ba49bb098e2..764878a4ed5 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-user.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil-user.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 index 56f6f4eeac4..1b4357cdfa9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.1 @@ -1,60 +1,42 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.2. -.TH FMTUTIL "1" "May 2021" "TeX Live" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.46.5. +.TH FMTUTIL "1" "April 2015" "TeX Live" "User Commands" .SH NAME -fmtutil \- manage TeX formats and Metafont bases, per-user +fmtutil \- manage TeX formats, Metafont bases and Metapost mems, per-user .br -fmtutil-sys \- manage TeX formats and Metafont bases, system-wide +fmtutil-sys \- manage TeX formats, Metafont bases and Metapost mems, system-wide .br -mktexfmt \- create a TeX format or Metafont base +mktexfmt \- create a TeX format, Metafont base, or Metapost mem .SH SYNOPSIS .B fmtutil -[\fI\,-user|-sys\/\fR] [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] -.br -.B fmtutil-sys [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] .br -.B fmtutil-user +.B fmtutil-sys [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] .br .B mktexfmt -\fI\,FORMAT.fmt|BASE.base|FMTNAME\/\fR +\fI\,FORMAT.fmt|BASE.base|MEM.mem|FMTNAME.EXT\/\fR .SH DESCRIPTION -fmtutil version r59143 (2021\-05\-09 04:23:44 +0200) +fmtutil version svn36788 (2015\-04\-13 00:53:26 +0900) .PP -Rebuild and manage TeX fmts and Metafont bases, collectively called -"formats" here. (MetaPost no longer uses the past\-equivalent "mems".) -.PP -If not operating in mktexfmt mode, exactly one command must be given, -filename suffixes should generally not be specified, no non\-option -arguments are allowed, and multiple formats can be generated. +Rebuild and manage TeX formats, Metafont bases and MetaPost mems. .PP If the command name ends in mktexfmt, only one format can be created. The only options supported are \fB\-\-help\fR and \fB\-\-version\fR, and the command -line must be either a format name, with extension, or a plain name that -is passed as the argument to \fB\-\-byfmt\fR (see below). The full name of the -generated file (if any) is written to stdout, and nothing else. The -system directories are used if they are writable, else the user directories. +line must consist of either a format name, with its extension, or a +plain name that is passed as the argument to \fB\-\-byfmt\fR (see below). The +full name of the generated file (if any) is written to stdout, and +nothing else. .PP -By default, the return status is zero if all formats requested are -successfully built, else nonzero. +If not operating in mktexfmt mode, the command line can be more general, +and multiple formats can be generated, as follows. .SH OPTIONS .TP -\fB\-\-sys\fR -use TEXMFSYS{VAR,CONFIG} -.TP -\fB\-\-user\fR -use TEXMF{VAR,CONFIG} -.TP \fB\-\-cnffile\fR FILE read FILE instead of fmtutil.cnf (can be given multiple times, in which case all the files are used) -.TP -\fB\-\-dry\-run\fR, \fB\-n\fR -don't actually build formts -.TP -\fB\-\-fmtdir\fR DIR -write formats under DIR instead of TEXMF[SYS]VAR +.HP +\fB\-\-fmtdir\fR DIRECTORY .TP \fB\-\-no\-engine\-subdir\fR don't use engine\-specific subdir of the fmtdir @@ -63,39 +45,21 @@ don't use engine\-specific subdir of the fmtdir exit successfully if no format is selected .TP \fB\-\-no\-error\-if\-no\-engine\fR=\fI\,ENGINE1\/\fR,ENGINE2,... -exit successfully even if a required ENGINE +exit successfully even if the required engine .IP is missing, if it is included in the list. .TP -\fB\-\-no\-strict\fR -exit successfully even if a format fails to build -.TP -\fB\-\-nohash\fR -don't update ls\-R files -.TP -\fB\-\-recorder\fR -pass the \fB\-recorder\fR option and save .fls files -.TP -\fB\-\-refresh\fR -recreate only existing format files -.TP -\fB\-\-status\-file\fR FILE -append status information about built formats to FILE -.TP \fB\-\-quiet\fR be silent .TP -\fB\-\-catcfg\fR -(does nothing, exists for compatibility) +\fB\-\-test\fR +(not implemented, just for compatibility) .TP \fB\-\-dolinks\fR -(does nothing, exists for compatibility) +(not implemented, just for compatibility) .TP \fB\-\-force\fR -(does nothing, exists for compatibility) -.TP -\fB\-\-test\fR -(does nothing, exists for compatibility) +(not implemented, just for compatibility) .SS "Commands:" .TP \fB\-\-all\fR @@ -104,30 +68,33 @@ recreate all format files \fB\-\-missing\fR create all missing format files .TP -\fB\-\-byengine\fR ENGINE -(re)create formats built with ENGINE +\fB\-\-refresh\fR +recreate only existing format files +.TP +\fB\-\-byengine\fR ENGINENAME +(re)create formats using ENGINENAME .TP -\fB\-\-byfmt\fR FORMAT -(re)create format FORMAT +\fB\-\-byfmt\fR FORMATNAME +(re)create format for FORMATNAME .TP \fB\-\-byhyphen\fR HYPHENFILE (re)create formats that depend on HYPHENFILE .TP -\fB\-\-enablefmt\fR -FORMAT[/ENGINE] enable FORMAT, as built with ENGINE +\fB\-\-enablefmt\fR FORMATNAME +enable formatname in config file .TP -\fB\-\-disablefmt\fR FORMAT[/ENGINE] -disable FORMAT, as built with ENGINE -If multiple formats have the same name and -.IP -different engines, \fI\,/ENGINE\/\fP specifier is required. +\fB\-\-disablefmt\fR FORMATNAME +disable formatname in config file .TP \fB\-\-listcfg\fR list (enabled and disabled) configurations, filtered to available formats .TP -\fB\-\-showhyphen\fR FORMAT -print name of hyphen file for FORMAT +\fB\-\-catcfg\fR +output the content of the config file +.TP +\fB\-\-showhyphen\fR FORMATNAME +print name of hyphenfile for format FORMATNAME .TP \fB\-\-version\fR show version information and exit @@ -140,10 +107,8 @@ Explanation of trees and files normally used: .IP If \fB\-\-cnffile\fR is specified on the command line (possibly multiple times), its value(s) are used. Otherwise, fmtutil reads all the -fmtutil.cnf files found by running "kpsewhich \fB\-all\fR fmtutil.cnf", in the -order returned by kpsewhich. Files specified via \fB\-\-cnffile\fR are -first tried to be loaded directly, and if not found and the file names -don't contain directory parts, are searched via kpsewhich. +fmtutil.cnf files found by running `kpsewhich \fB\-all\fR fmtutil.cnf', in the +order returned by kpsewhich. .IP In any case, if multiple fmtutil.cnf files are found, all the format definitions found in all the fmtutil.cnf files are merged. @@ -159,7 +124,7 @@ TEXMFSYSVAR \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP TEXMFLOCAL \fI\,$TEXLIVE/texmf\-local/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP TEXMFDIST \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP .IP -For fmtutil\-user: +For fmtutil: TEXMFCONFIG $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-config/web2c/fmtutil.cnf TEXMFVAR $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/fmtutil.cnf TEXMFHOME \fI\,$HOME/texmf/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP @@ -171,43 +136,28 @@ TEXMFDIST \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP (where YYYY is the TeX Live release version). .fi .IP -According to the actions, fmtutil might update one of the existing cnf -files or create a new fmtutil.cnf, as described below. +According to the actions, fmtutil might write to one of the given files +or create a new fmtutil.cnf, described further below. .PP -Where format files are written: -.IP -By default, format files are (re)written in \fI\,$TEXMFSYSVAR/ENGINE\/\fP by -fmtutil\-sys, and \fI\,$TEXMFVAR/ENGINE\/\fP by fmtutil\-user, where \fI\,/ENGINE\/\fP is -a subdirectory named for the engine used, such as "pdftex". -.IP -For mktexfmt, TEXMFSYSVAR is used if it is writable, else TEXMFVAR. -.IP -If the \fB\-\-fmtdir\fR=\fI\,DIR\/\fR option is specified, DIR is used instead of -TEXMF[SYS]VAR, but the \fI\,/ENGINE\/\fP subdir is still used by default. -.IP -In all cases, if the \fB\-\-no\-engine\-subdir\fR option is specified, the -\fI\,/ENGINE\/\fP subdir is omitted. -.PP -Where configuration changes are saved: +Where changes are saved: .IP If config files are given on the command line, then the first one given will be used to save any changes from \fB\-\-enable\fR or \fB\-\-disable\fR. -.IP If the config files are taken from kpsewhich output, then the -algorithm is more complicated: +algorithm is more complex: .IP -1) If \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP or -\fI\,$TEXMFHOME/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP appears in the list of used files, -then the one listed first by kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR (equivalently, the one -returned by "kpsewhich fmtutil.cnf"), is used. +1) If \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP or \fI\,$TEXMFHOME/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP +appears in the list of used files, then the one listed first by +kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR (equivalently, the one returned by kpsewhich +fmtutil.cnf), is used. .IP 2) If neither of the above two are present and changes are made, a new config file is created in \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP. .IP In general, the idea is that if a given config file is not writable, a higher\-level one can be used. That way, the distribution's settings -can be overridden system\-wide using TEXMFLOCAL, and system settings -can be overridden again in a particular user's TEXMFHOME or TEXMFCONF. +can be overridden for system\-wide using TEXMFLOCAL, and then system +settings can be overridden again for a particular using using TEXMFHOME. .PP Resolving multiple definitions of a format: .IP @@ -217,43 +167,30 @@ coming from the first\-listed fmtutil.cnf is used. Disabling formats: .IP fmtutil.cnf files with higher priority (listed earlier) can disable -formats in lower priority (listed later) fmtutil.cnf files by -writing a line like this in the higher\-priority fmtutil.cnf file: +formats mentioned in lower priority (listed later) fmtutil.cnf files by +writing, e.g., .IP #! .IP -The #! must be at the beginning of the line, with at least one space -or tab afterward, and there must be whitespace between each word on -the list. +in the higher\-priority fmtutil.cnf file. .IP -For example, you can disable the luajitlatex format by creating -the file \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP with the line +As an example, suppose you have want to disable the luajitlatex format. +You can create the file \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/fmtutil.cnf\/\fP with the content .IP #! luajitlatex luajittex language.dat,language.dat.lua lualatex.ini .IP -(As it happens, the luajittex\-related formats are precisely why the -\fB\-\-no\-error\-if\-no\-engine\fR option exists, since luajittex cannot be -compiled on all platforms. So this is not needed.) +and call fmtutil. .PP -fmtutil\-user (fmtutil \fB\-user\fR) vs. fmtutil\-sys (fmtutil \fB\-sys\fR): +fmtutil vs. fmtutil\-sys (fmtutil \fB\-\-sys\fR): .IP -When fmtutil\-sys is run or the command line option \fB\-sys\fR is used, +When fmtutil\-sys is run or the command line option \fB\-\-sys\fR is used, TEXMFSYSCONFIG and TEXMFSYSVAR are used instead of TEXMFCONFIG and -TEXMFVAR, respectively. This is the primary difference between -fmtutil\-sys and fmtutil\-user. -.IP -See https://tug.org/texlive/scripts\-sys\-user.html for details. +TEXMFVAR, respectively. This is the primary difference between +fmtutil\-sys and fmtutil. .IP Other locations may be used if you give them on the command line, or these trees don't exist, or you are not using the original TeX Live. -.PP -Supporting development binaries: -.IP -If an engine name ends with "\-dev", formats are created in -the respective directory with the \fB\-dev\fR stripped. This allows for -easily running development binaries in parallel with the released -binaries. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to: tex\-live@tug.org +Report bugs to: tex\-k@tug.org .br -TeX Live home page: +TeX Live home page: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf index 90da5b040a5..075bd22f1ed 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/fmtutil.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 index 4d7f5e6a3bc..4a6fca21ec7 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GFTODVI 1 "25 March 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH GFTODVI 1 "4 March 2021" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont @@ -6,23 +6,17 @@ .if n .ds TX TeX .ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP .el .ds OX TeX -.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX -.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX -.if n .ds BX BibTeX -.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX -.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX -.if n .ds LX LaTeX .\"===================================================================== .SH NAME gftodvi \- make proof sheets from generic font files .SH SYNOPSIS .B gftodvi -.RB [ \-overflow-label-offset=\fIreal\fP ] +.RB [ \-overflow-label-offset=\fI\,real\/\fP ] .RB [ \-verbose ] .I gf_file_name .\"===================================================================== .SH DESCRIPTION -This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete +This manual page is not meant to be exhaustive. The complete documentation for this version of \*(TX can be found in the info file or manual .IR "Web2C: A TeX implementation" . @@ -91,7 +85,7 @@ a font for lines with slope 1/6 at the resolution of an Imagen printer). .PP The .I gf_file_name -on the command line must be complete. Because +on the command line must be complete. Because the resolution is part of the extension, it would not make sense to append a default extension as is done with \*(TX or DVI-reading software. The output file name uses the same @@ -109,14 +103,14 @@ The argument to .B \-overflow-label-offset specifies the distance from the right edge of the character bounding box at which the overflow equations (if any) are typeset. -The value is given in \*(TX points. The default is a little over two +The value is given in \*(TX points. The default is a little over two inches. .PP Without the .B \-verbose option, .B gftodvi -operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on +operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on .IR stdout . .\"===================================================================== .SH ENVIRONMENT @@ -124,7 +118,7 @@ operates silently. With it, a banner and progress report are printed on looks for .I gf_file_name using the -environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable +environment variable GFFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the variable TEXFONTS. If that is not set, it uses the system default. .PP See @@ -143,17 +137,18 @@ The \*(MF sources. .BR tex (1), .BR mf (1). .br -Donald E. Knuth, +Donald E.\& Knuth, .I "The \*(MFbook" (Volume C of .IR "Computers and Typesetting" ), Addison-Wesley, 1986, ISBN 0-201-13445-4. .br -Donald E. Knuth et al., +Donald E.\& Knuth et al., .IR \*(MFware . .\"===================================================================== .SH AUTHORS -Donald E. Knuth wrote the program. It was published as part of the +Donald E.\& Knuth wrote and still maintains the program. It was +published as part of the .I \*(MFware -technical report, available from the \*(TX Users Group. -Paul Richards ported it to Unix. +technical report. Paul Richards originally ported it to Unix. +Bug reports should go to tex-k@tug.org (https://lists.tug.org/tex-k). diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf index 381104800e1..16f9e539e71 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftodvi.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 index 754324d65f2..a8d9d007cf2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GFTOPK 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH GFTOPK 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf index edfb70d06cd..b03bef35660 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftopk.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 index 4dac7ac9b50..2b13bd02252 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH GFTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH GFTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf index 56bc556b17e..5404300b564 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/gftype.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/inimf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/inimf.man1.pdf index fafb0839053..92194891f90 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/inimf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/inimf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/initex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/initex.man1.pdf index 02ff9d4c5ca..e18563dc826 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/initex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/initex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 index 05f59db49e8..a566c3aa578 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH KPSEACCESS 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.3" +.TH KPSEACCESS 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.4" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MP MetaPost .if t .ds MP MetaPost diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf index ff6e22dfaae..461e9256eb0 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpseaccess.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 index eb080e9f7da..2ccdc90dcb2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH KPSEREADLINK 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.3" +.TH KPSEREADLINK 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.4" .\"===================================================================== .SH NAME kpsereadlink \- print contents of symbolic link diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf index 6a6b873f9a2..3c0c35d6bed 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsereadlink.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 index 1814d9be09b..580a8135b82 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH KPSESTAT 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.3" +.TH KPSESTAT 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.4" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MP MetaPost .if t .ds MP MetaPost diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf index 1ca4495ac65..3ca2bcc519a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsestat.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 index d184c7c5f8e..8787591dc1c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH KPSEWHICH 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.3" +.TH KPSEWHICH 1 "1 March 2011" "Kpathsea 6.3.4" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MP MetaPost .if t .ds MP MetaPost diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf index 80a17126fc2..7d4d225e399 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/kpsewhich.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1 index 17f5cb1dc9e..7d27334722c 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH LATEX-DEV 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH LATEX-DEV 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C 2022" .SH NAME latex-dev, pdflatex-dev, xelatex-dev, lualatex-dev, dvilualatex-dev, platex-dev, uplatex-dev \- release candidate LaTeX testing .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf index 30301386298..53c0aba0e34 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.1 index 158cada1c0e..e91cfffd899 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH LATEX 1 "30 April 2018" "Web2C 2021" +.TH LATEX 1 "30 April 2018" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf index 41286a25c56..1dd857e6cd4 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/latex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luahbtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luahbtex.man1.pdf index 62cc6be1e1e..889e7219563 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luahbtex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luahbtex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajithbtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajithbtex.man1.pdf index f601829017f..0599a00fe27 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajithbtex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajithbtex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajittex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajittex.man1.pdf index 77e81a243ae..17cf0a0a00d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajittex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luajittex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex-dev.man1.pdf index 5f16fb4bdfc..31edf919729 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex.man1.pdf index ddd0ff8be16..c7701176db0 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/lualatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 index 80857fe39b6..e1e077da7c2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH LUATEX 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH LUATEX 1 "17 November 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf index eaf1c0df256..00cf468ed04 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/luatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.1 index 0d1818375c1..b2c5ebff1fa 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.1 @@ -93,6 +93,10 @@ enabled, since the characterization in min10.tfm is non-standard. \fB-t\fR <\fICNFfile\fR> Use <\fICNFfile\fR> as a configuration file. .TP 10 +\fB-O\fR +Omit entries in VF for characters with default metric. \ +This option is not allowed to be used with the option \fB-t\fR. +.TP 10 \fB-u\fR <\fICharset\fR> UCS mode. Available charsets are: gb (GB = Simplified Chinese), cns (CNS = Traditional Chinese), ks (KS = Korean), diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.man1.pdf index acb0027c499..f0318a4a8d2 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/makejvf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf index 238fb476efc..0f5349bc333 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf-nowin.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.1 index 09722a51490..de72ad23119 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH MF 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH MF 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf index f6809773b8c..4403a69b464 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.1 index bfbefa4b19d..168f01b78d2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH MFT 1 "27 May 2018" "Web2C 2021" +.TH MFT 1 "27 May 2018" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MP MetaPost .if t .ds MP MetaPost diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf index b2a03c4dd4b..4dc82eff56d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mft.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf index bcc3d393ca6..8b128ab6c11 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mktexfmt.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 index fc66630751d..56574f2924f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH MPOST 1 "31 December 2018" "Web2C 2021" +.TH MPOST 1 "31 December 2018" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .de URL \\$2 \(laURL: \\$1 \(ra\\$3 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf index 9b0443d6800..70f238a015f 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/mpost.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf index 05e61aeeaaf..220da8134b7 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvicopy.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf index 0b56335ccba..46b27d4eb84 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/odvitype.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 index fd549cded10..81c4116f2ea 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH OFM2OPL 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C 2021" +.TH OFM2OPL 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C 2022" .PP .SH "NAME" ofm2opl \- convert Omega and TeX font-metric files to property-list files diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf index d244192a7df..b9f76f87277 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ofm2opl.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 index 19f86472f17..7be366d9c87 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH OPL2OFM 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH OPL2OFM 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .PP .SH "NAME" opl2ofm \- convert Omega and TeX property-list files to font-metric files diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf index 807766d2980..dfb95bb5d9e 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/opl2ofm.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf index c936e5b3b2b..af0d3ead7b1 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/otangle.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 index 0c9999b2a5d..0ff9ca1c867 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH OVF2OVP 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C 2021" +.TH OVF2OVP 1 "14 April 2016" "Web2C 2022" .PP .SH "NAME" ovf2ovp \- convert virtual font file and associated font metrics to property-list format diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf index cdd6a1407dd..55cdbbaad6f 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovf2ovp.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 index 1d7fe4f0f1c..e9d6d6e746f 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH OVP2OVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH OVP2OVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .PP .SH "NAME" ovp2ovf \- convert a virtual property-list file into a virtual font file and its associated font metric file diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf index 5b9600cf39d..d172c9cf7ec 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ovp2ovf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 index d9be7d3dd8d..a44306d8e19 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PATGEN 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PATGEN 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf index 6b75b5c944d..daf220a1730 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/patgen.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..eab161fd41e --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.1 @@ -0,0 +1,87 @@ +.TH PBIBTEX 1 "24 July 2021" "Web2C 2022" +.\"===================================================================== +.if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP +.if n .ds TX TeX +.ie t .ds OX \fIT\v'+0.25m'E\v'-0.25m'X\fP\" +.el .ds OX TeX\" +.\" BX definition must follow TX so BX can use TX +.if t .ds BX \fRB\s-2IB\s0\fP\*(TX +.if n .ds BX BibTeX +.\" LX definition must follow TX so LX can use TX +.if t .ds LX \fRL\\h'-0.36m'\\v'-0.15v'\s-2A\s0\\h'-0.15m'\\v'0.15v'\fP\*(TX +.if n .ds LX LaTeX +.\"===================================================================== +.SH NAME +pbibtex, upbibtex \- make a (Japanese) bibliography for (La)TeX +.SH SYNOPSIS +.B pbibtex +.RI [ options ] +.IR auxname [ \fB.aux\fP ] +.SH DESCRIPTION +p\*(BX (\fBpbibtex\fR) +is a modified version of \*(BX for Japanese handling. +It sorts entries according to code points in EUC-JP. +Also, a new built-in function +.B is.kanji.str$ +which determines whether an entry is outside ASCII is introduced. +.PP +up\*(BX (\fBupbibtex\fR) +is a modified version of p\*(BX, +which sorts entries according to code points in Unicode. +.SH Extensions to Bibliography Style Functions +A new built-in function is available, and some other functions +are modified to simplify Japanese handling. +.PP +.TP 5 +.B is.kanji.str$ +[New feature] +Pops the top (string) literal to see if it contains any non-ASCII +characters. Pushes 1 if it contains at least one, 0 if not. +.PP +.TP 5 +.B substring$ +Modified to avoid dividing a character string in the middle of +a multibyte character. +.PP +.TP 5 +.B text.prefix$ +Similar modification to +.B substring$ +described above. +.PP +.TP 5 +.B add.period$ +Modified to prevent appending "." after Japanese punctuations +corresponding to "!", "?" and "." +(e.g. U+FF01, U+FF1F, U+3002 and U+FF0E). +.PP +.TP 5 +.B format.name$ +Modified to accept Japanese \fIzenkaku\fR ideographic space +(U+3000) for names displayed in Japanese. +Also modified to recognize Japanese commas (U+3001 and U+FF0C) +similar to "and" between names. +.\"===================================================================== +.SH "SEE ALSO" +.BR bibtex (1), +.BR ptex (1). +.\"===================================================================== +.SH AUTHORS +.PP +Japanese version of \*(BX was originally developed by Shouichi Matsui +as J\*(BX until 1991. +It was developed to behave consistently with NTT J\*(TX in handling +legacy Japanese encodings. +The old documentations jbibtex.pdf, jbtxdoc.tex, jbtxhak.tex +(all available in \*(TX Live) +describe Japanese handling capability and some additional notes +of J\*(BX. +.PP +Current (u)p\*(BX is a forked version of J\*(BX, +and has replaced the encoding conversion routine with one that is +compatible with (u)p\*(TX community edition using the ptexenc library. +Note that descriptions of encodings in the old documentations +j*.pdf (especially Section 3.3 of jbibtex.pdf, such as BIBTERMCODE +and BIBFILECODE) are incorrect anymore. +.PP +This manual page was written by Hironobu Yamashita. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.man1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..32971538a27 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pbibtex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfcslatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfcslatex.man1.pdf index 485b3d4604c..e133320fd1d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfcslatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfcslatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 index 212e8e888c3..7117527a249 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDFETEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PDFETEX 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf index 6cfb218a55b..4226b20ad56 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdfetex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex-dev.man1.pdf index 473f3301294..9aa27ffee70 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf index 638aa5cb0a4..187c26c517d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdflatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 index e723af08d80..5be9a27c33b 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PDFTEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PDFTEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf index 62c8660fc28..d0fd575f46b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 index e031108e249..f0fb5d43fde 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH pdftosrc 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH pdftosrc 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .SH NAME pdftosrc \- extract source file or stream from PDF file .SH SYNOPSIS diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf index 9d8cd10dfa1..8295c9cc2fd 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pdftosrc.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 index a89c61d49a3..42745f55482 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PKTOGF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PKTOGF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf index 541b0e35ad0..2554cb7259b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktogf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 index 93faf8ef118..abd9ce05100 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PKTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PKTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf index 93cf29cda8d..23bc0ca0ffb 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pktype.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex-dev.man1.pdf index 1b50a640b70..8694c408954 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex.man1.pdf index a58a2b80114..e518cd7f69b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/platex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 index 15105775050..aa1e6819848 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PLTOTF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PLTOTF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf index 058f569f330..d58c0b7521d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pltotf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 index f574bf1934b..5cbdd846fd4 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH POOLTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH POOLTYPE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf index e89f4001dca..601df89a536 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/pooltype.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.1 index 9456111b6a6..f0df5b64501 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PPLTOTF 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PPLTOTF 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.man1.pdf index 93cd87c3bb3..e5052f907cf 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ppltotf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 index d74e88ca34f..ee7fb829a74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.1 @@ -3,17 +3,17 @@ .\" .\" Please send any bug reports, improvements, comments, patches, .\" etc. to Steve Cheng . -.TH "PS2EPS" "1" "31 August 2010" "" "" +.TH "PS2EPS" "1" "September 1st, 2018" "" "" .SH NAME ps2eps \- convert PostScript to EPS (Encapsulated PostScript) files .SH SYNOPSIS -\fBps2eps\fR [ \fB-f\fR ] [ \fB-q\fR ] [ \fB-N\fR ] [ \fB-O\fR ] [ \fB-n\fR ] [ \fB-P\fR ] [ \fB-c\fR ] [ \fB-C\fR ] [ \fB-m\fR ] [ \fB-B\fR ] [ \fB-E\fR ] [ \fB-s \fIpagedim\fB\fR ] [ \fB-t \fIoffset\fB\fR ] [ \fB-r \fIresolution\fB\fR ] [ \fB-R \fI+|-|^\fB\fR ] [ \fB-l\fR ] [ \fB-g\fR ] [ \fB-H\fR ] [ \fB-d\fR ] [ \fB-h|--help\fR ] [ \fB-a\fR ] [ \fB-W\fR ] [ \fB-L\fR ] [ \fB-V|--version\fR ] [ \fB--\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile1\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile2\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fI\&...\fB\fR ] +\fBps2eps\fR [ \fB-f\fR ] [ \fB-q\fR ] [ \fB-N\fR ] [ \fB-O\fR ] [ \fB-X\fR ] [ \fB-n\fR ] [ \fB-P\fR ] [ \fB-c\fR ] [ \fB-C\fR ] [ \fB-m\fR ] [ \fB-B\fR ] [ \fB-E\fR ] [ \fB-s \fIpagedim\fB\fR ] [ \fB-t \fIoffset\fB\fR ] [ \fB-r \fIresolution\fB\fR ] [ \fB-R \fI+|-|^\fB\fR ] [ \fB-l\fR ] [ \fB-g\fR ] [ \fB-H\fR ] [ \fB-d\fR ] [ \fB-h|--help\fR ] [ \fB-a\fR ] [ \fB-W\fR ] [ \fB-L\fR ] [ \fB-V|--version\fR ] [ \fB--\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile1\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fIpsfile2\fB\fR ] [ \fB\fI\&...\fB\fR ] .SH "DESCRIPTION" .PP -This manual page documents \fBps2eps\fR version 1.68. +This manual page documents \fBps2eps\fR version 1.70. .PP \fBps2eps\fR is a tool (written in Perl) to produce Encapsulated PostScript Files (EPS/EPSF) from usual one-paged Postscript @@ -21,6 +21,9 @@ documents. It calculates correct Bounding Boxes for those EPS files and filters some special postscript command sequences that can produce erroneous results on printers. EPS files are often needed for including (scalable) graphics of high quality into TeX/LaTeX (or even Word) documents. +It can also be used to calculate correct BoundingBoxes for PDF files by +using the option \fB--BBonly\fR\&. However, it cannot produce +a PDF file, but it can be used together with \fBpdfcrop\fR\&. .PP Without any argument, ps2eps reads from standard input and writes to standard output. @@ -64,6 +67,16 @@ instructions are added around the original postscript code by \fB-O, --preserveorientation \fR do not filter %%Orientation: header comment. .TP +\fB-X, --BBonly \fR +Just print the resulting bounding box(es) to standard error, no output file is written. +\fBps2eps\fR will perform a read-only operation. This is highly useful to calculate bounding boxes of +PDF files. Can be used with option \fB--quiet\fR to suppress other output and +also with \fB--nohires\fR to suppress output of the HiResBoundingBox. +It can be used with \fBpdfcrop\fR as follows: +\fBpdfcrop --gscmd 'gswrap-ps2eps.sh' file.pdf\fR +where \fBgswrap-ps2eps.sh\fR containts something like +\fBps2eps -l -X -q $BASH_ARGV\fR +.TP \fB-n, --nofix \fR do not try to fix postscript code by filtering some instructions. .TP diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf index 6d457872e1e..e87d4d8da6d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ps2eps.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.1 index baaf2ef275b..874f25194c6 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PTEX 1 "27 May 2018" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PTEX 1 "08 August 2021" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX @@ -82,6 +82,8 @@ In this version of (e-)(u)p\*(TX, enc\*(TX extensions are .SH "SEE ALSO" .BR tex (1), .BR etex (1). +.br +Reference manual: .\"===================================================================== .SH AUTHORS This version of (e-)(u)p\*(TX is maintained by diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.man1.pdf index 01dc3f8205a..1b46d5202b7 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.1 index bc3457bddcb..6a9d2a534a2 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH PTFTOPL 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH PTFTOPL 1 "15 March 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.man1.pdf index 1f59d992927..9b7d165e565 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ptftopl.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 index ee735a0de6d..9c2347e3a1d 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH TANGLE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH TANGLE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf index 217f0bf0bae..2d73f8b3d5e 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tangle.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.1 index a0c1ed56897..747d18f270e 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH TEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2021" +.TH TEX 1 "6 August 2019" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf index 8cb8adcd202..9947d5c257f 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf index bcc237a144b..a860efe2885 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texlua.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf index 5939358de9a..076b811e2c3 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/texluac.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 index 21aaadab930..7c7d84b4dc1 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH TFTOPL 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH TFTOPL 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf index 5615ad4b2a6..606563abd78 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tftopl.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.1 index c6297e43449..a206ebb46bc 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH TIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C 2021" +.TH TIE 1 "8 June 2020" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .SH NAME tie \- merge or apply WEB change files diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf index b2cc1974375..45c021be63e 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/tie.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 index aada6b2226c..acbedecd5bb 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH TTF2AFM 1 "8 March 2016" "Web2C 2021" +.TH TTF2AFM 1 "8 March 2016" "Web2C 2022" .PP .SH "NAME" ttf2afm \- utility to generate AFM files for TrueType fonts diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf index b85fe4dc11d..c878a0aa49f 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/ttf2afm.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.1 new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f380bd24282 --- /dev/null +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.1 @@ -0,0 +1 @@ +.so man1/pbibtex.1 diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.man1.pdf new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..717f690fce3 Binary files /dev/null and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/upbibtex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf index 26db31e53bc..bd90cced110 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-sys.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-user.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-user.man1.pdf index 6e4b50e25a4..e1b0496e358 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-user.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap-user.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 index d716d66ac64..c72ae139fec 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.1 @@ -1,60 +1,33 @@ -.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.48.2. -.TH UPDMAP "1" "May 2021" "TeX Live" "User Commands" +.\" DO NOT MODIFY THIS FILE! It was generated by help2man 1.45.1. +.TH UPDMAP "1" "May 2014" "TeX Live" "User Commands" .SH NAME -updmap \- manage TeX font maps +updmap \- manage TeX font maps, per-user .br updmap-sys \- manage TeX font maps, system-wide -.br -updmap-user \- manage TeX font maps, per-user .SH SYNOPSIS .B updmap -[\fI\,-user|-sys\/\fR] [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] -.br -.B updmap-user [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] .br .B updmap-sys [\fI\,OPTION\/\fR] ... [\fI\,COMMAND\/\fR] .SH DESCRIPTION -updmap version r59152 (2021\-05\-09 23:49:52 +0200) +updmap version svn33988 (2014\-05\-12 15:39:32 +0900) .PP -Update the default font map files used by pdftex and dvipdfm(x) -(pdftex.map), dvips (psfonts.map), and optionally pxdvi, as determined -by all configuration files updmap.cfg (usually the ones returned by -running "kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR updmap.cfg", but see below). +Update the default font map files used by pdftex, dvips, and dvipdfm(x), +and optionally pxdvi, as determined by all configuration files updmap.cfg +(the ones returned by running "kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR updmap.cfg", but see below). .PP Among other things, these map files are used to determine which fonts should be used as bitmaps and which as outlines, and to determine which -font files are included, typically subsetted, in the PDF or PostScript output. -.PP -updmap\-sys (or updmap \fB\-sys\fR) is intended to affect the system\-wide -configuration, while updmap\-user (or updmap \fB\-user\fR) affects personal -configuration files only, overriding the system files. +font files are included in the PDF or PostScript output. .PP -As a consequence, once updmap\-user has been run, even a single time, -running updmap\-sys no longer has any effect. updmap\-sys issues a -warning about this, since it is rarely desirable. -See https://tug.org/texlive/scripts\-sys\-user.html for details. +updmap\-sys is intended to affect the system\-wide configuration, while +updmap affects personal configuration files only, overriding the system +files. As a consequence, once updmap has been run, even a single time, +running updmap\-sys no longer has any effect. (updmap\-sys issues a +warning in this situation.) .PP By default, the TeX filename database (ls\-R) is also updated. -.PP -The updmap system is regrettably complicated, for both inherent and -historical reasons. A general overview: -.PP -\- updmap.cfg files are mainly about listing other files, namely the -.IP -font\-specific .maps, in which each line gives information about a -different TeX (.tfm) font. -.PP -\- updmap reads the updmap.cfg files and then concatenates the -.IP -contents of those .map files into the main output files: psfonts.map -for dvips and pdftex.map for pdftex and dvipdfmx. -.PP -\- The updmap.cfg files themselves are created and updated at package -.IP -installation time, by the system installer or the package manager or -by hand, and not (by default) by updmap. .SH OPTIONS .TP \fB\-\-cnffile\fR FILE @@ -87,14 +60,11 @@ recreate files even if config hasn't changed do not recreate map files .TP \fB\-\-nohash\fR -do not run mktexlsr (a.k.a. texhash) +do not run texhash .TP \fB\-\-sys\fR affect system\-wide files (equivalent to updmap\-sys) .TP -\fB\-\-user\fR -affect personal files (equivalent to updmap\-user) -.TP \fB\-n\fR, \fB\-\-dry\-run\fR only show the configuration, no output .TP @@ -126,57 +96,29 @@ where MAPTYPE is Map, MixedMap, or KanjiMap .TP \fB\-\-enable\fR Map=MAPFILE add "Map MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg -.TP -\fB\-\-enable\fR MixedMap=MAPFILE -add "MixedMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg -.TP -\fB\-\-enable\fR KanjiMap=MAPFILE -add "KanjiMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg +.HP +\fB\-\-enable\fR MixedMap=MAPFILE add "MixedMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg +.HP +\fB\-\-enable\fR KanjiMap=MAPFILE add "KanjiMap MAPFILE" to updmap.cfg .TP \fB\-\-disable\fR MAPFILE disable MAPFILE, of whatever type .TP \fB\-\-listmaps\fR -list all maps (details below) +list all active and inactive maps .TP \fB\-\-listavailablemaps\fR -list available maps (details below) +same as \fB\-\-listmaps\fR, but without +unavailable map files .TP \fB\-\-syncwithtrees\fR disable unavailable map files in updmap.cfg .PP -The main output: -.IP -The main output of updmap is the files containing the individual font -map lines which the drivers (dvips, pdftex, etc.) read to handle fonts. -.IP -The map files for dvips (psfonts.map) and pdftex and dvipdfmx -(pdftex.map) are written to TEXMFVAR/fonts/map/updmap/{dvips,pdftex}/. -.IP -In addition, information about Kanji fonts is written to -TEXMFVAR/fonts/map/updmap/dvipdfmx/kanjix.map, and optionally to -TEXMFVAR/fonts/map/updmap/pxdvi/xdvi\-ptex.map. These are for Kanji -only and are not like other map files. dvipdfmx reads pdftex.map for -the map entries for non\-Kanji fonts. -.IP -If no option is given, so the invocation is just "updmap\-user" or -"updmap\-sys", these output files are always recreated. -.IP -Otherwise, if an option such as \fB\-\-enable\fR or \fB\-\-disable\fR is given, the -output files are recreated if the list of enabled map files (from -updmap.cfg) has changed. The \fB\-\-force\fR option overrides this, -always recreating the output files. -.PP -Explanation of the map types: -.IP -The normal type is Map. -.IP -The only difference between Map and MixedMap is that MixedMap entries -are not added to psfonts_pk.map. The purpose is to help users with -devices that render Type 1 outline fonts worse than mode\-tuned Type 3 -bitmap fonts. So, MixedMap is used for fonts that are available as -both Type 1 and Metafont. -.IP +Explanation of the map types: the (only) difference between Map and +MixedMap is that MixedMap entries are not added to psfonts_pk.map. +The purpose is to help users with devices that render Type 1 outline +fonts worse than mode\-tuned Type 1 bitmap fonts. So, MixedMap is used +for fonts that are available as both Type 1 and Metafont. KanjiMap entries are added to psfonts_t1.map and kanjix.map. .PP Explanation of the OPTION names for \fB\-\-showoptions\fR, \fB\-\-showoption\fR, \fB\-\-setoption\fR: @@ -201,19 +143,10 @@ true,false (default false) .IP Whether maps for pxdvi (Japanese\-patched xdvi) are under updmap's control. .TP -jaEmbed -(any string) -.TP -jaVariant +kanjiEmbed (any string) .TP -scEmbed -(any string) -.TP -tcEmbed -(any string) -.TP -koEmbed +kanjiVariant (any string) .IP See below. @@ -244,24 +177,21 @@ file which the programs read, so they can be overridden by specifying command\-line options or configuration files to the programs, as explained at the beginning of updmap.cfg. .IP -The options jaEmbed and jaVariant (formerly kanjiEmbed and kanjiVariant) -specify special replacements in the map lines. If a map contains the -string @jaEmbed@, then this will be replaced by the value of that option; -similarly for jaVariant. In this way, users of Japanese TeX can select -different fonts to be included in the final output. The counterpart for -Simplified Chinese, Traditional Chinese and Korean fonts are -scEmbed, tcEmbed and koEmbed respectively. +The options kanjiEmbed and kanjiVariant specify special replacements +in the map lines. If a map contains the string @kanjiEmbed@, then +this will be replaced by the value of that option; similarly for +kanjiVariant. In this way, users of Japanese TeX can select different +fonts to be included in the final output. .SH ENVIRONMENT .PP Explanation of trees and files normally used: .IP -If \fB\-\-cnffile\fR is specified on the command line (can be given multiple -times), its value(s) is(are) used. Otherwise, updmap reads all the -updmap.cfg files found by running `kpsewhich \fB\-all\fR updmap.cfg', -in the order returned by kpsewhich (which is the order of trees -defined in texmf.cnf). +If \fB\-\-cnffile\fR is specified on the command line (possibly multiple +times), its value(s) are used. Otherwise, updmap reads all the +updmap.cfg files found by running `kpsewhich \fB\-all\fR updmap.cfg', in the +order returned by kpsewhich. .IP -In either case, if multiple updmap.cfg files are found, all the maps +In any case, if multiple updmap.cfg files are found, all the maps mentioned in all the updmap.cfg files are merged. .IP Thus, if updmap.cfg files are present in all trees, and the default @@ -275,7 +205,7 @@ TEXMFSYSVAR \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP TEXMFLOCAL \fI\,$TEXLIVE/texmf\-local/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP TEXMFDIST \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP .IP -For updmap\-user: +For updmap: TEXMFCONFIG $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-config/web2c/updmap.cfg TEXMFVAR $HOME/.texliveYYYY/texmf\-var/web2c/updmap.cfg TEXMFHOME \fI\,$HOME/texmf/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP @@ -290,31 +220,25 @@ TEXMFDIST \fI\,$TEXLIVE/YYYY/texmf\-dist/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP According to the actions, updmap might write to one of the given files or create a new updmap.cfg, described further below. .PP -Where and which updmap.cfg changes are saved: -.IP -When no options are given, the updmap.cfg file(s) are only read, not -written. It's when an option \fB\-\-setoption\fR, \fB\-\-enable\fR or \fB\-\-disable\fR is -specified that an updmap.cfg needs to be updated. In this case: -.IP -1) If config files are given on the command line, then the first one -given is used to save any such changes. +Where changes are saved: .IP -2) If the config files are taken from kpsewhich output, then the -algorithm is more complex: +If config files are given on the command line, then the first one +given will be used to save any changes from \fB\-\-setoption\fR, \fB\-\-enable\fR +or \fB\-\-disable\fR. If the config files are taken from kpsewhich output, +then the algorithm is more complex: .IP -2a) If \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP or \fI\,$TEXMFHOME/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP +1) If \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP or \fI\,$TEXMFHOME/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP appears in the list of used files, then the one listed first by kpsewhich \fB\-\-all\fR (equivalently, the one returned by kpsewhich updmap.cfg), is used. .IP -2b) If neither of the above two are present and changes are made, a +2) If neither of the above two are present and changes are made, a new config file is created in \fI\,$TEXMFCONFIG/web2c/updmap.cfg\/\fP. .IP -In general, the idea is that if the user cannot write to a given -config file, a higher\-level one can be used. That way, the -distribution's settings can be overridden system\-wide using -TEXMFLOCAL, and system settings can be overridden again in a -particular user's TEXMFHOME or TEXMFCONFIG. +In general, the idea is that if a given config file is not writable, a +higher\-level one can be used. That way, the distribution's settings +can be overridden for system\-wide using TEXMFLOCAL, and then system +settings can be overridden again for a particular using using TEXMFHOME. .PP Resolving multiple definitions of a font: .IP @@ -334,12 +258,8 @@ writing, e.g., or .IP #! MixedMap mapname.map -.TP -in the higher\-priority updmap.cfg file. -(The #! must be at the .IP -beginning of the line, with at least one space or tab afterward, and -whitespace between each word on the list.) +in the higher\-priority updmap.cfg file. .IP As an example, suppose you have a copy of MathTime Pro fonts and want to disable the Belleek version of the fonts; that is, @@ -352,26 +272,16 @@ Map mt\-yy.map .IP and call updmap. .PP -Listing of maps: -.IP -The two options \fB\-\-listmaps\fR and \fB\-\-listavailablemaps\fR list all maps -defined in any of the updmap.cfg files (for \fB\-\-listmaps\fR), and -only those actually found on the system (for \fB\-\-listavailablemaps\fR). -The output format is one line per font map, with the following -fields separated by tabs: map, type (Map, MixedMap, KanjiMap), -status (enabled, disabled), origin (the updmap.cfg file where -it is mentioned, or 'builtin' for the three basic maps). -.IP -In the case of \fB\-\-listmaps\fR there can be one additional fields -(again separated by tab) containing '(not available)' for those -map files that cannot be found. +updmap writes the map files for dvips (psfonts.map) and pdftex +(pdftex.map) to the TEXMFVAR/fonts/map/updmap/{dvips,pdftex}/ +directories. +.PP +The log file is written to TEXMFVAR/web2c/updmap.log. .PP -updmap\-user vs. updmap\-sys: -.IP When updmap\-sys is run, TEXMFSYSCONFIG and TEXMFSYSVAR are used -instead of TEXMFCONFIG and TEXMFVAR, respectively. This is the -primary difference between updmap\-sys and updmap\-user. -.IP +instead of TEXMFCONFIG and TEXMFVAR, respectively. This is the only +difference between updmap\-sys and updmap. +.PP Other locations may be used if you give them on the command line, or these trees don't exist, or you are not using the original TeX Live. .PP @@ -379,11 +289,9 @@ To see the precise locations of the various files that will be read and written, give the \fB\-n\fR option (or read the source). .SH EXAMPLES .PP -The log file is written to TEXMFVAR/web2c/updmap.log. -.PP For step\-by\-step instructions on making new fonts known to TeX, read -https://tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html. For even more terse -instructions, read the beginning of the main updmap.cfg file. +http://tug.org/fonts/fontinstall.html. For even more terse +instructions, read the beginning of the main updmap.cfg. .SH FILES Configuration and input files: .IP "\fIupdmap\&.cfg\fP" @@ -449,7 +357,7 @@ Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&. .IP "\fIconfig\&.pdf\fP" Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead -of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP and has additional settings for PDF generation\&. +of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP and has additional optimizations for PDF generation\&. .IP "\fIconfig\&.pk\fP" Loads \fIpsfonts_pk\&.map\fP instead of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&. @@ -461,6 +369,6 @@ of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&. Loads \fIpsfonts_t1\&.map\fP instead of \fIpsfonts\&.map\fP\&. .SH "REPORTING BUGS" -Report bugs to: tex\-live@tug.org +Report bugs to: tex\-k@tug.org .br -TeX Live home page: +TeX Live home page: diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf index abd78b636d1..1f6d378daca 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/updmap.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex-dev.man1.pdf index fe46575443b..ec9336589bc 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex.man1.pdf index 492e7b0c3b0..bb8f4e1a871 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uplatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uppltotf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uppltotf.man1.pdf index b33672c2ee6..8cfb6dbab57 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uppltotf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uppltotf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptex.man1.pdf index eb499bb9323..f31e3a58096 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptftopl.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptftopl.man1.pdf index 7ff98aea02d..9c6a79f130a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptftopl.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/uptftopl.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 index f6564ccd998..28dfce27e44 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH VFTOVP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH VFTOVP 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf index d0056565474..dca69436196 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vftovp.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 index 94a6c89ec53..04df85332c9 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH VPTOVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH VPTOVF 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf index 8899c4e6ce2..fd9ea158f3d 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/vptovf.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.1 index 0ede4674606..c4de5889e14 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH WEAVE 1 "16 June 2015" "Web2C 2021" +.TH WEAVE 1 "09 January 2022" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if n .ds MF Metafont .if t .ds MF Metafont @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ for the details of the searching. .\"===================================================================== .SH FILES .TP \w'@@'u+2n -.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/base/webmac.tex +.I $TEXMFMAIN/tex/plain/knuth-lib/webmac.tex \*(TX macros used by .B weave output. diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf index a765d8e3359..82e3c848c3b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/weave.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 index 5a15e85eb5d..6e1cf6bcb61 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.\" Copyright 1990-2019 Paul Vojta and others +.\" Copyright 1990-2022 Paul Vojta and others .\" .\" This is Paul's license, included here only for reference, it does not apply .\" to all parts of the k version. @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ .de SB \&\fB\s-1\&\\$1 \\$2\s0\fR .. -.TH XDVI 1 "2020-02-29" "Xdvik 22.87.04" +.TH XDVI 1 "2022-02-17" "Xdvik 22.87.06" .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .\""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""""" .SH NAME @@ -381,6 +381,8 @@ The individual numbers and strings have the following meanings: 32768 ft FreeType library messages (Type 1 fonts) 65536 ft_verbose Verbose FreeType library messages (currently unused) 131072 gui GUI elements + 262144 find Searching for strings in the DVI file + 524288 files File history and opening DVI files .sp 1n .fi Some of the Kpathsea debugging options are actually provided by Kpathsea; @@ -4133,7 +4135,7 @@ directives). the .B Kpathsea documentation, -.BR https://ctan.org/pkg/xdvi/ . +.BR https://ctan.org/pkg/xdvi/ , and the Xdvik home page at .BR http://xdvi.sourceforge.net/ . .SH AUTHORS diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf index 258ef4c4e92..37184c2325b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xdvi.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex-dev.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex-dev.man1.pdf index f84c2171935..daebc2d0b50 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex-dev.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex-dev.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex.man1.pdf index 58e9ef15c4f..36527b1735b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xelatex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.1 b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.1 index 3df7cd56ef2..009b61d16a8 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.1 +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.1 @@ -1,4 +1,4 @@ -.TH XETEX 1 "10 July 2018" "Web2C 2021" +.TH XETEX 1 "10 July 2018" "Web2C 2022" .\"===================================================================== .if t .ds TX \fRT\\h'-0.1667m'\\v'0.20v'E\\v'-0.20v'\\h'-0.125m'X\fP .if n .ds TX TeX diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.man1.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.man1.pdf index 6e6f1c2fcc1..53b8398ce6b 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.man1.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/man/man1/xetex.man1.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/texlive-en/texlive-en.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/texlive-en/texlive-en.pdf index 2d28d6a8b98..3c0dc5eeda7 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/texlive-en/texlive-en.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/texlive-en/texlive-en.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.html index 0b09fb47b17..e25893ed60a 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.html @@ -1,8 +1,11 @@ + + + - - - -Building TeX Live (2021) +Building TeX Live (2022) - - + + + + + @@ -57,7 +61,7 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} -

    Building TeX Live (2021)

    +

    Building TeX Live (2022)

    @@ -67,27 +71,18 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} - -

    Short Table of Contents

    -
    - +
    +
    +

    +Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    +

    Building TeX Live (2022)

    + +

    For an overview of this manual, see Introduction. +

    - +

    Table of Contents

    - - -
    -

    -Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    -

    Building TeX Live (2021)

    - -

    For an overview of this manual, see Introduction. -

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    1 Introduction

    -

    This manual (dated February 2021) corresponds to the TeX Live -2021 release. +

    This manual (dated February 2022) corresponds to the TeX Live +2022 release.

    This manual is aimed at system installers and programmers, and focuses on how to configure, build, and develop the TeX Live (TL) sources. It is @@ -361,8 +340,8 @@ are distributed with TeX Live:

  • The TeX Live user manual: https://tug.org/texlive/doc.html, or run texdoc texlive. -
  • Other TeX-related Texinfo manuals (see Web2c, -Kpathsea, etc.): +
  • Other TeX-related Texinfo manuals (see Web2c, +Kpathsea, etc.): https://tug.org/texinfohtml/, or check the ‘TeX’ category in the GNU Info system. @@ -379,11 +358,12 @@ to do so. The same text is available online (linked from with ‘--help’ (or look at the end of the source).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Building TeX Live (2022)   [Contents][Index]

    2 Overview of build system

    @@ -405,20 +385,20 @@ all configure options.

    The main components of the TL build system are:

    -
    libs/lib
    +
    libs/lib

    Generic libraries.

    -
    texk/lib
    +
    texk/lib

    TeX-specific libraries in subdirectories, notably lib=kpathsea. (The other one is texk/ptexenc.)

    -
    texk/prog
    +
    texk/prog

    TeX-specific programs (that use Kpathsea).

    -
    utils/prog
    +
    utils/prog

    Other programs (that don’t use Kpathsea).

    @@ -446,11 +426,12 @@ distributed source tree and document any modifications of that source. integrating new modules into the TL build system. (Despite all efforts, neither task is easy.)

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    3 Prerequisites

    @@ -459,51 +440,64 @@ Next: , Previous:

    Overall, building the TeX Live programs, when using all libraries from -the TL source tree, requires C and C++11 compilers and GNU -make. If make from your PATH is not GNU make, -you can set the MAKE environment variable to whatever is necessary. +the TL source tree, requires C and C++11 compilers, GNU make, +and Python.

    +
    +

    A few programs in the tree have additional requirements:

    -
    web2c
    -
    -

    requires perl for some tests run by make check. +

    web2c
    +

    requires perl for some tests run by make check. +Incidentally, the TeX Live installer (install-tl) and +manager (tlmgr) are also written in Perl, but this does not +matter for compiling the sources.

    -
    xdvik
    -
    xpdfopen
    -
    -

    require X11 headers and libraries, typically in “development” packages +

    xdvik
    +
    xpdfopen
    +

    require X11 headers and libraries, typically in devel(opment) packages that are not installed by default.

    -
    xetex
    -
    - +
    xetex
    +

    requires fontconfig (again both headers and library), or, for -MacOSX only, the ApplicationServices and Cocoa +MacOS only, the ApplicationServices and Cocoa frameworks.

    -
    xindy
    -
    - +
    xindy
    +

    requires GNU clisp, libsigsegv, and libiconv; additionally, to build the rules and/or documentation: perl, latex, pdflatex. @@ -536,14 +530,15 @@ packaging of them. See Build system tools, fo

    If you haven’t modified any source files, and infrastructure tools such as autoconf or makeinfo are still being run, check your timestamps—notably, use-commit-times must be set to -yes in your Subversion configuration (see Build system tools). Barring buggy commits, no infrastructure tools are needed to -do a normal build. +yes in your Subversion configuration (see Build system tools). No infrastructure tools are needed to do a normal build +(barring bugs).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Building TeX Live (2022)   [Contents][Index]

    4 Building

    @@ -569,28 +564,20 @@ straightforward shell script. configure and make in a suitable empty subdirectory. Building in the source directory itself is not supported (sorry).

    - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    4.1 Build iteration

    @@ -621,31 +608,14 @@ etc. all the library and program modules, and finds (should find) nothing to be done.

    -
    -
    -

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Building   [Contents][Index]

    -

    4.2 Build problems

    - - - - - -

    If configuring or building a module fails, you should first try to -find and fix the problem. Failing that, a possible workaround is to -remove the subdirectory for that module from the build tree (so -configure won’t try to run there, and finally rerun the top -level make (or ./Build --no-clean). -

    - -
    -
    +
    + -

    4.3 Build in parallel

    +

    4.2 Build in parallel

    @@ -656,7 +626,7 @@ Next:
    -

    4.4 Build distribution

    +

    4.3 Build distribution

    @@ -688,13 +659,14 @@ system, since all the support files are lacking; see Insta We do not actually distribute any such tarball, and have no plans to do so.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + -

    4.5 Build one package

    +

    4.4 Build one package

    @@ -709,8 +681,8 @@ dependencies and can be invoked to build an individual program or library, first building any required libraries.

    Here is an example from start to finish for working on -dvipdfm-x. (Unfortunately, this does not suffice for building -the TeX engines; see the next section.) +dvipdfm-x. Unfortunately, this does not suffice for building +the TeX engines; see the next section.

    mkdir mydir && cd mydir  # new working directory
    @@ -729,11 +701,21 @@ mkdir Work && cd Work
     # Do the make:
     make >&outm || echo fail
     
    -# Test:
    +# Run the tests:
     cd texk/dvipdfm-x
     make check
    +
    +# Run the new binary in the buil tree, finding support files
    +# in a separate tree for a TeX Live release YYYY
    +# (Bourne shell syntax):
    +TEXMFROOT=/usr/local/texlive/YYYY \
    +TEXMFCNF=$TEXMFROOT/texmf-dist/web2c \
    +./xdvipdfmx ...
     
    + + +

    Then you can modify source files in mydir/texk/dvipdfm-x and rerun make in mydir/Work/texk/dvipdfm-x to rebuild; that build directory is where the binary ends up and where you can run a @@ -752,8 +734,10 @@ tweak as desired; check the output from configure --help. It is also a good idea to run make check after making any changes, to ensure that whatever tests have been written still pass.

    +

    Reducing source download size

    + -

    Finally, the above retrieves the entire TL source tree (several +

    The above retrieves the entire TL source tree (several hundred megabytes). It is natural to ask if this is really necessary. Strictly speaking, the answer is no, but it is vastly more convenient to do so. If you cut down the source tree, you must also give @@ -765,40 +749,62 @@ in the pdftex development source (details at http://pdftex.org), which is indeed such a cut-down TL source tree.

    +

    GCC used by default

    + + + + + +

    By default, the gcc compilers will be used if present; +otherwise, individual packages may use something different. You can +explicitly specify the compilers to be used with the environment +variables CC, CXX, and OBJCXX. +

    +

    Removing C+11 dependency

    + -

    Some libraries and programs require C++11. If you want to build with -an older compiler lacking such support, you need to (re)move those -source directories; specifying --disable for them does not -suffice, unfortunately. Specifically, before running configure: +

    Some libraries and programs require C++11; one such is XeTeX. If you +want to build with an older compiler lacking such support, you need to +(re)move those source directories; unfortunately, specifying +--disable for them does not suffice. It’s also necessary to +specify --disable-xetex explicitly. Specifically, before +running configure --disable-xetex ...:

    -
    rm -rf libs/icu libs/graphite2 texk/dvisvgm
    +
    rm -rf libs/icu libs/graphite2 texk/dvisvgm texk/web2c/xetexdir
     

    Also, even with --disable-all-pkgs, dependencies are (currently) -checked. For instance, if a (non-MacOSX) system does not have +checked. One notable case: if a (non-MacOS) system does not have fontconfig, XeTeX cannot be built (see Prerequisites), and configure will terminate even with --disable-xetex. To proceed without such dependencies, specify --enable-missing -also. (Patches to improve this would be most welcome.) +also.

    - - - - -

    By default, the gcc compilers will be used if present; -otherwise, individual packages may use something different. You can -explicitly specify the compilers to be used with the environment -variables CC, CXX, and OBJCXX. +

    As of 2022, HarfBuzz also requires C++11. Therefore even more would +have to be disabled and removed, notably including luahbtex, +the standard engine used for LuaLaTeX. Removing that would not +be acceptable for builds intended for distribution; but perhaps for +testing the above information could still be useful. +

    + + +

    In general, the TL configure will run in all directories. +Therefore a general workaround for build problems is to remove failing +directories from the tree, and also specify the relevant +--disable-... option(s). +

    +

    Patches to improve all this would be most welcome.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + -

    4.6 Build one engine

    +

    4.5 Build one engine

    @@ -816,7 +822,8 @@ original TeX:
    cd Work        # top build directory
     ../configure --without-x --disable-shared --disable-all-pkgs \
    -             --enable-tex --disable-synctex -C CFLAGS=-g CXXFLAGS=-g
    +             --enable-tex --disable-synctex --disable-xetex \
    +             --enable-missing -C CFLAGS=-g CXXFLAGS=-g
     make
     cd texk/web2c  # cd engine build directory
     make tex       # must specify target
    @@ -824,9 +831,12 @@ make tex       # must specify target
     
     

    The first make run will configure everything, and even build the libraries, even though the packages are disabled. -The source tree can be cut down to just what is needed for the given +

    +

    The source tree can be cut down to just what is needed for the given engine (the separate pdfTeX and LuaTeX source repositories do -this, for example), but see caveats in previous section. +this, for example), but see caveats in previous section. When the +--disable-xetex and --enable-missing options are needed +is also explained in the previous section.

    If you want to debug an X-related program or shared library setup, or other variants, change the configure options @@ -835,15 +845,44 @@ accordingly. Either ../Build or ../configure can be ru

    Then it is necessary to again specify the target engine (tex, in the above) in the make.

    -

    All this is somewhat unfortunate. We hope to improve the situation in -the future. Patches are welcome. +

    All these complications are rather unfortunate. Patches are welcome. +

    +

    Testing one engine

    + +

    To run only the tests for a given engine, say hitex: +

    +
    +
    make -C $ww check SUBDIRS=. TESTS='$(hitex_tests)' 
    +
    + +

    where $ww is the web2c build directory, that is, +ww=/wherever/Build/source/Work/texk/web2c. +

    +

    It’s also possible to run individual tests the same way, using the test +name exactly as specified in the .am file: +

    +
    +
    make -C $ww check SUBDIRS=. TESTS=hitexdir/tests/hello.test
    +
    + + +

    If you get tired of looking at the ‘Entering’/‘Leaving +directory’ lines, you can add the (GNU) make option +--no-print-dir. +

    +

    You may find it useful to put lengthy incantations like this into a +trivial shell script with a short name (say, hitst). Then you +just run hitst and edit the file when necessary to change +things around.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    Previous: , Up: Building   [Contents][Index]

    -

    4.7 Cross compilation

    +

    4.6 Cross compilation

    In a cross compilation a build system is used to create @@ -860,10 +899,10 @@ compilation at all. In most such cases it suffices to specify suitable compiler flags. It might be useful to add the configure option --build=host to get the correct canonical host name, but note that this should not be --host=host -(see Hosts and Cross-Compilation in GNU Autoconf). +(see Hosts and Cross-Compilation in GNU Autoconf).

    In order to build, e.g., 32-bit binaries with clang on a 64-bit -MacOSX system one could use: +MacOS system one could use:

    TL_BUILD_ENV="CC='clang -arch i386' \
    @@ -872,19 +911,18 @@ MacOSX system one could use:
       ./Build --build=i386-apple-darwin
     
    - - - - +
    -
    +
    + -

    4.7.1 Cross configuring

    +

    4.6.1 Cross configuring

    @@ -949,11 +987,13 @@ BUILDLDFLAGS=…

    -
    +
    +
    + -

    4.7.2 Cross problems

    +

    4.6.2 Cross problems

    @@ -1000,11 +1040,14 @@ and tie.

    Building xindy requires running the host system clisp binary, thus cross compilation is painful, but possible.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5 Installing

    @@ -1028,18 +1071,15 @@ is the TeX Live (plain text) database in install-tl. More information is under Master/tlpkg and at https://tug.org/texlive/distro.html.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1097,9 +1137,10 @@ not directly usable from that location; they need to be copied to Master/bin/tl-platform. The other files and directories that end up in ./inst/ are ignored.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1142,9 +1183,10 @@ want to add more. (See https://tug information about building those exceptions, as well as the xz and wget programs that are used in the TL infrastructure.)

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1175,43 +1217,43 @@ completely different. find most relevant:

    -
    --disable-native-texlive-build
    +
    --disable-native-texlive-build

    This must be specified to avoid interference from the many tweaks we do for the native TL build.

    -
    --with-banner-add=/SomeDistro
    +
    --with-banner-add=/SomeDistro

    This isn’t technically required, but is strongly recommended, so your build and your distro can be distinguished from others.

    -
    --enable-shared
    +
    --enable-shared

    Build shared versions of the TeX-specific libraries (uses libtool).

    -
    --disable-static
    +
    --disable-static

    Do not build the static versions of the TeX-specific libraries.

    -
    --with-system-lib
    +
    --with-system-lib

    Look for and use a system version of the library lib. configure --help will give you the list of possibilities.

    -
    --with-lib-includes=dir
    -
    --with-lib-libdir=dir
    +
    --with-lib-includes=dir
    +
    --with-lib-libdir=dir

    If needed, allows you to specify where the headers/code are for the given library lib.

    -
    --prefix=/usr
    -
    --prefix=/opt/TeXLive
    +
    --prefix=/usr
    +
    --prefix=/opt/TeXLive

    Or whatever your convention is. The default is /usr/local and you shouldn’t install there for a distro.

    -
    --libdir=\${exec_prefix}/lib64
    +
    --libdir=\${exec_prefix}/lib64

    May be needed for 64-bit bi-architecture (GNU/Linux) systems.

    @@ -1227,11 +1269,13 @@ has written a detailed article on adapting TL for distros: article needs updating in the future, perhaps we will merge it into this document.)

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    6 Layout and infrastructure

    @@ -1244,24 +1288,18 @@ distributed by TL, as well as configure scripts and make - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1288,12 +1326,12 @@ may be.

    Currently the versions we use are:

    -
    autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.69
    -automake (GNU automake) 1.16.2
    -bison (GNU Bison) 3.7.4
    +
    autoconf (GNU Autoconf) 2.71
    +automake (GNU automake) 1.16.5
    +bison (GNU Bison) 3.8.2
     flex 2.6.0
     ltmain.sh (GNU libtool) 2.4.6
    -m4 (GNU M4) 1.4.18
    +m4 (GNU M4) 1.4.19
     makeinfo (GNU texinfo) 6.7
     
    @@ -1328,9 +1366,10 @@ to touch first aclocal.m4, then configure config.h.in (or c-auto.in), and finally all Makefile.in files.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1387,9 +1426,10 @@ These names (and everything else about Build’s operation) can be changed by setting environment variables before running it; see the script source.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1405,23 +1445,18 @@ modules—many more are defined in the sources; see the top-level module-specific macros in directories such as texk/dvipng/m4/; some of those are described in following sections (see Library modules and Program modules).

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1432,23 +1467,24 @@ Next:

    Initialize the basic TL infrastructure for module name:
       AM_INIT_AUTOMAKE([foreign more-options])
       AM_MAINTAINER_MODE
       KPSE_COMPILER_WARNINGS
    and make sure the C compiler understands function prototypes. This is used for all generic library and program modules.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_COMMON (name, [more-options])
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_COMMON (name, [more-options])

    Like KPSE_BASIC but add:
       LT_PREREQ([2.2.6])
       LT_INIT([win32-dll])
       AC_SYS_LARGEFILE
       AC_FUNC_FSEEKO
    along with checks for frequently used functions, headers, types, and structures. This is used for TeX-specific modules.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1457,8 +1493,8 @@ Next:

    Set LATEX to the first of latex, elatex, or lambda which exists in PATH, or to no if none of them exists. Call AC_SUBST for LATEX. The result of @@ -1466,25 +1502,26 @@ this test can be overridden by setting the LATEX environment variable or the cache variable ac_cv_prog_LATEX.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_CHECK_PDFLATEX
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_CHECK_PDFLATEX

    Check for pdflatex in PATH and set PDFLATEX.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_CHECK_PERL
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_CHECK_PERL

    Check for perl or perl5 in PATH and set PERL.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_PROG_LEX
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_PROG_LEX

    Call AC_PROG_LEX and add the flag -l for flex.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1494,8 +1531,8 @@ Next:

    When using the (Objective) C/C++ compiler, set WARNING_[OBJ]C[XX]FLAGS to suitable warning flags (depending on @@ -1508,8 +1545,8 @@ warning options, but could be extended to others if necessary. … variables.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_COMPILER_VISIBILITY
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_COMPILER_VISIBILITY

    When using the C or C++ compiler, try to set VISIBILITY_C[XX]FLAGS to flags to hide external symbols. Call AC_SUBST for this variable. At present this only tests for @@ -1521,8 +1558,8 @@ extended if necessary. or kpse_cv_visibility_cxxflags variable.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_CXX_HACK
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_CXX_HACK
    @@ -1536,9 +1573,10 @@ binary.

    This macro caches its result in the kpse_cv_cxx_hack variable.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1547,16 +1585,17 @@ Next:

    Call AC_SYS_LARGEFILE and AC_FUNC_FSEEKO and append suitable -D flags (optionally including -Dextra-define) to variable.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1570,8 +1609,8 @@ supplemented by a macro KPSE_LIB_FLAGS (all uppercase) that provides make variables for that library. E.g., for libs/libpng:

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_LIBPNG_FLAGS
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_LIBPNG_FLAGS

    Provide the configure option --with-system-libpng. Set and AC_SUBST make variables for modules using this library (either an installed version or from the TeX Live tree): @@ -1584,14 +1623,14 @@ an installed version or from the TeX Live tree):

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_ADD_FLAGS (name)
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_ADD_FLAGS (name)

    Temporarily extend CPPFLAGS and LIBS with the values required for the library module name.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_RESTORE_FLAGS
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_RESTORE_FLAGS

    Restore CPPFLAGS and LIBS to their original values.

    @@ -1626,9 +1665,10 @@ KPSE_ADD_FLAGS([libpng]) KPSE_RESTORE_FLAGS # restore CPPFLAGS and LIBS
  • -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1639,8 +1679,8 @@ Previous: Macro: KPSE_CHECK_WIN32 +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_CHECK_WIN32

    Check if compiling for a Windows system. The result is either no for Unix-like systems (including Cygwin), mingw32 for @@ -1648,24 +1688,24 @@ Windows with GCC, or native for Windows with MSVC. The result is cached in the kpse_cv_have_win32 variable.

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_COND_WIN32
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_COND_WIN32

    Call KPSE_CHECK_WIN32 and define the Automake conditional WIN32 (true if the value of kpse_cv_have_win32 is not no).

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_COND_MINGW32
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_COND_MINGW32

    Call KPSE_COND_WIN32 and define the Automake conditional MINGW32 (true if the value of kpse_cv_have_win32 is mingw32).

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_COND_WIN32_WRAP
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_COND_WIN32_WRAP

    Call KPSE_COND_WIN32 and define the Automake conditional @@ -1675,8 +1715,8 @@ is used on Windows instead of symlinks for the “linked scripts” (see Linked scripts).

    -
    -
    Macro: KPSE_WIN32_CALL
    +
    +
    Macro: KPSE_WIN32_CALL

    Call KPSE_COND_WIN32 and check if the file texk/texlive/w32_wrapper/callexe.c exists; if it does, create a @@ -1686,9 +1726,11 @@ as bar.exe is used on Windows instead of a symlink bar->foo for Unix-like systems.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    + @@ -1700,21 +1742,18 @@ Next: , P for the details themselves, and as a way of illuminating the general structure and variation.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.4.1 The png library in libs/libpng

    @@ -1786,11 +1825,12 @@ for the make rules to rebuild the library. --with-system-libpng, which then uses pkg-config to determine the flags required for the system library.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.4.2 The zlib library in libs/zlib

    @@ -1804,11 +1844,12 @@ without the dependency on any other library. The file --with-zlib-libdir to specify non-standard locations of the zlib headers and/or library.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.4.3 The freetype library in libs/freetype2

    @@ -1827,18 +1868,19 @@ other words, this actually uses the build system provided by upstream

    The flags required for the system library are obtained through freetype-config.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.4.4 The kpathsea library in texk/kpathsea

    This is one of the TeX-specific libraries that are maintained as -part of TeX Live (see Kpathsea +part of TeX Live (see Kpathsea (tug.org/kpathsea)); the other is ptexenc. These TeX libraries are Libtool libraries (static and/or shared) and are installed by make install together with the programs. They @@ -1866,9 +1908,11 @@ however, the command line options -mktex=tfm or -no-mktex=tfm for the TeX-like engines override this default.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    + @@ -1879,22 +1923,18 @@ Next:

    Library modules), here we discuss the details for a few of the programs in TL.

    - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.5.1 The t1utils package in utils/t1utils

    @@ -1912,11 +1952,12 @@ fragment ac/withenable.ac contains

    specifying the module name without any dependencies, and supplies the configure option --disable-t1utils.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.5.2 The xindy package in utils/xindy

    @@ -1928,7 +1969,7 @@ modifications documented in TLpatches/*, and a wrapper xindy-src.

    The xindy build requires a make that supports a -VPATH build, can handle all targets, and do not refer to +VPATH build, can handle all targets, and does not refer to ${top_srcdir} or ${top_builddir}. The fragment xindy/ac/withenable.ac contains

    @@ -1947,11 +1988,12 @@ too painful to enable by default). specify more configure options to be seen at the top level, with ac/xindy.ac also included by configure.ac.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.5.3 The xdvik package in texk/xdvik

    @@ -1982,11 +2024,12 @@ auxiliary program squeeze/squeeze has to run on the configure.ac and supplies the configure option --with-xdvi-x-toolkit also seen at the top level.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.5.4 The subdirectory utils/asymptote

    @@ -2000,9 +2043,11 @@ not part of the TL build system. These programs must be built and installed independently, but are included on the TL DVD together with their support files. See https://tug.org/build.html#asymptote.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    + @@ -2022,20 +2067,18 @@ reasonable. In addition, foo/ will need the usual Automake build-related files (configure.ac, Makefile.am, etc. Please maintain foo/ChangeLog for all TL changes.

    - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.6.1 Adding a new program module

    @@ -2092,18 +2135,12 @@ source files in ...-src. TL source directory (texk/newprog or utils/newprog):

    -
    ac/withenable.ac - -
    +
    ac/withenable.ac

    The KPSE_ENABLE_PROG call just explained.

    -
    configure.ac - -
    -
    Makefile.am - -
    +
    configure.ac
    +
    Makefile.am

    By merging the contents of the original configure.ac (if provided) and a comparable program already in TL. In the above example, one line that will be needed in configure.ac (can be @@ -2125,24 +2162,18 @@ investigate how something is done. Most of the TL-specific macros are defined in Build/source/m4/*.

    -
    TLpatches/TL-Changes - -
    +
    TLpatches/TL-Changes

    First actions taken after getting the original source tree; typically removal of derived or unused common files.

    -
    TLpatches/patch-... - -
    +
    TLpatches/patch-...

    If any changes are needed to the original sources, record the patches here so they can be applied next time. Also, send them upstream so that we don’t have to maintain them forever.

    -
    ChangeLog - -
    +
    ChangeLog

    Record all TL-specific changes, now and in the future.

    @@ -2179,21 +2210,61 @@ builds from scratch.

    After final success, don’t forget to commit. (Or email the TL maintainers with the patch.)

    +
    +
    +
    + +

    6.6.2 Adding a new engine

    + + -

    Caveat: adding a new TeX engine is not completely different, but -it’s not all that similar, either. In that case, the work is done -inside a new subdirectory of texk/web2c/. Many things are -common to all the engines, other things need to be copied and possibly -modified for each one, yet others are unique to each. No general -recipe is possible. -

    +

    Adding a new TeX engine is not completely different from adding a +program, but it’s not all that similar, either. In this case, the main +work is done by creating a new subdirectory of texk/web2c/ for +the engine. The subdirectory is conventionally named ending in +dir, like pdftexdir and xetexdir, to avoid +clashes with executable names. +

    +

    The source files for the new engine should be put in this +newenginedir subdirectory. Also, a file +newenginedir/am/newengine.am (e.g., +pdftexdir/am/pdftex.am is needed with the Makefile fragment +needed to build it. +

    +

    The overall web2c/Makefile.am needs to have an include +statement added to insert that newengine.am file. +

    +

    In web2c/ac/web2c.ac, a line needs to be added in the +definition of the kpse_tex_progs variable to include it in the +build. That line specifies whether the new engine is built by default, +and the additional libraries requires. +

    +

    For examples of building engines in CWEB, you can check the existing +hitexdir and mplibdir directories; these are somewhat +simpler than LuaTeX. Of course, every engine will have its own +unique features and requirements, so existing examples will only take +you so far. +

    +

    Web2c is built as one “package”, with each subdirectory’s .am +fragment inserted with an Automake include. This means that, +for instance, $(srcdir) is .../web2c, not +.../webdir/enginedir. It is a difficult setup to come to terms +with, but the alternative is to recurse into each engine subdirectory, +and that would be far worse (see Directories in GNU +Automake). +


    -
    +
    +
    + -

    6.6.2 Adding a new generic library module

    +

    6.6.3 Adding a new generic library module

    @@ -2246,13 +2317,14 @@ the make variables for a system library. In addition, the definition of the M4 macro KPSE_ALL_SYSTEM_FLAGS in m4/kpse-pkgs.m4 must be extended by the line:
       AC_REQUIRE([KPSE_LIB_SYSTEM_FLAGS])

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + -

    6.6.3 Adding a new TeX-specific library module

    +

    6.6.4 Adding a new TeX-specific library module

    @@ -2273,11 +2345,14 @@ The library name lib is added to the M4 macro The fragment ac/withenable.ac must use KPSE_WITH_TEXLIB. -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    7 Configure options

    @@ -2306,20 +2381,16 @@ actual configure script; invoking configure via explicitly to all subdirectories. Options specified on the command line are checked for consistency but never modified.

    - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -2329,38 +2400,26 @@ Next:
    -
    +
    +

    7.1.1 --disable-native-texlive-build

    @@ -2383,9 +2442,10 @@ that can also be built independently from the TL tree (such as use this option to enable TL-specific adaptations, such as installation paths.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2398,13 +2458,14 @@ directories as usual. For the complete list, see

    Also as usual, all values are prefixed by the value of DESTDIR, -if set, on the make command line (see Installation in a temporary location in GNU Automake). +if set, on the make command line (see Installation in a temporary location in GNU Automake).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +

    7.1.3 --disable-largefile

    @@ -2413,7 +2474,7 @@ Next:
    @@ -2435,9 +2497,10 @@ Next: -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2452,9 +2515,10 @@ variables WARNING_[OBJ]C[XX]FLAGS, but these variables are not consistently used in all library and program modules. At present, these warning flags assume options from the GNU compilers.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2464,9 +2528,10 @@ Next: Macros for compilers.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2476,11 +2541,12 @@ Next:

    Build system tools), as it automatically -rebuilds infrastructure files as needed. See missing and AM_MAINTAINER_MODE in GNU Automake. +rebuilds infrastructure files as needed. See missing and AM_MAINTAINER_MODE in GNU Automake.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2499,9 +2565,10 @@ implied for exec_prefix. In any case, the values for bindir and libdir are automatically propagated to all subdirectories.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2512,9 +2579,10 @@ Next:
    +
    +
    + @@ -2528,9 +2596,10 @@ variable expansions), you can specify V=1 on the make command line to get more verbosity, or V=0 to get less, regardless of this option.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2541,9 +2610,10 @@ Next:
    @@ -2564,30 +2636,21 @@ Next:
    -
    +
    + @@ -2597,11 +2660,12 @@ Next:

    7.2.2 --disable-all-pkgs

    @@ -2617,9 +2681,10 @@ interested in, and its dependencies, are built. See
    +
    +
    + @@ -2718,9 +2783,10 @@ support; ignored for a native TeX Live build. Defaults are defined in

    --disable-synctex
    Do not build the SyncTeX library and tool.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2740,9 +2806,10 @@ module bibtex-x (extended BibTeX).

    --disable-bibtexu
    Do not build the bibtexu program (building bibtexu requires ICU libraries).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2768,9 +2835,10 @@ program or make the dvipdfm symlink.

    --disable-xdvipdfmx
    Do not build the xdvipdfmx program.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2796,9 +2864,10 @@ incompatibilities, e.g., on CentOS 5. --with-libgs-libdir=dir
    Specify non-standard locations of the Ghostscript headers and library.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2810,9 +2879,10 @@ Next: Linked scripts), except for the TL scripts required to run texlinks.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2839,9 +2909,10 @@ neXtaw. The default is motif if available, else xaw--enable-xi2-scrolling
    Use XInput 2.1 “smooth scrolling” if available (default: yes, except for a native TL build).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -2870,9 +2941,11 @@ build, but the default otherwise) indicates that xindy will use the installed version of clisp (which must be identical to the one used to build xindy).

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    + @@ -2900,13 +2973,13 @@ the required flags.

    The top-level configure script performs a consistency check for all required system libraries and bails out if tests fail.

    - - - +
    -
    + +
    + @@ -2961,37 +3037,23 @@ defined in the environment, but that might not work for cross compilations.

    -
    CC - -
    -
    CXX - -
    -
    CPPFLAGS - -
    +
    CC
    +
    CXX
    +
    CPPFLAGS

    And plenty more. As usual with Autoconf, these variables specify the name (or full path) of compilers, preprocessor flags, and similar. -See Preset Output Variables in GNU Autoconf. +See Preset Output Variables in GNU Autoconf.

    -
    CLISP - -
    +
    CLISP

    Name (or full path) of the clisp executable, used to build xindy.

    -
    FT2_CONFIG - -
    -
    ICU_CONFIG - -
    -
    PKG_CONFIG - -
    +
    FT2_CONFIG
    +
    ICU_CONFIG
    +
    PKG_CONFIG
    @@ -3002,45 +3064,35 @@ flags required for system versions of libfreetype, the ICU libraries, and other libraries, respectively.

    -
    KPSEWHICH - -
    +
    KPSEWHICH

    Name (or path) of an installed kpsewhich binary, used by make check to determine the location of, e.g., cmbx10.tfm.

    -
    MAKE - -
    -
    SED - -
    +
    MAKE
    +
    SED

    And more. Name (or path) of the make, sed, and similar programs; used at the top level and propagated to all subdirectories.

    -
    PERL - -
    -
    LATEX - -
    -
    PDFLATEX - -
    +
    PERL
    +
    LATEX
    +
    PDFLATEX

    Name (or full path) for the perl, latex, and pdflatex commands used, e.g., to build the xindy documentation.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    8 Coding conventions

    @@ -3056,16 +3108,14 @@ functions or variables and the use of const. These rules should be applied to the code maintained in the TeX Live tree and for other packages whose maintainers are willing to accept patches.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -3134,7 +3184,9 @@ either declared static if used in only one file or declared file.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -3184,11 +3236,13 @@ them. Therefore such casts should be avoided whenever possible and otherwise must be carefully analyzed to make sure that they cannot cause the modification of quantities supposed to be constant.

    -
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    9 Continuous integration

    @@ -3202,20 +3256,16 @@ git-svn mirror of the sources that is pushed to Github is updated (currently) at 30 minute intervals, and only the last commit pushed is tested on Travis-CI.

    - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -3271,7 +3321,9 @@ Subversion, back to master on texlive.info, and from there to Github.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -3285,7 +3337,9 @@ the master branch with them, and the second pushes changes (if any) to Github.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -3304,7 +3358,9 @@ Travis-CI. automatically checkout the last pushed commit and try building it.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -3324,44 +3380,42 @@ Releases can also be made manually from that web page (see tl-update-bindir for hints).


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    Appendix A install-tl

    - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    A.1 NAME

    install-tl - TeX Live cross-platform installer


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: install-tl   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: install-tl   [Contents][Index]

    A.2 SYNOPSIS

    @@ -3369,12 +3423,12 @@ Next:

    A.3 DESCRIPTION

    @@ -3398,9 +3452,11 @@ initial installation is complete. highly recommended.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    A.4 REFERENCES

    @@ -3415,9 +3471,11 @@ Internet at https://tug.or https://tug.org/texlive/doc.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    A.5 OPTIONS

    @@ -3426,7 +3484,7 @@ leading - or --. An argument value can be separated f option by either a space or =.

    -
    -gui [[=]module]
    +
    -gui [[=]module]

    If no module is given, starts the Tcl/Tk (see below) GUI installer.

    @@ -3434,13 +3492,13 @@ option by either a space or =. following modules are supported:

    -
    text
    +
    text

    The text mode user interface (default on Unix systems, including Macs). Same as the -no-gui option.

    -
    tcl (or "perltk" or "wizard" or "expert" or nothing)
    +
    tcl (or "perltk" or "wizard" or "expert" or nothing)

    The Tcl/Tk user interface (default on Windows). It starts with a small number of configuration options, roughly equivalent @@ -3457,12 +3515,12 @@ on GNU/Linux, or can be easily installed through a distro package manager. For Windows, TeX Live provides a Tcl/Tk runtime.

    -
    -no-gui
    +
    -no-gui

    Use the text mode installer (default except on Windows and Macs).

    -
    -lang llcode
    +
    -lang llcode

    By default, the Tcl GUI uses the language detection built into Tcl/Tk. If that fails you can select a different language by @@ -3475,7 +3533,7 @@ Ukrainian (uk), Vietnamese (vi), simplified Chinese (zh_CN), and traditional Chinese (zh_TW).

    -
    -repository url|path
    +
    -repository url|path

    Specify the package repository to be used as the source of the installation. In short, this can be a directory name or a url using @@ -3483,7 +3541,7 @@ http(s), ftp, or scp. The documentation for tlmgr has the details (https://tug.org/texlive/doc/tlmgr.html#OPTIONS).

    For installation, the default is to pick a mirror automatically, using -http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet; the chosen mirror is +https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet; the chosen mirror is used for the entire download. You can use the special argument ctan as an abbreviation for this. (See https://ctan.org for more about CTAN and its mirrors.) @@ -3494,7 +3552,7 @@ the full scheme containing all packages, the list of available schemes will be adjusted accordingly.

    -
    -select-repository
    +
    -select-repository

    This option allows you to choose a particular mirror from the current list of active CTAN mirrors. This option is supported in the text @@ -3504,7 +3562,7 @@ command line. It’s useful when the (default) automatic redirection does not choose a good host for you.

    -
    -all-options
    +
    -all-options

    Normally options not relevant to the current platform are not shown (e.g., when running on Unix, Windows-specific options are omitted). @@ -3512,7 +3570,7 @@ Giving this command line option allows configuring such "foreign" settings.

    -
    -custom-bin path
    +
    -custom-bin path

    If you have built your own set of TeX Live binaries (perhaps because your platform was not supported by TeX Live out of the box), this option @@ -3529,7 +3587,13 @@ actions. To install multiple custom binary sets, manually rename building TeX Live, see https://tug.org/texlive/build.html.

    -
    -debug-translation
    +
    -debug-fakenet
    +
    +

    Pretend we’re doing a network install, for the sole purpose of testing +broken downloads via moving package files aside in a tlnet mirror. +

    +
    +
    -debug-translation

    In the former Perl/Tk GUI modes, this option reported any missing, or more likely untranslated, messages to standard error. Not yet @@ -3537,14 +3601,14 @@ implemented for the Tcl interface. Helpful for translators to see what remains to be done.

    -
    -force-platform platform
    +
    -force-platform platform

    Instead of auto-detecting the current platform, use platform. Binaries for this platform must be present and they must actually be runnable, or installation will fail. -force-arch is a synonym.

    -
    -help, –help, -?
    +
    -help, –help, -?

    Display this help and exit. (This help is also on the web at https://tug.org/texlive/doc/install-tl.html). Sometimes the perldoc @@ -3554,7 +3618,7 @@ detected, but you can set the NOPERLDOC environment variable and perldoc will not be used.

    -
    -in-place
    +
    -in-place

    This is a quick-and-dirty installation option in case you already have an rsync or svn checkout of TeX Live. It will use the checkout as-is @@ -3565,14 +3629,14 @@ is to redo it from time to time. This option is not available via the installer interfaces. USE AT YOUR OWN RISK.

    -
    -init-from-profile profile_file
    +
    -init-from-profile profile_file

    Similar to -profile (see PROFILES below), but only initializes the installation configuration from profile_file and then starts a normal interactive session. Environment variables are not ignored.

    -
    -logfile file
    +
    -logfile file

    Write both all messages (informational, debugging, warnings) to file, in addition to standard output or standard error. @@ -3583,16 +3647,16 @@ for example, /usr/local/texlive/YYYY/install-tl.log for the YYY release.

    -
    -no-cls
    +
    -no-cls

    For the text mode installer only: do not clear the screen when entering a new menu (for debugging purposes).

    -
    -no-persistent-downloads
    +
    -no-persistent-downloads
    -
    -persistent-downloads
    +
    -persistent-downloads

    For network installs, activating this option makes the installer try to set up a persistent connection using the Net::LWP Perl module. This @@ -3605,7 +3669,7 @@ fall back to using wget if this is not possible. To disable usage LWP and persistent connections, use -no-persistent-downloads.

    -
    -no-verify-downloads
    +
    -no-verify-downloads

    By default, if a GnuPG gpg binary is found in PATH, downloads are verified against a cryptographic signature. This option disables such @@ -3614,37 +3678,37 @@ section of the tlmgr documentation, e.g., https://tug.org/texlive/doc/tlmgr.html#CRYPTOGRAPHIC-VERIFICATION

    -
    -non-admin
    +
    -non-admin

    For Windows only: configure for the current user, not for all users.

    -
    -portable
    +
    -portable

    Install for portable use, e.g., on a USB stick. Also selectable from within the perltk and text installers.

    -
    -print-platform
    +
    -print-platform

    Print the TeX Live identifier for the detected platform (hardware/operating system) combination to standard output, and exit. -print-arch is a synonym.

    -
    -profile profile_file
    +
    -profile profile_file

    Load profile_file and do the installation with no user interaction, that is, a batch (unattended) install. Environment variables are ignored. See PROFILES below.

    -
    -q
    +
    -q

    Omit normal informational messages.

    -
    -scheme scheme
    +
    -scheme scheme

    Schemes are the highest level of package grouping in TeX Live; the default is to use the full scheme, which includes everything. This @@ -3655,13 +3719,13 @@ depends on what your package repository provides; see the interactive menu list.

    -
    -v
    +
    -v

    Include verbose debugging messages; repeat for maximum debugging: -v -v. (Further repeats are accepted but ignored.)

    -
    -version, –version
    +
    -version, –version

    Output version information and exit. If -v is also given, the versions of the TeX Live modules used are also reported. @@ -3670,9 +3734,11 @@ versions of the TeX Live modules used are also reported.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    A.6 PROFILES

    @@ -3747,28 +3813,28 @@ that could cause problems later.

    installer options (prefix instopt_)

    -
    instopt_adjustpath (default 0 on Unix, 1 on Windows)
    +
    instopt_adjustpath (default 0 on Unix, 1 on Windows)

    Adjust PATH environment variable.

    -
    instopt_adjustrepo (default 1)
    +
    instopt_adjustrepo (default 1)

    Set remote repository to a multiplexed CTAN mirror after installation; see -repository above.

    -
    instopt_letter (default 0)
    +
    instopt_letter (default 0)

    Set letter size paper as the default, instead of a4.

    -
    instopt_portable (default 0)
    +
    instopt_portable (default 0)

    Install for portable use, e.g., on a USB stick.

    -
    instopt_write18_restricted (default 1)
    +
    instopt_write18_restricted (default 1)

    Enable \write18 for a restricted set of programs.

    @@ -3815,9 +3881,11 @@ written, the names above are always used. installation manual, linked from https://tug.org/texlive/doc.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    A.7 ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

    @@ -3826,80 +3894,79 @@ following environment variables. They are not of interest for normal user installations.

    -
    TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER
    +
    TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER
    -
    TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM
    +
    TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM
    -
    TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS
    +
    TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS

    These override the normal choice of a download program; see the tlmgr documentation, e.g., https://tug.org/texlive/doc/tlmgr.html#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_ENV_NOCHECK

    Omit the check for environment variables containing the string tex. People developing TeX-related software are likely to have many such variables.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_CONTEXT_CACHE

    Omit creating the ConTeXt cache. This is useful for redistributors.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_RESUME
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_RESUME

    Omit check for installing on top of a previous installation and then asking about importing previous settings.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_WELCOME
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_NO_WELCOME

    Omit printing the welcome message after successful installation, e.g., when testing.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PAPER
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PAPER

    Set the default paper size for all relevant programs; must be either letter or a4. The default is a4.

    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXDIR
    -
    -
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFCONFIG
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFVAR
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFHOME
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFLOCAL
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSCONFIG
    -
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR
    +
    TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXMFSYSVAR
    -

    Specify the respective directories. TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX defaults -to /usr/local/texlive, while TEXLIVE_INSTALL_TEXDIR defaults to -the release directory within that prefix, e.g., -/usr/local/texlive/2016. All the defaults can be seen by running the +

    Specify the respective directories. TEXLIVE_INSTALL_PREFIX defaults +to /usr/local/texlive. All the defaults can be seen by running the installer interactively and then typing D for the directory menu.

    +

    To override the so-called TEXDIR, which defaults to the release +directory within that prefix, e.g., /usr/local/texlive/2020, use a +profile file (q.v.). +

    -
    NOPERLDOC
    +
    NOPERLDOC

    Don’t try to run the --help message through perldoc.

    @@ -3907,9 +3974,11 @@ installer interactively and then typing D for the directory menu.

    -
    +
    + +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Building TeX Live (2022)   [Contents][Index]

    Appendix B tlmgr

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.1 NAME

    tlmgr - the native TeX Live Manager


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.2 SYNOPSIS

    tlmgr [option...] action [option...] [operand...]


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.3 DESCRIPTION

    @@ -4002,9 +4065,11 @@ A TeX Live installation can be customized and managed at any level. available.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.4 EXAMPLES

    @@ -4012,11 +4077,11 @@ Next: , Previ with tlmgr:

    -
    tlmgr option repository ctan
    +
    tlmgr option repository ctan
    -
    tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
    -
    +
    tlmgr option repository https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
    +

    Tell tlmgr to use a nearby CTAN mirror for future updates; useful if you installed TeX Live from the DVD image and want to have continuing updates. The two commands are equivalent; ctan is just an alias for @@ -4029,18 +4094,18 @@ problems; the list of all CTAN mirrors with the status of each is at https://ctan.org/mirrors/mirmon.

    -
    tlmgr update --list
    +
    tlmgr update --list

    Report what would be updated without actually updating anything.

    -
    tlmgr update --all
    +
    tlmgr update --all

    Make your local TeX installation correspond to what is in the package repository (typically useful when updating from CTAN).

    -
    tlmgr info what
    +
    tlmgr info what

    Display detailed information about a package what, such as the installation status and description, of searches for what in all packages. @@ -4052,9 +4117,11 @@ status and description, of searches for what in all packages. following voluminous information.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.5 OPTIONS

    @@ -4066,7 +4133,7 @@ non-option argument will be the main action. In all cases, between an option name and its value.

    -
    –repository url|path
    +
    –repository url|path

    Specify the package repository from which packages should be installed or updated, either a local directory or network location, as below. This @@ -4097,26 +4164,26 @@ are accepted as aliases for this option.

    Locations can be specified as any of the following:

    -
    /some/local/dir
    +
    /some/local/dir
    -
    file:/some/local/dir
    +
    file:/some/local/dir

    Equivalent ways of specifying a local directory.

    -
    ctan
    +
    ctan
    -
    http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
    -
    +
    https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
    +

    Pick a CTAN mirror automatically, trying for one that is both nearby and up-to-date. The chosen mirror is used for the entire download. The bare ctan is merely an alias for the full url. (See https://ctan.org for more about CTAN and its mirrors.)

    -
    http://server/path/to/tlnet
    +
    http://server/path/to/tlnet

    Standard HTTP. If the (default) LWP method is used, persistent connections are supported. TL can also use curl or wget to do the @@ -4125,7 +4192,7 @@ downloads, or an arbitrary user-specified program, as described in the (https://tug.org/texlive/doc/tlmgr.html#ENVIRONMENT-VARIABLES).

    -
    https://server/path/to/tlnet
    +
    https://server/path/to/tlnet

    Again, if the (default) LWP method is used, this supports persistent connections. Unfortunately, some versions of wget and curl do not @@ -4135,19 +4202,19 @@ certificate roots. The simplest workaround for this problem is to use http or ftp.

    -
    ftp://server/path/to/tlnet
    +
    ftp://server/path/to/tlnet

    If the (default) LWP method is used, persistent connections are supported.

    -
    user@machine:/path/to/tlnet
    +
    user@machine:/path/to/tlnet
    -
    scp://user@machine/path/to/tlnet
    +
    scp://user@machine/path/to/tlnet
    -
    ssh://user@machine/path/to/tlnet
    +
    ssh://user@machine/path/to/tlnet

    These forms are equivalent; they all use scp to transfer files. Using ssh-agent is recommended. (Info: @@ -4161,7 +4228,7 @@ supported. trailing /tlpkg and/or /archive components are ignored.

    -
    –gui [action]
    +
    –gui [action]

    Two notable GUI front-ends for tlmgr, tlshell and tlcockpit, are started up as separate programs; see their own documentation. @@ -4181,7 +4248,7 @@ TeX Live’s Perl distribution for Windows. You may find tlshelltlcockpit easier to work with.

    -
    –gui-lang llcode
    +
    –gui-lang llcode

    By default, the GUI tries to deduce your language from the environment (on Windows via the registry, on Unix via LC_MESSAGES). If that fails @@ -4194,7 +4261,7 @@ Japanese (ja), Dutch (nl), Polish (pl)tlshell shares its message catalog with tlmgr.

    -
    –command-logfile file
    +
    –command-logfile file

    tlmgr logs the output of all programs invoked (mktexlr, mtxrun, fmtutil, updmap) to a separate log file, by default @@ -4202,28 +4269,28 @@ updmap) to a separate log file, by default different file for the log.

    -
    –debug-translation
    +
    –debug-translation

    In GUI mode, this switch tells tlmgr to report any untranslated (or missing) messages to standard error. This can help translators to see what remains to be done.

    -
    –machine-readable
    +
    –machine-readable

    Instead of the normal output intended for human consumption, write (to standard output) a fixed format more suitable for machine parsing. See the MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT section below.

    -
    –no-execute-actions
    +
    –no-execute-actions

    Suppress the execution of the execute actions as defined in the tlpsrc files. Documented only for completeness, as this is only useful in debugging.

    -
    –package-logfile file
    +
    –package-logfile file

    tlmgr logs all package actions (install, remove, update, failed updates, failed restores) to a separate log file, by default @@ -4231,16 +4298,16 @@ updates, failed restores) to a separate log file, by default different file for the log.

    -
    –pause
    +
    –pause

    This option makes tlmgr wait for user input before exiting. Useful on Windows to avoid disappearing command windows.

    -
    –persistent-downloads
    +
    –persistent-downloads
    -
    –no-persistent-downloads
    +
    –no-persistent-downloads

    For network-based installations, this option (on by default) makes tlmgr try to set up a persistent connection (using the LWP Perl @@ -4252,24 +4319,24 @@ download for each package. disable these persistent connections, use --no-persistent-downloads.

    -
    –pin-file
    +
    –pin-file

    Change the pinning file location from TEXMFLOCAL/tlpkg/pinning.txt (see Pinning below). Documented only for completeness, as this is only useful in debugging.

    -
    –usermode
    +
    –usermode

    Activates user mode for this run of tlmgr; see USER MODE below.

    -
    –usertree dir
    +
    –usertree dir

    Uses dir for the tree in user mode; see USER MODE below.

    -
    –verify-repo=[none|main|all]
    +
    –verify-repo=[none|main|all]

    Defines the level of verification done: If none is specified, no verification whatsoever is done. If main is given and a working GnuPG @@ -4291,79 +4358,52 @@ release and about the tlmgr script itself. If -v is a revision number for the loaded TeX Live Perl modules are shown, too.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6 ACTIONS

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.1 help

    @@ -4375,9 +4415,11 @@ always be detected, but you can set the NOPERLDOC environment variable and perldoc will not be used.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.2 version

    @@ -4386,17 +4428,19 @@ Next: , Previou

    If -v has been given the revisions of the used modules are reported, too.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.3 backup

    -
    backup [option...] –all
    +
    backup [option...] –all
    -
    backup [option...] pkg...
    +
    backup [option...] pkg...

    If the --clean option is not specified, this action makes a backup of the given packages, or all packages given --all. These backups are @@ -4417,21 +4461,21 @@ the option action.

    Options:

    -
    –backupdir directory
    +
    –backupdir directory

    Overrides the backupdir option setting in the TLPDB. The directory argument is required and must specify an existing, writable directory where backups are to be placed.

    -
    –all
    +
    –all

    If --clean is not specified, make a backup of all packages in the TeX Live installation; this will take quite a lot of space and time. If --clean is specified, all packages are pruned.

    -
    –clean[=N]
    +
    –clean[=N]

    Instead of making backups, prune the backup directory of old backups, as explained above. The optional integer argument N overrides the @@ -4439,7 +4483,7 @@ explained above. The optional integer argument N overrides the of packages together with this option, as desired.

    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually backed up or removed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal. @@ -4451,9 +4495,11 @@ performed are written to the terminal.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.4 candidates pkg

    @@ -4461,9 +4507,11 @@ Next: MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES below.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.5 check [option...] [depends|executes|files|runfiles|texmfdbs|all]

    @@ -4472,7 +4520,7 @@ If no problems are found, there will be no output. (To get a view of what is being done, run tlmgr -v check.)

    -
    depends
    +
    depends

    Lists those packages which occur as dependencies in an installed collection, but are themselves not installed, and those packages which are not @@ -4482,41 +4530,41 @@ contained in any collection. instead since former versions for tlmgr called it that way.

    -
    executes
    +
    executes

    Check that the files referred to by execute directives in the TeX Live Database are present.

    -
    files
    +
    files

    Checks that all files listed in the local TLPDB (texlive.tlpdb) are actually present, and lists those missing.

    -
    runfiles
    +
    runfiles

    List those filenames that are occurring more than one time in the runfiles sections, except for known duplicates.

    -
    texmfdbs
    +
    texmfdbs

    Checks related to the ls-R files. If you have defined new trees, or changed the TEXMF or TEXMFDBS variables, it can’t hurt to run this. It checks that:

    -
    - all items in TEXMFDBS have the !! prefix.
    +
    - all items in TEXMFDBS have the !! prefix.
    -
    - all items in TEXMFBDS have an ls-R file (if they exist at all).
    +
    - all items in TEXMFBDS have an ls-R file (if they exist at all).
    -
    - all items in TEXMF with !! are listed in TEXMFDBS.
    +
    - all items in TEXMF with !! are listed in TEXMFDBS.
    -
    - all items in TEXMF with an ls-R file are listed in TEXMFDBS.
    +
    - all items in TEXMF with an ls-R file are listed in TEXMFDBS.
    @@ -4527,7 +4575,7 @@ this. It checks that:

    Options:

    -
    –use-svn
    +
    –use-svn

    Use the output of svn status instead of listing the files; for checking the TL development repository. (This is run nightly.) @@ -4536,17 +4584,19 @@ checking the TL development repository. (This is run nightly.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.6 conf

    -
    conf [texmf|tlmgr|updmap [–conffile file] [–delete] [key [value]]]
    +
    conf [texmf|tlmgr|updmap [–conffile file] [–delete] [key [value]]]
    -
    conf auxtrees [–conffile file] [show|add|remove] [value]
    +
    conf auxtrees [–conffile file] [show|add|remove] [value]

    With only conf, show general configuration information for TeX Live, including active configuration files, path settings, and more. This is @@ -4600,9 +4650,11 @@ breakage is possible.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.7 dump-tlpdb [option...] [–json]

    @@ -4613,17 +4665,17 @@ output is analogous to the --machine-readable output; see

    Options:

    -
    –local
    +
    –local

    Dump the local TLPDB.

    -
    –remote
    +
    –remote

    Dump the remote TLPDB.

    -
    –json
    +
    –json

    Instead of dumping the actual content, the database is dumped as JSON. For the format of JSON output see tlpkg/doc/JSON-formats.txt, @@ -4645,23 +4697,25 @@ location, in this format:

    Line endings may be either LF or CRLF depending on the current platform.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.8 generate

    -
    generate [option...] language
    +
    generate [option...] language
    -
    generate [option...] language.dat
    +
    generate [option...] language.dat
    -
    generate [option...] language.def
    +
    generate [option...] language.def
    -
    generate [option...] language.dat.lua
    +
    generate [option...] language.dat.lua
    @@ -4726,7 +4780,7 @@ extension recreates only that given language file.

    Options:

    -
    –dest output_file
    +
    –dest output_file

    specifies the output file (defaults to the respective location in TEXMFSYSVAR). If --dest is given to generate language, it @@ -4738,13 +4792,13 @@ overwriting; if you want a specific name for each output file, we recommend invoking tlmgr twice.)

    -
    –localcfg local_conf_file
    +
    –localcfg local_conf_file

    specifies the (optional) local additions (defaults to the respective location in TEXMFLOCAL).

    -
    –rebuild-sys
    +
    –rebuild-sys

    tells tlmgr to run necessary programs after config files have been regenerated. These are: @@ -4768,29 +4822,33 @@ succession before invoking these programs. tex/generic/config/language.dat.lua (and language-local.dat.lua)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.9 gui

    Start the graphical user interface. See GUI below.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.10 info

    -
    info [option...] pkg...
    +
    info [option...] pkg...
    -
    info [option...] collections
    +
    info [option...] collections
    -
    info [option...] schemes
    +
    info [option...] schemes

    With no argument, lists all packages available at the package repository, prefixing those already installed with i. @@ -4825,7 +4883,7 @@ but are still supported for backward compatibility.

    Options:

    -
    –list
    +
    –list

    If the option --list is given with a package, the list of contained files is also shown, including those for platform-specific dependencies. @@ -4833,13 +4891,13 @@ When given with schemes and collections, --list outputs their dependencies in a similar way.

    -
    –only-installed
    +
    –only-installed

    If this option is given, the installation source will not be used; only locally installed packages, collections, or schemes are listed.

    -
    –only-remote
    +
    –only-remote

    Only list packages from the remote repository. Useful when checking what is available in a remote repository using @@ -4847,10 +4905,10 @@ is available in a remote repository using --only-installed and --only-remote cannot both be specified.

    -
    –data item1,item2,...
    +
    –data item1,item2,...
    -

    If the option --data is given, its argument must be a comma separated -list of field names from: name, category, localrev, +

    If the option --data is given, its argument must be a comma or colon +separated list of field names from: name, category, localrev, remoterev, shortdesc, longdesc, installed, size, relocatable, depends, cat-version, cat-date, cat-license, plus various cat-contact-* fields (see below). @@ -4873,7 +4931,7 @@ may be empty or a url value. A brief description is on the CTAN upload page for new packages: https://ctan.org/upload.

    -
    –json
    +
    –json

    In case --json is specified, the output is a JSON encoded array where each array element is the JSON representation of a single TLPOBJ but @@ -4888,9 +4946,11 @@ with additional information. For details see


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.11 init-usertree

    @@ -4899,9 +4959,11 @@ default user tree (TEXMFHOME), or one specified on the command line with --usertree. See USER MODE below.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.12 install [option...] pkg...

    @@ -4913,33 +4975,33 @@ action for how to get the latest version of a package. dependent. Options:

    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal.

    -
    –file
    +
    –file

    Instead of fetching a package from the installation repository, use the package files given on the command line. These files must be standard TeX Live package files (with contained tlpobj file).

    -
    –force
    +
    –force

    If updates to tlmgr itself (or other parts of the basic infrastructure) are present, tlmgr will bail out and not perform the installation unless this option is given. Not recommended.

    -
    –no-depends
    +
    –no-depends

    Do not install dependencies. (By default, installing a package ensures that all dependencies of this package are fulfilled.)

    -
    –no-depends-at-all
    +
    –no-depends-at-all

    Normally, when you install a package which ships binary files the respective binary package will also be installed. That is, for a @@ -4949,7 +5011,7 @@ implies --no-depends. Don’t use it unless you are sure of wh are doing.

    -
    –reinstall
    +
    –reinstall

    Reinstall a package (including dependencies for collections) even if it already seems to be installed (i.e, is present in the TLPDB). This is @@ -4959,10 +5021,10 @@ useful to recover from accidental removal of files in the hierarchy. (i.e., not those of category Scheme or Collection).

    -
    –with-doc
    +
    –with-doc
    -
    –with-src
    +
    –with-src

    While not recommended, the install-tl program provides an option to omit installation of all documentation and/or source files. (By @@ -4981,20 +5043,22 @@ directories; you need to run tlmgr path add ( you are using this feature and want new symlinks added.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.13 key

    -
    key list
    +
    key list
    -
    key add file
    +
    key add file
    -
    key remove keyid
    +
    key remove keyid

    The action key allows listing, adding and removing additional GPG keys to the set of trusted keys, that is, those that are used to verify @@ -5014,29 +5078,33 @@ from the local keyring.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.14 list

    Synonym for info.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.15 option

    -
    option [–json] [show]
    +
    option [–json] [show]
    -
    option [–json] showall|help
    +
    option [–json] showall|help
    -
    option key [value]
    +
    option key [value]
    @@ -5079,7 +5147,7 @@ the definitive list): get further updates from the Internet, after originally installing from DVD. To do this, you can run

    -
     tlmgr option repository http://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
    +
     tlmgr option repository https://mirror.ctan.org/systems/texlive/tlnet
     

    The install-tl documentation has more information about the possible values for repository. (For backward compatibility, location can @@ -5137,20 +5205,22 @@ to the registry and the menus are done for all users on the system instead of only the current user. All three options are on by default.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.16 paper

    -
    paper [a4|letter]
    +
    paper [a4|letter]
    -
    <[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|context|psutils] paper [papersize|–list]>
    +
    <[xdvi|pdftex|dvips|dvipdfmx|context|psutils] paper [papersize|–list]>
    -
    paper –json
    +
    paper –json
    @@ -5184,17 +5254,19 @@ some programs, notably dvips. tlmgr does not support settings.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.17 path

    -
    path [–w32mode=user|admin] add
    +
    path [–w32mode=user|admin] add
    -
    path [–w32mode=user|admin] remove
    +
    path [–w32mode=user|admin] remove

    On Unix, adds or removes symlinks for executables, man pages, and info pages in the system directories specified by the respective options (see @@ -5227,33 +5299,35 @@ is issued that the caller does not have enough privileges.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.18 pinning

    The pinning action manages the pinning file, see Pinning below.

    -
    pinning show
    +
    pinning show

    Shows the current pinning data.

    -
    pinning add repo pkgglob...
    +
    pinning add repo pkgglob...

    Pins the packages matching the pkgglob(s) to the repository repo.

    -
    pinning remove repo pkgglob...
    +
    pinning remove repo pkgglob...

    Any packages recorded in the pinning file matching the <pkgglob>s for the given repository repo are removed.

    -
    pinning remove repo --all
    +
    pinning remove repo --all

    Remove all pinning data for repository repo.

    @@ -5261,20 +5335,22 @@ the given repository repo are removed.

    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.19 platform

    -
    platform list|add|remove platform...
    +
    platform list|add|remove platform...
    -
    platform set platform
    +
    platform set platform
    -
    platform set auto
    +
    platform set auto

    platform list lists the TeX Live names of all the platforms (a.k.a. architectures), (i386-linux, ...) available at the package @@ -5300,7 +5376,7 @@ platform instead of auto detection.

    Options:

    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal. @@ -5312,17 +5388,19 @@ written to the terminal.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.20 postaction

    -
    postaction [option...] install [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [pkg...]
    +
    postaction [option...] install [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [pkg...]
    -
    postaction [option...] remove [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [pkg...]
    +
    postaction [option...] remove [shortcut|fileassoc|script] [pkg...]

    Carry out the postaction shortcut, fileassoc, or script given as the second required argument in install or remove mode (which is the @@ -5332,7 +5410,7 @@ line, or for all if --all is given.

    Options:

    -
    –w32mode=[user|admin]
    +
    –w32mode=[user|admin]

    If the option --w32mode is given the value user, all actions will only be carried out in the user-accessible parts of the @@ -5341,7 +5419,7 @@ parts of the registry for the file associations. If you do not have enough permissions, using --w32mode=admin will not succeed.

    -
    –fileassocmode=[1|2]
    +
    –fileassocmode=[1|2]

    --fileassocmode specifies the action for file associations. If it is set to 1 (the default), only new associations are added; if it is set to @@ -5349,7 +5427,7 @@ set to 1 (the default), only new associations are added; if it is set to option fileassocs.)

    -
    –all
    +
    –all

    Carry out the postactions for all packages

    @@ -5360,9 +5438,11 @@ set to 1 (the default), only new associations are added; if it is set to

    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.21 print-platform

    @@ -5371,9 +5451,11 @@ Next:

    B.6.22 print-platform-info

    @@ -5381,9 +5463,11 @@ Next:
    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.23 remove [option...] pkg...

    @@ -5393,35 +5477,35 @@ collection dependencies of that collection. However, when removing a package, dependencies are never removed. Options:

    -
    –all
    +
    –all

    Uninstalls all of TeX Live, asking for confirmation unless --force is also specified.

    -
    –backup
    +
    –backup
    -
    –backupdir directory
    +
    –backupdir directory
    -

    These options behave just as with the (update)update action (q.v.), except they apply to making +

    These options behave just as with the (update)update action (q.v.), except they apply to making backups of packages before they are removed. The default is to make such a backup, that is, to save a copy of packages before removal.

    The restore action explains how to restore from a backup.

    -
    –no-depends
    +
    –no-depends

    Do not remove dependent packages.

    -
    –no-depends-at-all
    +
    –no-depends-at-all

    See above under install (and beware).

    -
    –force
    +
    –force

    By default, removal of a package or collection that is a dependency of another collection or scheme is not allowed. With this option, the @@ -5433,7 +5517,7 @@ updated, and will be mentioned as forcibly removed in the output of tlmgr update --list.

    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually removed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal. @@ -5441,36 +5525,39 @@ written to the terminal.

    -

    This action does not automatically remove symlinks to executables from -system directories; you need to run tlmgr path remove (path) -yourself if you are using this feature and want stale symlinks removed. +

    Except with --all, this remove action does not automatically +remove symlinks to executables from system directories; you need to run +tlmgr path remove (path) yourself if you remove an individual +package with a symlink in a system directory.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.6.24 repository

    -
    repository list
    +
    repository list
    -
    repository list path|url|tag
    +
    repository list path|url|tag
    -
    repository add path [tag]
    +
    repository add path [tag]
    -
    repository remove path|tag
    +
    repository remove path|tag
    -
    repository set path[#tag] [path[#tag] ...]
    +
    repository set path[#tag] [path[#tag] ...]
    -
    repository status
    +
    repository status
    -

    This action manages the list of repositories. See (MULTIPLE_REPOSITORIES) below for detailed explanations. +

    This action manages the list of repositories. See (MULTIPLE_REPOSITORIES) below for detailed explanations.

    The first form, repository list, lists all configured repositories and the respective tags if set. If a path, url, or tag is given after @@ -5492,7 +5579,7 @@ loaded repositories with the format of one repository per line with fields separated by a single space:

    -
    The tag (which can be the same as the url);
    +
    The tag (which can be the same as the url);

    = the url;

    @@ -5515,17 +5602,19 @@ otherwise, all operations will fail!

    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: ACTIONS   [Contents][Index]

    B.6.25 restore

    -
    restore [option...] pkg [rev]
    +
    restore [option...] pkg [rev]
    -
    restore [option...] –all
    +
    restore [option...] –all

    Restore a package from a previously-made backup.

    @@ -5545,31 +5634,31 @@ specified, try to restore the package from the specified backup.

    Options:

    -
    –all
    +
    –all

    Try to restore the latest revision of all package backups found in the backup directory. Additional non-option arguments (like pkg) are not allowed.

    -
    –backupdir directory
    +
    –backupdir directory

    Specify the directory where the backups are to be found. If not given it will be taken from the configuration setting in the TLPDB.

    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually restored; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal.

    -
    –force
    +
    –force

    Don’t ask questions.

    -
    –json
    +
    –json

    When listing backups, the option --json turn on JSON output. The format is an array of JSON objects (name, rev, date). @@ -5583,20 +5672,22 @@ If both --json and --data are given, --json


    -
    +
    +
    -
    –dry-run
    +
    –dry-run

    Nothing is actually installed; instead, the actions to be performed are written to the terminal. This is a more detailed report than --list.

    -
    –list [pkg]
    +
    –list [pkg]

    Concisely list the packages which would be updated, newly installed, or removed, without actually changing anything. @@ -5817,7 +5916,7 @@ If neither --all nor --self is given, but specific pac given, those packages are checked for updates.

    -
    –exclude pkg
    +
    –exclude pkg

    Exclude pkg from the update process. If this option is given more than once, its arguments accumulate. @@ -5839,7 +5938,7 @@ supported in these circumstances. the key update-exclude.

    -
    –no-auto-remove [pkg...]
    +
    –no-auto-remove [pkg...]

    By default, tlmgr tries to remove packages in an existing collection which have disappeared on the server, as described above under --all. @@ -5849,7 +5948,7 @@ inconsistent TeX installation, since packages are not infrequently renamed or replaced by their authors. Therefore this is not recommended.

    -
    –no-auto-install [pkg...]
    +
    –no-auto-install [pkg...]

    Under normal circumstances tlmgr will install packages which are new on the server, as described above under --all. This option prevents @@ -5872,7 +5971,7 @@ server, then option is not recommended.

    -
    –reinstall-forcibly-removed
    +
    –reinstall-forcibly-removed

    Under normal circumstances tlmgr will not install packages that have been forcibly removed by the user; that is, removed with remove @@ -5886,10 +5985,10 @@ installation with the server’s idea of what is available:

      tlmgr update --reinstall-forcibly-removed --all
     
    -
    –backup
    +
    –backup
    -
    –backupdir directory
    +
    –backupdir directory

    These two options control the creation of backups of packages before updating; that is, backing up packages as currently installed. If @@ -5912,19 +6011,19 @@ incompatibility.

    The restore action explains how to restore from a backup.

    -
    –no-depends
    +
    –no-depends

    If you call for updating a package normally all depending packages will also be checked for updates and updated if necessary. This switch suppresses this behavior.

    -
    –no-depends-at-all
    +
    –no-depends-at-all

    See above under install (and beware).

    -
    –force
    +
    –force

    Force update of normal packages, without updating tlmgr itself (unless the --self option is also given). Not recommended. @@ -5950,9 +6049,12 @@ directories; you need to run tlmgr path y this feature and want new symlinks added.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.7 CONFIGURATION FILE FOR TLMGR

    @@ -5977,67 +6079,63 @@ ignored. All other lines must look like:

    The allowed keys are:

    -
    auto-remove, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    -
    +
    auto-remove = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    +
    -
    gui-expertmode, value 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings.
    -
    +
    gui-expertmode = 0 or 1 (default 1). This switches between the full GUI and a simplified GUI with only the most common settings.
    +
    -
    gui-lang llcode, with a language code value as with the command-line option.
    -
    +
    gui-lang = llcode, with a language code value as with the command-line option.
    +
    -
    no-checksums, value 0 or 1 (default 0, see below).
    -
    +
    no-checksums = 0 or 1 (default 0, see below).
    +
    -
    persistent-downloads, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    -
    +
    persistent-downloads = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    +
    -
    require-verification, value 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option.
    -
    +
    require-verification = 0 or 1 (default 0), same as command-line option.
    +
    -
    tkfontscale, value any float. Controls the scaling of fonts in the Tk based frontends.
    -
    +
    tkfontscale = floating-point number (default 1.0); scaling factor for fonts in the Tk-based frontends.
    +
    -
    update-exclude, value: comma-separated list of packages (no space allowed). Same as the command line option --exclude for the action update.
    -
    +
    update-exclude = comma-separated list of packages (no spaces allowed). Same as the command line option --exclude for the update action.
    +
    -
    verify-downloads, value 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    -
    +
    verify-downloads = 0 or 1 (default 1), same as command-line option.
    +

    The system-wide config file can contain one additional key:

    -
    allowed-actions action1 [,action,...] The value is a comma-separated list of tlmgr actions which are allowed to be executed when tlmgr is invoked in system mode (that is, without --usermode).
    -
    -

    This allows distributors to include the tlmgr in their packaging, but -allow only a restricted set of actions that do not interfere with their -distro package manager. For native TeX Live installations, it doesn’t -make sense to set this. -

    +
    allowed-actions = action1[,action2,...] The value is a comma-separated list (no spaces) of tlmgr actions which are allowed to be executed when tlmgr is invoked in system mode (that is, without --usermode). This allows distributors to include tlmgr in their packaging, but allow only a restricted set of actions that do not interfere with their distro package manager. For native TeX Live installations, it doesn’t make sense to set this.
    +
    -

    The no-checksums key needs more explanation. By default, package -checksums computed and stored on the server (in the TLPDB) are compared -to checksums computed locally after downloading. no-checksums -disables this process. -

    -

    The checksum algorithm is SHA-512. Your system must have one of (looked -for in this order) the Perl Digest::SHA module, the openssl -program (https://openssl.org), the sha512sum program (from GNU -Coreutils, https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils), or finally the -shasum program (just to support old Macs). If none of these are -available, a warning is issued and tlmgr proceeds without checking -checksums. (Incidentally, other SHA implementations, such as the pure -Perl and pure Lua modules, are much too slow to be usable in our -context.) no-checksums avoids the warning. +

    Finally, the no-checksums key needs more explanation. By default, +package checksums computed and stored on the server (in the TLPDB) are +compared to checksums computed locally after downloading. +no-checksums disables this process. The checksum algorithm is +SHA-512. Your system must have one of (looked for in this order) the +Perl Digest::SHA module, the openssl program +(https://openssl.org), the sha512sum program (from GNU Coreutils, +https://www.gnu.org/software/coreutils), or finally the shasum +program (just to support old Macs). If none of these are available, a +warning is issued and tlmgr proceeds without checking checksums. +no-checksums avoids the warning. (Incidentally, other SHA +implementations, such as the pure Perl and pure Lua modules, are much +too slow to be usable in our context.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.8 CRYPTOGRAPHIC VERIFICATION

    @@ -6077,15 +6175,15 @@ of these keys are obtainable from the standard key servers.

    Additional trusted keys can be added using the key action.

    - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.8.1 Configuration of GnuPG invocation

    @@ -6099,9 +6197,12 @@ value for --homedir, and TL_GNUPGARGS, which replaces options --no-secmem-warning --no-permission-warning.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.9 USER MODE

    @@ -6157,19 +6258,17 @@ installed into a user tree.

    Description of changes of actions in user mode:

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.9.1 User mode install

    @@ -6192,9 +6291,11 @@ the user’s updmap.cfg in USERTREE/web2c/ is made regenerated from the list of installed packages.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.9.2 User mode backup, restore, remove, update

    @@ -6203,20 +6304,24 @@ installed in the user tree before proceeding; otherwise, they behave just as in normal mode.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.9.3 User mode generate, option, paper

    In user mode, these actions operate only on the user tree’s configuration files and/or texlive.tlpdb. -creates configuration files in user tree


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: tlmgr   [Contents][Index]

    B.10 MULTIPLE REPOSITORIES

    @@ -6249,15 +6354,15 @@ anything from there. You also have to specify which packages should be taken from the new repository, by specifying so-called “pinning” rules, described next.

    - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.10.1 Pinning

    @@ -6320,9 +6425,12 @@ from a given repository:

    A summary of tlmgr pinning actions is given above.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.11 GUI FOR TLMGR

    @@ -6354,35 +6462,31 @@ repository. To load a different repository, see the tlmgr menu ite

    Finally, the status area at the bottom of the window gives additional information about what is going on.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.11.1 Main display

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.11.1.1 Display configuration area

    @@ -6391,34 +6495,34 @@ packages are shown. By default, all are shown. Changes here are reflected right away.

    -
    Status
    +
    Status

    Select whether to show all packages (the default), only those installed, only those not installed, or only those with update available.

    -
    Category
    +
    Category

    Select which categories are shown: packages, collections, and/or schemes. These are briefly explained in the DESCRIPTION section above.

    -
    Match
    +
    Match

    Select packages matching for a specific pattern. By default, this searches both descriptions and filenames. You can also select a subset for searching.

    -
    Selection
    +
    Selection

    Select packages to those selected, those not selected, or all. Here, “selected” means that the checkbox in the beginning of the line of a package is ticked.

    -
    Display configuration buttons
    +
    Display configuration buttons

    To the right there are three buttons: select all packages, select none (a.k.a. deselect all), and reset all these filters to the defaults, @@ -6428,9 +6532,11 @@ i.e., show all available.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.11.1.2 Package list area

    @@ -6444,18 +6550,18 @@ further details: the long description, included files, etc.

    Each line of the package list consists of the following items:

    -
    a checkbox
    +
    a checkbox

    Used to select particular packages; some of the action buttons (see below) work only on the selected packages.

    -
    package name
    +
    package name

    The name (identifier) of the package as given in the database.

    -
    local revision (and version)
    +
    local revision (and version)

    If the package is installed the TeX Live revision number for the installed package will be shown. If there is a catalogue version given @@ -6464,7 +6570,7 @@ However, the catalogue version, unlike the TL revision, is not guaranteed to reflect what is actually installed.

    -
    remote revision (and version)
    +
    remote revision (and version)

    If a repository has been loaded the revision of the package in the repository (if present) is shown. As with the local column, if a @@ -6472,7 +6578,7 @@ catalogue version is provided it will be displayed. And also as with the local column, the catalogue version may be stale.

    -
    short description
    +
    short description

    The short description of the package.

    @@ -6480,16 +6586,18 @@ the local column, the catalogue version may be stale.

    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.11.1.3 Main display action buttons

    Below the list of packages are several buttons:

    -
    Update all installed
    +
    Update all installed

    This calls tlmgr update --all, i.e., tries to update all available packages. Below this button is a toggle to allow reinstallation of @@ -6499,26 +6607,26 @@ previously removed packages as part of this action. where the checkbox at the beginning of the package line is ticked.

    -
    Update
    +
    Update

    Update only the selected packages.

    -
    Install
    +
    Install

    Install the selected packages; acts like tlmgr install, i.e., also installs dependencies. Thus, installing a collection installs all its constituent packages.

    -
    Remove
    +
    Remove

    Removes the selected packages; acts like tlmgr remove, i.e., it will also remove dependencies of collections (but not dependencies of normal packages).

    -
    Backup
    +
    Backup

    Makes a backup of the selected packages; acts like tlmgr backup. This action needs the option backupdir set (see Options - General>). @@ -6527,16 +6635,19 @@ action needs the option backupdir set (see Options - G


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.11.2 Menu bar

    The following entries can be found in the menu bar:

    -
    tlmgr menu
    +
    tlmgr menu

    The items here load various repositories: the default as specified in the TeX Live database, the default network repository, the repository @@ -6544,7 +6655,7 @@ specified on the command line (if any), and an arbitrarily manually-entered one. Also has the so-necessary quit operation.

    -
    Options menu
    +
    Options menu

    Provides access to several groups of options: Paper (configuration of default paper sizes), Platforms (only on Unix, configuration of the @@ -6564,7 +6675,7 @@ choices of what is or isn’t installed may lead to an inconsistent TeX Live installation; e.g., when a package is renamed.

    -
    Actions menu
    +
    Actions menu

    Provides access to several actions: update the filename database (aka ls-R, mktexlsr, texhash), rebuild all formats (fmtutil-sys @@ -6576,7 +6687,7 @@ Windows). on Windows).

    -
    Help menu
    +
    Help menu

    Provides access to the TeX Live manual (also on the web at https://tug.org/texlive/doc.html) and the usual “About” box. @@ -6585,9 +6696,11 @@ on Windows).


    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.11.3 GUI options

    @@ -6595,30 +6708,30 @@ Previous: , control the display:

    -
    -background color
    +
    -background color

    Set background color.

    -
    -font " fontname fontsize "
    +
    -font " fontname fontsize "

    Set font, e.g., tlmgr gui -font "helvetica 18". The argument to -font must be quoted, i.e., passed as a single string.

    -
    -foreground color
    +
    -foreground color

    Set foreground color.

    -
    -geometry geomspec
    +
    -geometry geomspec

    Set the X geometry, e.g., tlmgr gui -geometry 1024x512-0+0 creates the window of (approximately) the given size in the upper-right corner of the display.

    -
    -xrm xresource
    +
    -xrm xresource

    Pass the arbitrary X resource string xresource.

    @@ -6630,9 +6743,12 @@ the Perl/Tk documentation (https:// complete list, and any X documentation for general information.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.12 MACHINE-READABLE OUTPUT

    @@ -6647,17 +6763,16 @@ information it needs by reading stdout. install, and option actions.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    B.12.1 Machine-readable update and install output

    @@ -6687,14 +6802,14 @@ and the estimated total time.

    Line endings may be either LF or CRLF depending on the current platform.

    -
    location-url location
    +
    location-url location

    The location may be a url (including file:///foo/bar/...), or a directory name (/foo/bar). It is the package repository from which the new package information was drawn.

    -
    total-bytes count
    +
    total-bytes count

    The count is simply a decimal number, the sum of the sizes of all the packages that need updating or installing (which are listed subsequently). @@ -6709,54 +6824,54 @@ reports on one package. The fields on each line are separated by a tab. Here are the fields.

    -
    pkgname
    +
    pkgname

    The TeX Live package identifier, with a possible platform suffix for executables. For instance, pdftex and pdftex.i386-linux are given as two separate packages, one on each line.

    -
    status
    +
    status

    The status of the package update. One character, as follows:

    -
    d
    +
    d

    The package was removed on the server.

    -
    f
    +
    f

    The package was removed in the local installation, even though a collection depended on it. (E.g., the user ran tlmgr remove --force.)

    -
    u
    +
    u

    Normal update is needed.

    -
    r
    +
    r

    Reversed non-update: the locally-installed version is newer than the version on the server.

    -
    a
    +
    a

    Automatically-determined need for installation, the package is new on the server and is (most probably) part of an installed collection.

    -
    i
    +
    i

    Package will be installed and isn’t present in the local installation (action install).

    -
    I
    +
    I

    Package is already present but will be reinstalled (action install).

    @@ -6764,30 +6879,30 @@ the server and is (most probably) part of an installed collection.
    -
    localrev
    +
    localrev

    The revision number of the installed package, or - if it is not present locally.

    -
    serverrev
    +
    serverrev

    The revision number of the package on the server, or - if it is not present on the server.

    -
    size
    +
    size

    The size in bytes of the package on the server. The sum of all the package sizes is given in the total-bytes header field mentioned above.

    -
    runtime
    +
    runtime

    The run time since start of installations or updates.

    -
    esttot
    +
    esttot

    The estimated total time.

    @@ -6795,9 +6910,11 @@ package sizes is given in the total-bytes header field mentioned ab

    -
    +
    +
    +

    B.12.2 Machine-readable option output

    @@ -6811,9 +6928,12 @@ Previous:
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    B.13 ENVIRONMENT VARIABLES

    @@ -6825,7 +6945,7 @@ following environment variables. These are not of interest for normal user installations.

    -
    TEXLIVE_COMPRESSOR
    +
    TEXLIVE_COMPRESSOR

    This variable allows selecting a different compressor program for backups and intermediate rollback containers. The order of selection is: @@ -6848,13 +6968,13 @@ are preferred. The unconditional use of xz for the tlnet containers is unaffected, to minimize download sizes.

    -
    TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER
    +
    TEXLIVE_DOWNLOADER
    -
    TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM
    +
    TL_DOWNLOAD_PROGRAM
    -
    TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS
    +
    TL_DOWNLOAD_ARGS

    These options allow selecting different download programs then the ones automatically selected by the installer. The order of selection is: @@ -6881,7 +7001,7 @@ efficient method, as it supports persistent downloads). download method should always be available.

    -
    TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN
    +
    TEXLIVE_PREFER_OWN

    By default, compression and download programs provided by the system, i.e., found along PATH are preferred over those shipped with TeX @@ -6904,9 +7024,11 @@ regardless of any setting.


    -
    +
    + +
    +

    -Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Previous: , Up: Building TeX Live (2022)   [Contents][Index]

    Index

    - - + + + + + + + - + @@ -5429,10 +5415,10 @@ Previous: , Up: - + - + @@ -5551,6 +5537,7 @@ Previous: , Up: + @@ -5697,7 +5684,9 @@ Previous: , Up: + + @@ -5774,6 +5763,7 @@ Previous: , Up: + @@ -6049,6 +6039,7 @@ Previous: , Up: + @@ -6085,6 +6076,7 @@ Previous: , Up: + @@ -6196,13 +6188,17 @@ Previous: , Up: 2   -8 +3 +   +6   -\ +8   -^ +\   -~ +^ +   +~  
    A @@ -6257,7 +6253,8 @@ Previous: , Up:
    Jump to:   - + - + + + + @@ -7018,7 +7150,7 @@ Previous: , Up: --enable-xindy-rules: - + @@ -7043,6 +7175,7 @@ Previous: , Up: A + @@ -7068,7 +7201,6 @@ Previous: , Up: build on demand: - @@ -7110,6 +7242,7 @@ Previous: , Up: configure options, global: + @@ -7139,9 +7272,10 @@ Previous: , Up: dvipdfm-x: + - + @@ -7149,12 +7283,11 @@ Previous: , Up: extern functions: - - + @@ -7172,9 +7305,13 @@ Previous: , Up: GNU/Linux distro: + + + + @@ -7305,15 +7442,16 @@ Previous: , Up: Preining, Norbert: - + + @@ -7346,6 +7484,8 @@ Previous: , Up: tests, running: + + @@ -7400,7 +7540,9 @@ Previous: , Up: zlib library:
    Jump to:   $ +   +-  
    A @@ -6941,6 +7068,8 @@ Previous: , Up: G   +H +   I   K @@ -6975,7 +7104,10 @@ Previous: , Up:
    Index Entry  Section

    -
    $
    $@ target in normal make rules: Prerequisites

    -
    --bindir configure option: --prefix --bindir
    --bindir configure option: --enable-multiplatform
    --build=host: Cross configuring
     Configure options for utils/xindy
    --host=host: Cross configuring
    --libdir configure option: --enable-multiplatform
    --no-clean Build option: Build problems
    --no-print-directory GNU make option: Build one engine
    --prefix configure option: --prefix --bindir
    --with-banner-add=str: Configure options for texk/web2c
    --with-clisp-runtime=filename: Configure options for utils/xindy
    ac/withenable.ac: Adding a new program module
    adapting TeX Live for distros: Distro builds
    adding a new engine: Adding a new engine
    adding a new generic library: Adding a new generic library module
    adding a new program: Adding a new program module
    adding a new TeX-specific library: Adding a new TeX-specific library module
     Build one package
    build one engine: Build one engine
    build one package: Build one package
    build problems: Build problems
    Build script: Building
    build system, design of: Overview of build system
    build-aux/ top-level directory: Top-level directories
     Global configure options
    configure options, library-specific: Library-specific configure options
    configure options, program-specific: Program-specific configure options
    configure problems, work around by removing: Build one package
    configure variables: Variables for configure
    configure.ac: Adding a new program module
    configuring, for cross compilation: Cross configuring
     Configure options for texk/dvipdfm-x
    dvipdfmx: Configure options for texk/dvipdfm-x
    dvisvgm: Configure options for texk/dvisvgm
    dvisvgm, requires C++11: Prerequisites

    E
    engine, adding new: Adding a new program module
    engine, adding new: Adding a new engine
    engine, building one: Build one engine
    environment variables, for configure: Configure options
    exec_prefix: --enable-multiplatform
     Declarations and definitions

    F
    failure to build: Build problems
    flags, macros for library and header: Macros for library and header flags
    fontconfig library, required by xetex: Prerequisites
    FreeType: Prerequisites
    freetype cross compiling: Cross problems
    freetype library: freetype library
    FreeType, requires gmake: Prerequisites
    freetype-config: freetype library
    freetype-config: Variables for configure
    FT2_CONFIG: Variables for configure
     Distro builds
    Gnulib, used for common files: Top-level directories

    H
    HarfBuzz, requires C++11: Prerequisites

    I
    ICU cross compiling: Cross problems
    ICU libraries: Variables for configure
    ICU, requires C++11: Prerequisites
    icu-config: Variables for configure
    ICU_CONFIG: Variables for configure
    infrastructure, tools needed for: Build system tools
     Distro builds
    preloaded binaries: Configure options for texk/web2c
    prerequisites for building: Prerequisites
    problems with build: Build problems
    program module, adding: Adding a new program module
    program modules: Program modules
    program-specific configure options: Program-specific configure options
    proxy build system: png library
    Python, required by ICU: Prerequisites

    R
    reautoconf: Build system tools
    reautoconf, for new program: Adding a new program module
    removing build directories: Build one package
    requirements for building: Prerequisites
    runscript.exe: Macros for Windows

     Overview of build system
    TeX-specific library module, adding: Adding a new TeX-specific library module
    texlive.tlpdb, TeX Live database: Installing
    TEXMFCNF for running standalone: Build one package
    TEXMFROOT for running standalone: Build one package
    tie: Cross problems
    timestamps, in repository: Build system tools
    TLpatches/patch-...: Adding a new program module
     zlib library

    - - -
    Jump to:   - + - - - - -
    Jump to:   $ +   +-  
    A @@ -7417,6 +7559,8 @@ Previous: , Up: G   +H +   I   K @@ -7449,7 +7593,20 @@ Previous: , Up:
    +

    Footnotes

    + +
    (1)
    +

    There is one exception in TL: the +tangle-sh and related rules use $@ to mean the target +name, a feature not present in all makes. This could be +alleviated by laborious editing, but since there’s no way to avoid GNU +make for builds of the entire tree, it does not seem worth the +trouble.

    + diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.pdf index 50a540320a5..52293aedf7c 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlbuild/tlbuild.pdf differ diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlmgr.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlmgr.html index 1ad74074a08..165f0e11d74 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlmgr.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/texlive/tlmgr.html @@ -2121,7 +2121,7 @@ other output from post actions, not in machine readable form

    This script and its documentation were written for the TeX Live distribution (https://tug.org/texlive) and both are licensed under the GNU General Public License Version 2 or later.

    -

    $Id: tlmgr.pl 61236 2021-12-06 22:13:25Z karl $

    +

    $Id: tlmgr.pl 62273 2022-02-28 08:52:17Z preining $

    diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.html b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.html index 19a32fb57dc..719e5679d72 100644 --- a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.html +++ b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.html @@ -1,10 +1,13 @@ + + + - - - Web2c: A TeX implementation @@ -29,17 +29,20 @@ except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation --> + + + @@ -66,7 +70,22 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none} - + +
    +
    +

    +Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    +
    +

    Web2c

    + +

    This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c +implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems. It +corresponds to Web2c version 2022, released in +January 2022. +

    + + +

    Table of Contents

    @@ -176,75 +195,32 @@ ul.no-bullet {list-style: none}
  • Index
  • - - -
    -

    -Next: , Up: (dir)   [Contents][Index]

    -

    Web2c

    - -

    This document describes how to install and use the programs in the Web2c -implementation of the TeX system, especially for Unix systems. It -corresponds to Web2c version 2021, released in -February 2021. -

    - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    1 Introduction

    -

    This manual corresponds to version 2021 of Web2c, released in -February 2021. +

    This manual corresponds to version 2022 of Web2c, released in +January 2022.

    -

    Web2c is the name of a TeX implementation, originally for -Unix, but now also running under various operating systems. By -TeX implementation, we mean all of the standard programs -developed by the Stanford TeX project directed by Donald E. Knuth: -Metafont, DVItype, GFtoDVI, BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX -itself. Other programs are also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter -Breitenlohner, MetaPost and its utilities (derived from Metafont), by -John Hobby, etc. +

    Web2c (also spelled Web2C) is the name of a TeX +implementation, originally for Unix, but now also running under +Windows and other operating systems. By TeX implementation, +we mean all of the standard programs developed by the Stanford TeX +project led by Donald E. Knuth: Metafont, DVItype, GFtoDVI, +BibTeX, Tangle, etc., as well as TeX itself. Other programs are +also included: DVIcopy, written by Peter Breitenlohner, MetaPost and +its utilities (derived from Metafont), by John Hobby, and many more.

    @@ -259,7 +235,7 @@ Therefore, it will not work without change on an arbitrary WEB program.

    Availability: All of Web2c is freely available—“free” both in the sense of no cost (free ice cream) and of having the source code to -modify and/or redistribute (free speech). See unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea, for the practical details of how to obtain Web2c. +modify and/or redistribute (free speech). See unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea, for the practical details of how to obtain Web2c.

    Different parts of the Web2c distribution have different licensing terms, however, reflecting the different circumstances of their @@ -268,7 +244,7 @@ practical implication for redistributors of Web2c is that most of the executables are covered by the GNU General Public License or GNU Lesser General Public License, and therefore anyone who gets a binary distribution must also be able to get the sources, as explained by the -terms of the GPL (https://gnu.org/licenses/. The GPL covers the +terms of the GPL (https://gnu.org/licenses/). The GPL covers the Web2c executables, including tex, because the Free Software Foundation sponsored the initial development of the Kpathsea library that Web2c uses. The basic source files from Stanford, however, have @@ -290,9 +266,17 @@ changed to Web-to-C somewhere in there. In 1990, Karl Berry became the maintainer. He made many changes to the original sources, and started using the shorter name Web2c. In 1997, Olaf Weber took over, and then in 2006, Karl started taking care of it again. No -significant development or changes have been needed for many -years. Dozens of other people have contributed; their names are listed -in the ChangeLog files. +significant development or changes have been needed for many years, +though dozens of other people have contributed in many ways; their +names are listed in the ChangeLog files. +

    + +

    Originally, Web2c was distributed as its own package, alongside the +original web programs from Stanford and other components. It was also +the basis for the teTeX distribution (now discontinued). Around +2004, the packaging focus shifted entirely to the TeX Live +distribution (https://tug.org/texlive/), though the same Web2c +is at the heart of the release.

    @@ -304,7 +288,7 @@ access to me for many years. Richard Stallman at the Free Software Foundation employed me while I wrote the original path searching library (for the GNU font utilities). (rms also gave us Emacs, GDB, and GCC, without which I cannot imagine developing Web2c.) And, of course, -TeX would not exist in the first place without Donald E. Knuth. +TeX would not exist in the first place without Donald E. Knuth.

    Further reading: See References. @@ -312,9 +296,11 @@ TeX would not exist in the first place without Donald E. Knuth.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    2 Installation

    @@ -326,14 +312,14 @@ Next: , Previ

    Installing Web2c is mostly the same as installing any other Kpathsea-using program. Therefore, for the basic steps involved, -see Installation in Kpathsea. (A copy is in the file +see Installation in Kpathsea. (A copy is in the file kpathsea/INSTALL.)

    One peculiarity to Web2c is that the source distribution comes in two files: web.tar.gz and web2c.tar.gz. You must retrieve and unpack them both. (We have two because the former archive contains the very large and seldom-changing original WEB source files.) -See unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea. +See unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea.

    Another peculiarity is the MetaPost program. Although it has been @@ -345,7 +331,7 @@ available under its shorter name as well, you will have to set up a link or some such yourself. And of course individual users can do the same.

    For solutions to common installation problems and information on how to -report a bug, see the file kpathsea/BUGS (see Bugs in Kpathsea). See also the Web2c home page, +report a bug, see the file kpathsea/BUGS (see Bugs in Kpathsea). See also the Web2c home page, http://www.tug.org/web2c.

    Points worth repeating: @@ -357,9 +343,9 @@ report a bug, see the file kpathsea/BUGS (see Before starting the standard compilation and installation you must install the basic fonts, macros, and other library files. -See Installation in Kpathsea. +See Installation in Kpathsea. -

  • If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see Changing +
  • If you do not wish to use the standard file locations, see Changing search paths in Kpathsea.
  • Some Web2c features are enabled or disabled at configure time, @@ -367,20 +353,17 @@ as described in the first section below.
  • - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -399,60 +382,62 @@ package-specific options come last.

    For a description of the generic options (which mainly allow you to specify installation directories) and basic configure usage, -see Running configure scripts in Autoconf, a copy is in the file kpathsea/CONFIGURE. +see Running configure scripts in Autoconf, a copy is in the file kpathsea/CONFIGURE.

    -
    --disable-dump-share
    +
    --disable-dump-share

    Do not make fmt/base/mem files sharable across different endian architectures. See Hardware and memory dumps.

    -
    --without-maketexmf-default
    -
    --without-maketexpk-default
    -
    --without-maketextfm-default
    -
    --with-maketextex-default
    -

    Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs. See mktex +

    --without-maketexmf-default
    +
    --without-maketexpk-default
    +
    --without-maketextfm-default
    +
    --with-maketextex-default
    +

    Enable or disable the dynamic generation programs. See mktex configuration in Kpathsea. The defaults are the inverse of the options, i.e., everything is enabled except mktextex.

    -
    --enable-shared
    -

    Build Kpathsea as a shared library. See Shared library in Kpathsea. +

    --enable-shared
    +

    Build Kpathsea as a shared library. See Shared library in Kpathsea.

    -
    --with-editor=cmd
    +
    --with-editor=cmd

    Change the default editor invoked by the ‘e’ interactive command. See Editor invocation.

    -
    --with-epsfwin
    -
    --with-hp2627win
    -
    --with-mftalkwin
    -
    --with-nextwin
    -
    --with-regiswin
    -
    --with-suntoolswin
    -
    --with-tektronixwin
    -
    --with-unitermwin
    -
    --with-x
    -
    --with-x-toolkit=KIT
    -
    --with-x11win
    -
    --with-x11
    +
    --with-epsfwin
    +
    --with-hp2627win
    +
    --with-mftalkwin
    +
    --with-nextwin
    +
    --with-regiswin
    +
    --with-suntoolswin
    +
    --with-tektronixwin
    +
    --with-unitermwin
    +
    --with-x
    +
    --with-x-toolkit=KIT
    +
    --with-x11win
    +
    --with-x11

    Define Metafont graphics support; by default, no graphics support is enabled. See Online Metafont graphics.

    -
    --x-includes=dir
    -
    --x-libraries=dir
    +
    --x-includes=dir
    +
    --x-libraries=dir

    Define the locations of the X11 include files and libraries; by default, -configure does its best to guess). See Optional Features in Autoconf. A copy is in kpathsea/CONFIGURE. +configure does its best to guess). See Optional Features in Autoconf. A copy is in kpathsea/CONFIGURE.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.2 Compile-time options

    @@ -470,15 +455,14 @@ simplest thing to do is:
    make XCFLAGS="ccoptions"
     

    You can also set the CFLAGS environment variable before -running configure. See configure environment in Kpathsea. +running configure. See configure environment in Kpathsea.

    Anyway, here are the possibilities:

    -
    -DFIXPT
    -
    -DNO_MF_ASM
    -
    - +
    -DFIXPT
    +
    -DNO_MF_ASM
    +
    @@ -489,17 +473,18 @@ assembly-language routines are used on x86 hardware with GNU C (unless otherwise.

    -
    -DIPC_DEBUG
    -
    -

    Report on various interprocess communication activities. See IPC and TeX. +

    -DIPC_DEBUG
    +

    Report on various interprocess communication activities. See IPC and TeX.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    2.3 Additional targets

    @@ -513,17 +498,15 @@ one containing kpathsea/ and web2c/), or in the web2c/ directory.

    -
    c-sources
    -
    - +
    c-sources
    +

    Make only the C files, translated from the Web sources, presumably because you want to take them to a non-Unix machine.

    -
    formats
    -
    install-formats
    -
    - +
    formats
    +
    install-formats
    +

    Make or install all the memory dumps (see Memory dumps). By default, the standard plain formats plus latex.fmt are made. You can add other formats by redefining the fmts, bases, and @@ -531,34 +514,30 @@ can add other formats by redefining the fmts, bases, a possibilities.

    -
    fmts
    -
    install-fmts
    -
    - +
    fmts
    +
    install-fmts
    +

    Make or install the TeX .fmt files. See Initial TeX.

    -
    bases
    -
    install-bases
    -
    - +
    bases
    +
    install-bases
    +

    Make or install the Metafont .base files. See Initial Metafont.

    -
    mems
    -
    install-mems
    -
    - +
    mems
    +
    install-mems
    +

    Make or install the MetaPost .mem files. See Initial MetaPost.

    -
    triptrap
    -
    trip
    -
    trap
    -
    mptrap
    -
    - +
    triptrap
    +
    trip
    +
    trap
    +
    mptrap
    +

    To run the torture tests for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost @@ -569,7 +548,9 @@ possibilities.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -603,7 +584,7 @@ all acceptable) are:

    Any other differences are trouble. The most common culprit in the past has been compiler bugs, especially when optimizing. -See TeX or Metafont failing in Kpathsea. +See TeX or Metafont failing in Kpathsea.

    The files trip.diffs, mftrap.diffs, and mptrap.diffs in the triptrap directory show the standard @@ -623,9 +604,12 @@ file tests/check.log if you like.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    3 Commonalities

    @@ -634,20 +618,20 @@ Next: , Pre

    Many aspects of the TeX system are the same among more than one program, so we describe those pieces together, here.

    - - - - - - +

    Another kind of commonality is the extensions to TeX that are +available across all the engines; see Extended TeX engines. +

    +
    -
    +
    + @@ -696,7 +680,9 @@ option; and specifies the filename -myfile-.
    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -709,22 +695,19 @@ Next: , Pre every program, they are described here.

    -
    --help
    -
    - +
    --help
    +

    Print a usage message listing basic usage and all available options to standard output, then exit successfully.

    -
    --verbose
    -
    - +
    --verbose
    +

    Print progress reports to standard output.

    -
    --version
    -
    - +
    --version
    +

    Print the version number to standard output, then exit successfully.

    @@ -733,19 +716,17 @@ standard output, then exit successfully. common:

    -
    -cnf-line=str
    -
    -

    Parse str as if it were a line in the texmf.cnf -configuration file, overriding all other settings. See Path +

    -cnf-line=str
    +

    Parse str as if it were a line in the texmf.cnf +configuration file, overriding all other settings. See Path searching options in Kpathsea.

    -
    -file-line-error
    +
    -file-line-error
    -
    -no-file-line-error
    -
    - +
    -no-file-line-error
    +

    Change (or do not change) the way error messages are printed. The alternate style looks like error messages from many compilers and is @@ -753,11 +734,10 @@ easier to parse for some editors that invoke TeX. This option used to be called ‘-file-line-error-style’.

    -
    -fmt=dumpname
    -
    -base=dumpname
    -
    -mem=dumpname
    -
    - +
    -fmt=dumpname
    +
    -base=dumpname
    +
    -mem=dumpname
    +

    Use dumpname instead of the program name or a ‘%&’ line to @@ -766,81 +746,72 @@ determine the name of the memory dump file read (‘fmt’ ‘-progname’ option was given.

    -
    -halt-on-error
    -
    - +
    -halt-on-error
    +

    Stop processing and exit when an error occurs, as opposed to the normal process of trying to recover and continue.

    -
    -ini
    -
    - +
    -ini
    +

    Enable the “initial” form of the program (see Initial and virgin). This is implicitly set if the program name is initex resp. inimf.

    -
    -interaction=string
    -
    - +
    -interaction=string
    +

    Set the interaction mode from the command line. The string must be one of ‘batchmode’, ‘nonstopmode’, ‘scrollmode’, or ‘errorstopmode’.

    -
    -jobname=string
    -
    - +
    -jobname=string
    +

    Set the job name to string, instead of deriving it from the name of the input file.

    -
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    -
    - +
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    +

    Set path searching debugging flags according to the bits of number -(see Debugging in Kpathsea). You can also specify this in +(see Debugging in Kpathsea). You can also specify this in KPATHSEA_DEBUG environment variable (for all Web2c programs). (The command line value overrides.) The most useful value is ‘-1’, to get all available output.

    -
    -output-directory=dirname
    -
    - +
    -output-directory=dirname
    +

    Specify the directory dirname to which output files are written. Also look for input files in dirname first, before looking along the normal search path. See Output file location.

    -
    -parse-first-line
    +
    -parse-first-line
    -
    -no-parse-first-line
    -
    - +
    -no-parse-first-line
    +

    Check or disable checking whether the first line of the main input file starts with ‘%&’, and parse it if it does. This line can be used specify the format and/or a TCX file.

    -
    -progname=string
    -
    - +
    -progname=string
    +

    Set program (and memory dump) name to string. This may affect the -search paths and other values used (see Config files in Kpathsea). Using this option is equivalent to making a link named +search paths and other values used (see Config files in Kpathsea). Using this option is equivalent to making a link named string to the binary and then invoking the binary under that name. See Memory dumps.

    -
    -recorder
    -
    - +
    -recorder
    +

    Enable the filename recorder. This makes the program save a list of the opened files into a file with (by default) extension ‘.fls’. For Aleph, this option is always on, and the file has extension ‘.ofl’. @@ -854,9 +825,8 @@ pid), as in texput1234.fls. You can use -jobname to explicitly set the basename.

    -
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    -
    - +
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    +

    Use tcxfile to define which characters are printable and translations @@ -864,12 +834,11 @@ between the internal and external character sets. Moreover, tcxfile can be explicitly declared in the first line of the main input file ‘%& -translate-file=tcxfile’. This is the recommended method for portability reasons. -See TCX files. +See TCX files: Character translations.

    -
    -8bit
    -
    - +
    -8bit
    +

    This option specifies that by default all characters should be considered printable. If ‘-translate-file’ was given as well, @@ -881,7 +850,9 @@ no-op in engines natively supporting Unicode.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -895,9 +866,9 @@ Next: Supported file formats in Kpathsea). Reading -texmf.cnf (see Config files in Kpathsea), invoking -mktex… scripts (see mktex scripts in Kpathsea), and so on are all handled by Kpathsea. +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). Reading +texmf.cnf (see Config files in Kpathsea), invoking +mktex… scripts (see mktex scripts in Kpathsea), and so on are all handled by Kpathsea.

    @@ -911,7 +882,9 @@ names.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -953,9 +926,12 @@ simply checked as given.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    4 Three programs: Metafont, MetaPost, and TeX

    @@ -968,24 +944,20 @@ Next: , Previous: -
    Runtime options  The texmf.cnf configuration file. -
    Initial and virgin  Making memory dumps vs. production runs. -
    Memory dumps  .fmt/.base files for fast startup. -
    Editor invocation  The ‘e’ response at errors. -
    \input filenames  Filename delimiters and Kpathsea expansion. -
    +
    -
    +
    +

    4.1 Runtime options

    @@ -997,23 +969,19 @@ Next:

    Installation), you can control a number of parameters in the texmf.cnf runtime file read by Kpathsea -(see Config files in Kpathsea). +(see Config files in Kpathsea).

    The main purpose of texmf.cnf is to specify search paths, but array sizes and other options are also set there. Most are rather obscure. Here are a few of the more interesting values:

    -
    main_memory’ - -
    +
    main_memory

    Total words of memory available, for TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. Must remake the format file after changing.

    -
    extra_mem_bot’ - -
    +
    extra_mem_bot
    @@ -1023,9 +991,7 @@ glue, breakpoints, et al. If you use PiCTeX, you may well want to set this.

    -
    expand_depth’ - -
    +
    expand_depth
    @@ -1051,10 +1017,8 @@ using the libsigsegv library (https://gnu not seem worth the effort.

    -
    texmf_casefold_search’ - -
    -

    See Casefolding search in Kpathsea. +

    texmf_casefold_search
    +

    See Casefolding search in Kpathsea.

    @@ -1090,9 +1054,11 @@ affecting your local values.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.2 Initial and virgin

    @@ -1124,9 +1090,11 @@ memory dump file.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.3 Memory dumps

    @@ -1140,18 +1108,16 @@ macros to be predefined; therefore, they support memory dump files, which can be read much more efficiently than ordinary source code.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    + @@ -1176,11 +1142,11 @@ example). creating memory dumps:

    -
    TeX
    +
    TeX

    (‘.fmt’) See Initial TeX.

    -
    Metafont
    +
    Metafont

    (‘.base’) See Initial Metafont.

    @@ -1193,7 +1159,9 @@ difficulties.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1230,7 +1198,7 @@ command line, not in response to ‘**’) is %&<

    The first line of the main input file can also specify which character translation file is to be used: %&-translate-file=tcxfile -(see TCX files). +(see TCX files: Character translations).

    These two roles can be combined: %&dump -translate-file=tcxfile. If this is done, the name of the dump @@ -1247,7 +1215,9 @@ will be used.


    -
    +
    +
    + @@ -1266,24 +1236,34 @@ Previous:

    Byte order in GNU C Library). (This is a + + + +

    By default, memory dump files are sharable between architectures of +different types; specifically, on machines of different endianness +(see Byte order in GNU C Library) and with different word +sizes (4-byte long vs. 8-byte long). This is a feature of the Web2c implementation, and is not true of all TeX -implementations.) If you specify ‘--disable-dump-share’ to -configure, however, memory dumps will be endian-dependent. +implementations. +

    + +

    The script tl-check-fmtshare in the TeX Live source tree +(Master/tlpkg/bin) provides a relatively easy way to test that +a .fmt built on the local host can be loaded by a TeX engine +built on some remote host.

    -

    The reason to do this is speed. To achieve endian-independence, the -reading of memory dumps on LittleEndian architectures, such as PC’s and -DEC architectures, is somewhat slowed (all the multibyte values have to -be swapped). Usually, this is not noticeable, and the advantage of -being able to share memory dumps across all platforms at a site far -outweighs the speed loss. But if you’re installing Web2c for use on -LittleEndian machines only, perhaps on a PC being used only by you, you -may wish to get maximum speed. + +

    If you specify ‘--disable-dump-share’ to configure, +however, memory dumps will be endian-dependent. The reason to do this +is speed. To achieve endian-independence, the reading of memory dumps +on LittleEndian architectures, such as PC’s and DEC architectures, is +somewhat slowed (all the multibyte values have to be swapped). +Usually, this is not noticeable, and the advantage of being able to +share memory dumps across all platforms at a site far outweighs the +speed loss. But if you’re trying to squeeze out every possible bit of +performance, you may wish to do this.

    @@ -1291,8 +1271,8 @@ may wish to get maximum speed. .fmt files cannot be guaranteed to work. Floating-point values are always written in native format, and hence will generally not be readable across platforms. Fortunately, TeX uses floating point -only to represent glue ratios, and all common formats (plain, -LaTeX, AMSTeX, …) do not do any glue setting at +only to represent glue ratios, and none of the common formats (plain, +LaTeX, AMSTeX, …) do any glue setting at .fmt-creation time. Metafont does not use floating point in any dumped value at all.

    @@ -1300,8 +1280,8 @@ any dumped value at all.

    Incidentally, different memory dump files will never compare equal -byte-for-byte, because the program always dumps the current date and -time. So don’t be alarmed by just a few bytes difference. +byte-for-byte, because the programs dump the current date and time. So +don’t be alarmed by a few bytes difference.

    @@ -1332,11 +1312,17 @@ Jr. (see References). }
    +

    You can add printf("long %d\n", sizeof(long)); to see the size +of the long data type. +


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    4.4 Editor invocation

    @@ -1366,9 +1352,11 @@ and ‘%s’ is replaced by the name of the current input f


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.5 \input filenames

    @@ -1394,7 +1382,7 @@ with the primitive operation.)

    As (allowed) extensions to standard TeX, Web2c also supports specifying the filename in double quotes ("some name") and in -braces ({"some name"}), which is convenient for filenames +braces ({some name}), which is convenient for filenames containing spaces or other special characters, as described in the sections below.

    @@ -1412,20 +1400,18 @@ most one ‘.’. Do not use anything but simple filenames directory separators vary among systems; instead, add the necessary directories to the appropriate search path.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    4.5.1 \input quoted filename: \input "some name"

    @@ -1456,9 +1442,11 @@ of its \input macro, thus:


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.5.2 \input braced filename: \input{some name}

    @@ -1487,9 +1475,11 @@ within the filename.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    4.5.3 \input filename caveats

    @@ -1538,9 +1528,13 @@ change their catcodes or use \string.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5 TeX: Typesetting

    @@ -1562,28 +1556,22 @@ description of the TeX language, see The TeXbook (see References). Many other books on TeX, introductory and otherwise, are available.

    - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    -Next: , Up: TeX   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Up: TeX: Typesetting   [Contents][Index]

    5.1 tex invocation

    @@ -1610,7 +1598,7 @@ tex [option]… &fmt args

    TeX searches the usual places for the main input file texname -(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending texname with .tex if necessary. To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -1632,7 +1620,7 @@ file is a device-independent binary representation of your TeX document. The idea is that after running TeX, you translate the DVI file using a separate program to the commands for a particular output device, such as a PostScript printer -(see Introduction in Dvips) or an X Window System display +(see Introduction in Dvips) or an X Window System display (see xdvi(1)).

    @@ -1641,7 +1629,7 @@ device, such as a PostScript printer

    TeX also reads TFM files for any fonts you load in your document with the \font primitive. By default, it runs an external program named mktextfm to create any nonexistent TFM files. You can -disable this at configure-time or runtime (see mktex +disable this at configure-time or runtime (see mktex configuration in Kpathsea). This is enabled mostly for the sake of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.

    @@ -1656,7 +1644,7 @@ a security hole vulnerable to Trojan horse attack: an unwitting user could run a TeX program that overwrites, say, ~/.rhosts. (MetaPost has a write primitive with similar implications). To alleviate this and similar problems the functions kpathsea_out_name_ok and -kpathsea_in_name_ok from the Kpathse library (see Calling +kpathsea_in_name_ok from the Kpathsea library (see Calling sequence in Kpathsea) are used to determine if a given filename is acceptable to be opened for output or input, depending on the setting of the configuration variables openout_any and openin_any: @@ -1671,29 +1659,28 @@ the log file has not yet been opened.

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -enc
    -
    -[no]-file-line-error
    -
    -fmt=fmtname
    -
    -halt-on-error
    -
    -ini
    -
    -interaction=string
    -
    -ipc
    -
    -ipc-start
    -
    -jobname=string
    -
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    -
    -[no]parse-first-line
    -
    -output-directory
    -
    -progname=string
    -
    -recorder
    -
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    -
    -8bit
    +
    -enc
    +
    -[no]-file-line-error
    +
    -fmt=fmtname
    +
    -halt-on-error
    +
    -ini
    +
    -interaction=string
    +
    -ipc
    +
    -ipc-start
    +
    -jobname=string
    +
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    +
    -[no]parse-first-line
    +
    -output-directory
    +
    -progname=string
    +
    -recorder
    +
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    +
    -8bit

    These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. See Common options.

    -
    -enc
    -
    - +
    -enc
    +

    Enable encTeX extensions, such as \mubyte. This can be used to support the Unicode UTF-8 input encoding, although using an engine @@ -1701,10 +1688,9 @@ with native Unicode support is more common nowadays. http://www.olsak.net/enctex.html.

    -
    -ipc
    -
    -ipc-start
    -
    - +
    -ipc
    +
    -ipc-start
    +

    With either option, TeX writes its DVI output to a socket as well as to the usual .dvi file. With ‘-ipc-start’, TeX also @@ -1714,27 +1700,24 @@ opens a server program at the other end to read the output. See - +

    -mktex=filetype
    +
    -no-mktex=filetype
    +

    Turn on or off the ‘mktex’ script associated with filetype. For TeX proper, filetype can only be ‘tex’ and ‘tfm’, but for pdfTeX and luaTeX, it can also be ‘pk’.

    -
    -mltex
    -
    - +
    -mltex
    +

    If we are INITEX (see Initial and virgin), enable MLTeX extensions such as \charsubdef. Implicitly set if the program name is mltex. See MLTeX.

    -
    -output-comment=string
    -
    - +
    -output-comment=string
    +

    Use string as the DVI file comment. Ordinarily, this comment @@ -1744,33 +1727,30 @@ difference. This is also taken from the environment variable and config file value ‘output_comment’.

    -
    -shell-escape
    +
    -shell-escape
    -
    -no-shell-escape
    +
    -no-shell-escape
    -
    -shell-restricted
    -
    -

    Enable, or disable, or enable with restrictions the +

    -shell-restricted
    +

    Enable, or disable, or enable with restrictions the \write18{shell-command} feature for external executing shell commands. See Shell escapes.

    -
    -enable-write18
    +
    -enable-write18
    -
    -disable-write18
    -
    -

    Synonyms for -shell-escape and -no-shell-escape, for +

    -disable-write18
    +

    Synonyms for -shell-escape and -no-shell-escape, for compatibility with MiKTeX. (MiKTeX also accepts both pairs of options.) See Shell escapes.

    -
    -src-specials
    -
    -src-specials=string
    -
    -

    This option makes TeX output specific source information using +

    -src-specials
    +
    -src-specials=string
    +

    This option makes TeX output specific source information using ‘\special’ commands in the DVI file. These ‘\special’ track the current file name and line number.

    @@ -1807,9 +1787,11 @@ hard-coded to always use the ‘\special’ primitive.
    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: TeX   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: TeX: Typesetting   [Contents][Index]

    5.2 Initial TeX

    @@ -1823,7 +1805,7 @@ does lengthy initializations avoided by the “virgin” (vir.fmt’ files (see Memory dumps). For a detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see Initial and virgin.

    -

    For a list of options and other information, see tex invocation. +

    For a list of options and other information, see tex invocation.

    @@ -1850,9 +1832,11 @@ more details on TeX formats.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.3 Formats

    @@ -1873,9 +1857,8 @@ larger TeX distribution, such as TeX Live (https://tug.org/texlive).

    -
    latex
    -
    -

    The most widely used format. The current release is named +

    latex
    +

    The most widely used format. The current release is named ‘LaTeX2e’; new versions are released approximately every six months, with patches issued as needed. The old release was called ‘LaTeX 2.09’, and is no longer maintained or supported. LaTeX @@ -1885,18 +1868,16 @@ attempts to provide generic markup instructions, such as page: https://www.latex-project.org.

    -
    context
    -
    -

    ConTeXt is an independent macro package which has a basic document +

    context
    +

    ConTeXt is an independent macro package which has a basic document structuring approach similar to LaTeX. It also supports creating interactive PDF files and has integrated MetaPost support, among many other interesting features. The ConTeXt home page: http://www.pragma-ade.com.

    -
    amstex
    -
    - +
    amstex
    +

    The official typesetting system of the American Mathematical Society. Like LaTeX, it encourages generic markup commands. The AMS also @@ -1906,9 +1887,8 @@ together, they are used to produce nearly all AMS publications, e.g., https://www.ams.org/tex.

    -
    texinfo
    -
    - +
    texinfo
    +

    The documentation system developed and maintained by the Free Software Foundation for their software manuals. It can be automatically @@ -1917,9 +1897,8 @@ converted into plain text, a machine-readable on-line format called https://www.gnu.org/software/texinfo.

    -
    eplain
    -
    - +
    eplain
    +

    The “expanded plain” format provides various common features (e.g., symbolic cross-referencing, tables of contents, indexing, citations using BibTeX), for those authors who prefer to handle their own @@ -1927,9 +1906,8 @@ high-level formatting. The Eplain home page: https://tug.org/eplain.

    -
    slitex
    -
    - +
    slitex
    +

    An obsolete LaTeX 2.09 format for making slides. It is replaced by the ‘slides’ document class, although the ‘beamer’ package @@ -1941,9 +1919,11 @@ page on CTAN: https://ctan.org/pkg/beamer<


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.4 Languages and hyphenation

    @@ -1953,20 +1933,18 @@ Next: , Previ

    TeX supports most natural languages. See also TeX extensions.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.4.1 MLTeX: Multi-lingual TeX

    @@ -2006,18 +1984,17 @@ file.

    The sections below describe the two new primitives that MLTeX defines. Aside from these, MLTeX is completely compatible with standard TeX.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    5.4.1.1 \charsubdef: Character substitutions

    @@ -2079,9 +2056,11 @@ accessed often, so changing it is not desirable, nor generally useful.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.4.1.2 \tracingcharsubdef: Substitution diagnostics

    @@ -2099,9 +2078,12 @@ more, the character substitutions actually performed at


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.4.2 TCX files: Character translations

    @@ -2135,7 +2117,7 @@ the worst case, failure to do so correctly may result in subtle errors in the typeset output. But we feel the benefits outweigh these disadvantages.

    -

    This is entirely independent of the MLTeX extension (see MLTeX): +

    This is entirely independent of the MLTeX extension (see MLTeX: Multi-lingual TeX): whereas a TCX file defines how an input keyboard character is mapped to TeX’s internal code, MLTeX defines substitutions for a non-existing character glyph in a font with a \accent @@ -2261,9 +2243,11 @@ the dump is ignored and the data from the file used instead.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.4.3 Patgen: Creating hyphenation patterns

    @@ -2284,16 +2268,19 @@ written to the file output.

    In addition, Patgen prompts interactively for other values.

    -

    For more information, see Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-puter by +

    For more information, see Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-put-er by Frank Liang (see References), and also the patgen.web source file.

    The only options are ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options).


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    5.5 Shell escapes

    @@ -2399,9 +2386,11 @@ considered untrustworthy, shell escapes should be completely disabled.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    5.6 IPC and TeX

    @@ -2422,39 +2411,51 @@ debugging.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Previous: , Up: TeX   [Contents][Index]

    +Previous: , Up: TeX: Typesetting   [Contents][Index]

    5.7 Extended TeX engines

    -

    The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. Here’s a -partial list. +

    The base TeX program has been extended in many ways. +

    + +

    There has been a substantial effort to make a set of extended +functionality available across all actively-updated engines, so that +formats, notably LaTeX, can rely on it. A list of this common +extended functionality is in a LaTeX News article, +https://www.latex-project.org/news/latex2e-news/ltnews31.pdf. +For engines in TeX Live, the detailed documentation for these +primitives is mostly in the pdfTeX manual +(http://pdftex.org). +

    +

    In addition, each engine (naturally) has its own particular features, +described in its own manual. Here’s a partial list of the engines.

    -
    e-TeX
    -
    - +
    e-TeX
    +

    Adds many new primitives, including right-to-left typesetting and more -registers. Now frozen. More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/etex. +registers. Now frozen. More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/etex.

    -
    Aleph
    -
    - +
    Aleph
    +
    -

    This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more. Omega -was the original program. Aleph is an updated version with a variety -of bug fixes, and includes e-TeX. Aleph is not actively maintained. -More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/aleph, https://ctan.org/pkg/omega. +

    This adds Unicode support, right-to-left typesetting, and more, based +on the Omega engine, with the e-TeX and other extensions. Aleph is +maintained only for serious bug fixes and does not include the common +functionality mentioned above. More info: +https://ctan.org/pkg/aleph, https://ctan.org/pkg/omega.

    -
    pdfTeX
    -
    - +
    pdfTeX
    +
    @@ -2466,9 +2467,8 @@ these additions available with DVI output. Home page: http://pdftex.org.

    -
    LuaTeX
    -
    - +
    LuaTeX
    +
    @@ -2480,29 +2480,33 @@ input, the OpenType and TrueType font formats, and use of system fonts. Home page: http://luatex.org.

    -
    XeTeX
    -
    - +
    XeTeX
    +

    Combines support for Unicode input, the OpenType and TrueType font formats, and use of system fonts with the capabilities of pdfTeX, with the exception of the font expansion part of micro-typography. Home page: https://tug.org/xetex.

    -
    pTeX
    -
    upTeX
    -
    - +
    hiTeX
    +
    +

    Outputs its own HINT format, which is designed for reading +technical documents on mobile devices. More info: +https://ctan.org/pkg/hitex. +

    +
    +
    pTeX
    +
    upTeX
    +

    With additional support for Japanese; pTeX was the original engine, and upTeX has native Unicode support and thus is more useful for Chinese and Korean. More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/ptex, https://ctan.org/pkg/uptex.

    -
    epTeX
    -
    eupTeX
    -
    - +
    epTeX
    +
    eupTeX
    +

    Further extends pTeX and upTeX with the e-TeX extensions. More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/eptex, https://ctan.org/pkg/euptex. @@ -2512,9 +2516,12 @@ More info: https://ctan.org/pkg/eptex,


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    6 Metafont: Creating typeface families

    @@ -2538,26 +2545,21 @@ your design intentions specific and parameterizable). For a complete description of the Metafont language, see The METAFONTbook (see References).

    - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    6.1 mf invocation

    @@ -2572,7 +2574,7 @@ language, see The Metafontbook (see Reference

    Metafont processes its command line and determines its memory dump (base) file in a way exactly analogous to MetaPost and TeX -(see tex invocation, and see Memory dumps). Synopses: +(see tex invocation, and see Memory dumps). Synopses:

    mf [option]… [mfname[.mf]] [mf-commands]
    @@ -2591,13 +2593,13 @@ mf [option]… &base args
     
     
     

    Metafont searches the usual places for the main input file mfname -(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending mfname with .mf if necessary. To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. By default, Metafont runs an external program named mktexmf to create any nonexistent Metafont source files you input. You can disable this at configure-time or runtime -(see mktex configuration in Kpathsea). This is mostly +(see mktex configuration in Kpathsea). This is mostly for the sake of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size.

    @@ -2610,7 +2612,7 @@ for the sake of the EC fonts, which can be generated at any size. resolution in pixels per inch, and basemfname is the basename of mfname, or ‘mfput’ if no input file was specified. A GF file contains bitmaps of the actual character shapes. Usually GF files are -converted immediately to PK files with GFtoPK (see gftopk invocation), since PK files contain equivalent information, but are +converted immediately to PK files with GFtoPK (see GFtoPK: Generic to packed font conversion), since PK files contain equivalent information, but are more compact. (Metafont output in GF format rather than PK for only historical reasons.)

    @@ -2626,7 +2628,7 @@ kerns, and ligatures, and spacing parameters. TeX reads only this

    The mode in the example command above is a name referring to a -device definition (see Modes); for example, localfont or +device definition (see Modes: Device definitions for Metafont); for example, localfont or ljfour. These device definitions must generally be precompiled into the base file. If you leave this out, the default is proof mode, as stated in The Metafontbook, in which Metafont outputs at @@ -2651,27 +2653,26 @@ usual. For example:

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -[no]-file-line-error
    -
    -fmt=fmtname
    -
    -halt-on-error
    -
    -ini
    -
    -interaction=string
    -
    -jobname=string
    -
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    -
    -[no]parse-first-line
    -
    -output-directory
    -
    -progname=string
    -
    -recorder
    -
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    -
    -8bit
    +
    -[no]-file-line-error
    +
    -fmt=fmtname
    +
    -halt-on-error
    +
    -ini
    +
    -interaction=string
    +
    -jobname=string
    +
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    +
    -[no]parse-first-line
    +
    -output-directory
    +
    -progname=string
    +
    -recorder
    +
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    +
    -8bit

    These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. See Common options.

    -
    -mktex=filetype
    -
    -no-mktex=filetype
    -
    - +
    -mktex=filetype
    +
    -no-mktex=filetype
    +

    Turn on or off the ‘mktex’ script associated with filetype. The only value that makes sense for filetype is ‘mf’.

    @@ -2679,9 +2680,11 @@ The only value that makes sense for filetype is ‘mf -
    +
    +
    +

    6.2 Initial Metafont

    @@ -2695,7 +2698,7 @@ initializations avoided by the “virgin” (vir) form, so be capable of dumping ‘.base’ files (see Memory dumps). For a detailed comparison of virgin and initial forms, see Initial and virgin.

    -

    For a list of options and other information, see mf invocation. +

    For a list of options and other information, see mf invocation.

    @@ -2711,7 +2714,7 @@ Then install the resulting plain.base in ‘$(basedir)mf.base to it.

    For an explanation of the additional modes.mf file, -see Modes. This file has no counterpart in TeX or MetaPost. +see Modes: Device definitions for Metafont. This file has no counterpart in TeX or MetaPost.

    @@ -2730,9 +2733,11 @@ create their own base file, of course.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.3 Modes: Device definitions for Metafont

    @@ -2779,7 +2784,7 @@ characteristics dynamically, by invoking Metafont with an assignment to mode.

    The magnification and mfname arguments are explained in -mf invocation. In the file newmode.mf, you should have the +mf invocation. In the file newmode.mf, you should have the following (with no mode_def or enddef), if you are using modes.mf conventions:

    @@ -2797,9 +2802,11 @@ and o.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.4 Online Metafont graphics

    @@ -2823,9 +2830,7 @@ be selected. and the corresponding configure option(s) in parentheses.

    -
    epsf - -
    +
    epsf

    (‘--enable-epsfwin’) Pseudo-window server for Encapsulated @@ -2836,24 +2841,18 @@ can be changed by setting the MFEPSF environment variable to the new filename. Contributed by Mathias Herberts.

    -
    hp2627 - -
    +
    hp2627

    (‘--enable-hp2627win’) HP2627a color graphics terminals.

    -
    mftalk - -
    +
    mftalk

    (‘--enable-mftalkwin’) Generic window server (see web2c/window/mftalk.c).

    -
    next - -
    +
    next

    (‘--enable-next’) NeXT window system. This requires a separate @@ -2861,17 +2860,13 @@ program, called DrawingServant, available separately. See the web2c/window/next.c.

    -
    regis - -
    +
    regis

    (‘--enable-regiswin’) Regis terminals.

    -
    sun - -
    +
    sun
    @@ -2881,18 +2876,14 @@ window system. (You can get the even older SunWindows gfx system by using sun-gfx.c.)

    -
    tek - -
    +
    tek

    (‘--enable-tektronixwin’) Tektronix terminals.

    -
    uniterm - -
    +
    uniterm

    (‘--enable-unitermwin’) Uniterm, Simon Poole’s emulator of a smart @@ -2903,9 +2894,7 @@ as well; it’s faster than the driver ‘--enable-tektronixwin

    -
    xterm - -
    +
    xterm

    --with-x’ The X window system (version 11).

    @@ -2959,9 +2948,11 @@ use MFtalk (see web2c/window/mftalk.c).


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.5 GFtoDVI: Character proofs of fonts

    @@ -2971,14 +2962,14 @@ Next: , Pre

    GFtoDVI makes proof sheets from a GF bitmap file as output by, for -example, Metafont (see Metafont). This is an indispensable aid for +example, Metafont (see Metafont: Creating typeface families). This is an indispensable aid for font designers or Metafont hackers. Synopsis:

    gftodvi [option]… gfname[gf]
     
    -

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph +

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph lookup in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -3033,9 +3024,8 @@ should produce rtest.dvi, which you process as usual. ‘-verbose’, ‘-help’, and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -overflow-label-offset=points
    -
    - +
    -overflow-label-offset=points
    +

    Typeset the so-called overflow labels, if any, points TeX points from the right edge of the character bounding box. The default @@ -3047,9 +3037,11 @@ position is too crowded with other information.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    6.6 MFT: Prettyprinting Metafont source

    @@ -3067,7 +3059,7 @@ typesetting, with the aid of TeX macros defined in the file
    mft [option]… mfname[.mf]
     
    -

    MFT searches the usual places for mfname (see Supported file +

    MFT searches the usual places for mfname (see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. The output goes to the basename of mfname extended @@ -3126,22 +3118,20 @@ D.E. Knuth.)

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -change=chfile[.ch]
    -
    - +
    -change=chfile[.ch]
    +

    Apply the change file chfile as with Tangle and Weave -(see WEB). +(see WEB: Literate programming).

    -
    -style=mftfile[.mft]
    -
    - +
    -style=mftfile[.mft]
    +

    Read mftfile before anything else; a MFT style file typically contains only MFT directives as described above. The default style file is named plain.mft, which defines this properly for programs using plain Metafont. The MFT files is searched along the -MFTINPUTS path; see Supported file formats in Kpathsea. +MFTINPUTS path; see Supported file formats in Kpathsea.

    @@ -3164,9 +3154,12 @@ configure TeX to print these properly.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    7 MetaPost: Generating PostScript

    @@ -3175,7 +3168,7 @@ Next: , Previous:

    MetaPost is a picture-drawing language similar to Metafont -(see Metafont), but instead of outputting bitmaps in a “font”, it +(see Metafont: Creating typeface families), but instead of outputting bitmaps in a “font”, it outputs PostScript commands. It’s primarily intended for creating technical illustrations, but can also be used to create PostScript or OpenType fonts (https://ctan.org/pkg/metatype1). @@ -3185,20 +3178,18 @@ OpenType fonts (https://ctan.org/pkg/me a natural way, using any typesetter (TeX and Troff are both supported) and a number of other subsidiary programs, described below.

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    7.1 mpost invocation

    @@ -3233,7 +3224,7 @@ mpost [option]… &mem args

    MetaPost searches the usual places for the main input file mpname -(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea), extending mpname with .mp if necessary. To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -3258,7 +3249,7 @@ with any other PostScript figures. For example, with this TeX command:

    \special{psfile="filename"}
     
    -

    or by using epsf.tex (see EPSF macros in Dvips). +

    or by using epsf.tex (see EPSF macros in Dvips).

    @@ -3278,7 +3269,7 @@ TeX. For example, if you are using LaTeX, your MetaPost input file must start with a verbatimtex block that gives the necessary \documentclass (or \documentstyle) \begin{document} command. You will also need to set the -enviroment variable TEX to ‘latex’. +environment variable TEX to ‘latex’.

    tex-input need not be specifically TeX input; it could also be Troff. In that case, you will need the ‘-m pictures’ Troff macro @@ -3300,7 +3291,7 @@ Metafont fonts; you can also use PostScript fonts with TeX, of course.

    MetaPost-generated PostScript figures which do use Computer Modern fonts for labels cannot be directly previewed or printed. Instead, you must include them in a TeX document and run the resulting DVI file through -Dvips to arrange for the downloading of the required fonts (see Fonts +Dvips to arrange for the downloading of the required fonts (see Fonts in figures in Dvips). To help with this, the MetaPost distribution provides a small TeX file mproof.tex which is typically called as: @@ -3315,11 +3306,11 @@ typically called as: prologues positive. To make the output files self-contained, use only standard PostScript fonts. MetaPost reads the same psfonts.map file as Dvips, to determine PostScript fonts that -need to be downloaded (see psfonts.map in Dvips). +need to be downloaded (see psfonts.map in Dvips).

    -

    It is posible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is +

    It is possible for pdfTeX to read MetaPost output directly; this is in contrast to general EPSF files, which have to be converted for use with PDF output. The easiest way is to name the MetaPost output files with the .mps extension. Then the LaTeX @@ -3328,39 +3319,37 @@ them, even when outputting PDF.

    MetaPost can write output files, via the write primitive; this -opens a security hole. See tex invocation. +opens a security hole. See tex invocation.

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -[no]-file-line-error
    -
    -fmt=fmtname
    -
    -halt-on-error
    -
    -ini
    -
    -interaction=string
    -
    -jobname=string
    -
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    -
    -[no]parse-first-line
    -
    -output-directory
    -
    -progname=string
    -
    -recorder
    -
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    -
    -8bit
    +
    -[no]-file-line-error
    +
    -fmt=fmtname
    +
    -halt-on-error
    +
    -ini
    +
    -interaction=string
    +
    -jobname=string
    +
    -kpathsea-debug=number
    +
    -[no]parse-first-line
    +
    -output-directory
    +
    -progname=string
    +
    -recorder
    +
    -translate-file=tcxfile
    +
    -8bit

    These options are common to TeX, Metafont, and MetaPost. See Common options.

    -
    -T
    -
    -troff
    -
    - +
    -T
    +
    -troff
    +

    Set the prologues internal variable to 1.

    -
    -tex=texprogram
    -
    -

    When this option is given, the program texprogram is used to +

    -tex=texprogram
    +

    When this option is given, the program texprogram is used to typeset the labels.

    @@ -3368,9 +3357,11 @@ typeset the labels.
    -
    +
    +
    +

    7.2 Initial MetaPost

    @@ -3383,7 +3374,7 @@ virgin and initial forms (see Initial and virginmpost.mp when the program is invoked as mpost.

    -

    For a list of options and other information, see mpost invocation. +

    For a list of options and other information, see mpost invocation.

    @@ -3394,13 +3385,15 @@ called mfplain. You can use that in the same way; just run mfplain instead of mpost. This lets you directly process Metafont source files with MetaPost, producing character proofs (one file for each character) similar to those produced with -Metafont in proof mode and GFtoDVI (see gftodvi invocation). +Metafont in proof mode and GFtoDVI (see GFtoDVI: Character proofs of fonts).


    -
    +
    +
    +

    7.3 DVItoMP: DVI to MPX conversion

    @@ -3428,9 +3421,12 @@ MetaPost commands.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    8 BibTeX: Bibliographies

    @@ -3440,18 +3436,17 @@ Next: , Previous: -
    bibtex invocation   -
    Basic BibTeX style files  The standard and semi-standard styles. -
    +
    -
    +
    +

    8.1 BibTeX invocation

    @@ -3487,23 +3482,21 @@ of the .bbl file. Synopsis: .aux file as well, via the \bibliography and \bibliographystyle (La)TeX macros. BibTeX searches for .bib files using the BIBINPUTS and TEXBIB paths, -and for .bst files using BSTINPUTS (see Supported file +and for .bst files using BSTINPUTS (see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). It does no path searching for .aux files.

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -terse
    -
    - +
    -terse
    +

    Suppress the program banner and progress reports normally output.

    -
    -min-crossrefs=n
    -
    - +
    -min-crossrefs=n
    +

    If at least n (2 by default) bibliography entries refer to another entry e via their crossref field, include e in the @@ -3523,30 +3516,25 @@ for e to the .aux, and nothing will remove it.

    See also:

    -
    btxdoc.tex
    -
    -

    Basic LaTeXable documentation for general BibTeX users. +

    btxdoc.tex
    +

    Basic LaTeXable documentation for general BibTeX users.

    -
    btxhak.tex
    -
    - +
    btxhak.tex
    +

    LaTeXable documentation for style designers.

    -
    btxdoc.bib
    -
    -

    BibTeX database file for the two above documents. +

    btxdoc.bib
    +

    BibTeX database file for the two above documents.

    -
    xampl.bib
    -
    -

    Example database file with all the standard entry types. +

    xampl.bib
    +

    Example database file with all the standard entry types.

    -
    ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/
    -
    - +
    ftp://ftp.math.utah.edu/pub/tex/bib/
    +

    A very large .bib and .bst collection, including @@ -3557,9 +3545,11 @@ for TUGboat.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    8.2 Basic BibTeX style files

    @@ -3568,57 +3558,49 @@ Previous:

    unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea). +many more (for CTAN info, see unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea).

    -
    plain
    -
    -

    Sorts entries alphabetically, with numeric labels. Generally formatted +

    plain
    +

    Sorts entries alphabetically, with numeric labels. Generally formatted according to van Leunen’s A Handbook for Scholars. The other style files listed here are based on plain.

    -
    abbrv
    -
    -

    First names, month names, and journal names are abbreviated. +

    abbrv
    +

    First names, month names, and journal names are abbreviated.

    -
    acm
    -
    -

    Names are printed in small caps. +

    acm
    +

    Names are printed in small caps.

    -
    alpha
    -
    -

    Alphanumeric labels, e.g., ‘Knu66’. +

    alpha
    +

    Alphanumeric labels, e.g., ‘Knu66’.

    -
    apalike
    -
    -

    No labels at all; instead, the year appears in parentheses after the author. +

    apalike
    +

    No labels at all; instead, the year appears in parentheses after the author. Use this in conjunction with apalike.tex (plain TeX) or apalike.sty (LaTeX), which also changes the citations in the text to be ‘(author, year)’.

    -
    ieeetr
    -
    -

    Numeric labels, entries in citation order, IEEE abbreviations, +

    ieeetr
    +

    Numeric labels, entries in citation order, IEEE abbreviations, article titles in quotes.

    -
    siam
    -
    -

    Numeric labels, alphabetic order, Math. Reviews +

    siam
    +

    Numeric labels, alphabetic order, Math. Reviews abbreviations, names in small caps.

    -
    unsrt
    -
    -

    Lists entries in citation order, i.e., unsorted. +

    unsrt
    +

    Lists entries in citation order, i.e., unsorted.

    -
    btxbst.doc
    +
    btxbst.doc

    The template file and documentation for the standard styles.

    @@ -3626,9 +3608,12 @@ abbreviations, names in small caps.
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    9 WEB: Literate programming

    @@ -3662,20 +3647,18 @@ the TeX project at Stanford. which is included in the ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/lib.tar.gz archive (and available in many other places, of course).

    - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    9.1 Tangle: Translate WEB to Pascal

    @@ -3684,7 +3667,7 @@ Next: ,

    Tangle creates a compilable Pascal program from a WEB source file -(see WEB). Synopsis: +(see WEB: Literate programming). Synopsis:

    tangle [option]… webfile[.web] [changefile[.ch]]
    @@ -3709,39 +3692,35 @@ semicolons when this can be done conveniently.
     ‘--help’ and ‘--version’ (see Common options):
     

    -
    -length=number
    -
    - +
    -length=number
    +

    The number of characters that are considered significant in an identifier. Whether underline characters are counted depends on the ‘-underline’ option. The default value is 32, the original tangle used 7, but this proved too restrictive for use by Web2c.

    -
    -lowercase
    -
    -mixedcase
    -
    -uppercase
    -
    - +
    -lowercase
    +
    -mixedcase
    +
    -uppercase
    +

    These options specify the case of identifiers in the output of tangle. If ‘-uppercase’ (‘-lowercase’) is specified, tangle will -convert all identfiers to uppercase (lowercase). The default is +convert all identifiers to uppercase (lowercase). The default is ‘-mixedcase’, which specifies that the case will not be changed.

    -
    -underline
    -
    - +
    -underline
    +

    When this option is given, tangle does not strip underline characters from identifiers.

    -
    -loose
    -
    -strict
    -
    - +
    -loose
    +
    -strict
    +

    These options specify how strict tangle must be when checking identifiers for equality. The default is ‘-loose’, which means @@ -3754,9 +3733,11 @@ whether they collide.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    9.2 Weave: Translate WEB to TeX

    @@ -3765,7 +3746,7 @@ Next:

    WEB), +

    Weave creates a TeX document from a WEB source file (see WEB: Literate programming), assuming various macros defined in webmac.tex. It takes care of typographic details such as page layout, indentation, and italicizing identifiers. It also automatically gathers and outputs extensive @@ -3784,9 +3765,8 @@ before writing the output; by default, there is no change file.

    The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard ‘-verbose’, ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -x
    -
    - +
    -x
    +

    Omit the cross-reference information: the index, the list of WEB module @@ -3803,9 +3783,11 @@ first change in the change file).


    -
    +
    +
    +

    9.3 Pooltype: Display WEB pool files

    @@ -3815,7 +3797,7 @@ Previous:

    WEB), as output by Tangle (see tangle invocation), including the first 256 strings corresponding to the +pool file (see WEB: Literate programming), as output by Tangle (see Tangle: Translate WEB to Pascal), including the first 256 strings corresponding to the possible input characters. Pooltype primarily serves as an example of WEB conventions to implementors of the TeX system. Synopsis:

    @@ -3849,9 +3831,12 @@ output.


    -
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    10 DVI utilities

    @@ -3860,10 +3845,10 @@ Next: , Pre

    TeX outputs a file in DVI (DeVice Independent) format as a compact representation of the original document. DVI files can be translated to meet the requirements of a real physical device, such as -PostScript printers (see Introduction in Dvips), PCL +PostScript printers (see Introduction in Dvips), PCL printers (see dvilj(1)), and X displays (see xdvi(1)). In fact, DVI translators are available for virtually all common devices: see -CTAN:/dviware (for CTAN info, see unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea). +CTAN:/dviware (for CTAN info, see unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea).

    @@ -3873,17 +3858,16 @@ source file web2c/dvitype.web.

    The DVI-processing programs in the Web2c distribution are not device drivers; they perform generic utility functions.

    - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    10.1 DVIcopy: Canonicalize virtual font references

    @@ -3891,7 +3875,7 @@ Next:

    Virtual fonts in Dvips) to base fonts, and writes the +(see Virtual fonts in Dvips) to base fonts, and writes the resulting DVI file. Thus you can use virtual fonts even if your DVI processor does not support them, by passing the documents through DVIcopy first. Synopsis: @@ -3906,23 +3890,20 @@ standard output if outdvi is not specified.

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -magnification=integer
    -
    - +
    -magnification=integer
    +

    Override existing magnification in indvi with integer; 1000 specifies no magnification. This is equivalent to setting TeX’s \mag parameter.

    -
    -max-pages=n
    -
    -

    Process n pages; default is one million. +

    -max-pages=n
    +

    Process n pages; default is one million.

    -
    -page-start=page-spec
    -
    - +
    -page-start=page-spec
    +

    Start at the first page matching page-spec, which is one or more @@ -3934,9 +3915,11 @@ matches anything. Examples: ‘3’, ‘1.*.-4 -

    +
    +
    +

    10.2 DVItype: Plain text transliteration of DVI files

    @@ -3958,7 +3941,7 @@ correct. Synopsis:

    DVItype does not read any bitmap files, but it does read TFM files for fonts referenced in dvifile. The usual places are searched -(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program.

    @@ -3967,29 +3950,25 @@ relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to

    The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -dpi=real
    -
    -

    Do pixel movement calculations at real pixels per inch; default +

    -dpi=real
    +

    Do pixel movement calculations at real pixels per inch; default 300.0.

    -
    -magnification=integer
    -
    - +
    -magnification=integer
    +

    Override existing magnification in indvi with integer; 1000 specifies no magnification. This is equivalent to setting TeX’s \mag parameter.

    -
    -max-pages=n
    -
    -

    Process n pages; default is one million. +

    -max-pages=n
    +

    Process n pages; default is one million.

    -
    -output-level=n
    -
    -

    Verbosity level of output, from 0 to 4 (default 4): +

    -output-level=n
    +

    Verbosity level of output, from 0 to 4 (default 4):

    • 0: Global document information only.
    • 1: Most DVI commands included, and typeset characters summarized. @@ -4000,9 +3979,8 @@ in the file, reading the DVI postamble first.
    -
    -page-start=page-spec
    -
    - +
    -page-start=page-spec
    +

    Start at the first page matching page-spec, which is one or more @@ -4011,9 +3989,8 @@ in the file, reading the DVI postamble first. matches anything. Examples: ‘1’, ‘5.*.-9’.

    -
    -show-opcodes
    -
    - +
    -show-opcodes
    +

    Show numeric opcode values (in decimal) for DVI commands, in braces @@ -4023,16 +4000,16 @@ use decimal because in the DVI format documentation (in

    - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    10.2.1 DVItype output example

    @@ -4117,9 +4094,13 @@ STORY]’ and the ‘[ 1]’.
    -
    +
    +
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    11 Font utilities

    @@ -4138,41 +4119,32 @@ outputs GF format, but it’s most efficient for device drivers to use PK. mentioned below are in the source files that read them; pktype.web, gftype.web, tftopl.web, etc.

    - - - - - - - - - - - - +
    -
    +
    +

    11.1 Font file formats

    -

    (For another perspective on this, see Font concepts in Dvips). +

    For another perspective on this, see Font concepts in Dvips.

    Font files come in several varieties, with suffixes like:

    @@ -4228,7 +4200,7 @@ obsolete.

    Font files with the ‘.pl’ (property list) suffix are the plain text (human-readable) analog of the binary ‘.tfm’ files. The TFtoPL and PLtoTF programs convert between the two formats -(see tftopl invocation and pltotf invocation). +(see TFtoPL: TeX font metric to property list conversion and PLtoTF: Property list to TeX font metric conversion).

    Font files with the ‘.mf’ suffix are in Metafont source format. These are the files used by Metafont to generate rastered fonts for @@ -4238,10 +4210,10 @@ resolution and type of mapping used by your device.

    The suffix ‘.vf’ identifies “virtual font” files, for which -‘.vpl’ is the human-readable analog. See See vftovp invocation, -and vptovf invocation. For further discussion of virtual fonts, +‘.vpl’ is the human-readable analog. See See VFtoVP: Virtual font to virtual property lists, +and VPtoVF: Virtual property lists to virtual font. For further discussion of virtual fonts, see CTAN:/doc/virtual-fonts.knuth, -CTAN:/help/virtualfonts.txt, and Virtual fonts in Dvips. +CTAN:/help/virtualfonts.txt, and Virtual fonts in Dvips.

    @@ -4250,9 +4222,11 @@ distribution by Pierre MacKay and Elizabeth Tachikawa.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.2 GFtoPK: Generic to packed font conversion

    @@ -4262,7 +4236,7 @@ Next:

    GFtoPK converts a generic font (GF) file output by, for example, -Metafont (see mf invocation) to a packed font (PK) file. PK files +Metafont (see mf invocation) to a packed font (PK) file. PK files are considerably smaller than the corresponding gf files, so they are generally the bitmap font format of choice. Some DVI-processing programs, notably Dvips, only support PK files and not GF files. @@ -4272,7 +4246,7 @@ Synopsis:

    gftopk [option]… gfname.dpi[gf] [pkfile]
     
    -

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph +

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph lookup in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -4290,9 +4264,11 @@ of ‘gfname.dpipk’, e.g., ‘<


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.3 PKtoGF: Packed to generic font conversion

    @@ -4303,7 +4279,7 @@ Next: PKtoGF converts a packed font (PK) file to a generic font (GF) file. Since PK format is much more compact than GF format, the most likely -reason to do this is to run GFtype (see gftype invocation) on the +reason to do this is to run GFtype (see GFtype: Plain text transliteration of generic fonts) on the result, so you can see the bitmap images. Also, a few old utility programs do not support PK format. Synopsis:

    @@ -4311,7 +4287,7 @@ programs do not support PK format. Synopsis:
    pktogf [option]… pkname.dpi[pk] [gffile]
     
    -

    The font pkname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph +

    The font pkname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph lookup in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -4329,9 +4305,11 @@ of ‘pkname.dpigf’, e.g., ‘<


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.4 PKtype: Plain text transliteration of packed fonts

    @@ -4351,7 +4329,7 @@ correct. Synopsis:
    pktype pkname.dpi[pk]
     
    -

    The font pkname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph +

    The font pkname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph lookup in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -4382,58 +4360,50 @@ letter ‘K’ in ‘cmr10’, as rendered at 600dp

    Explanation:

    -
    955
    -
    -

    The byte position in the file where this character starts. +

    955
    +

    The byte position in the file where this character starts.

    -
    Flag byte
    -
    Dynamic packing variable
    -
    - +
    Flag byte
    +
    Dynamic packing variable
    +

    Related to the packing for this character; see the source code.

    -
    Character
    -
    -

    The character code, in decimal. +

    Character
    +

    The character code, in decimal.

    -
    Packet length
    -
    -

    The total length of this character definition, in bytes. +

    Packet length
    +

    The total length of this character definition, in bytes.

    -
    TFM width
    -
    - +
    TFM width
    +

    The device-independent (TFM) width of this character. It is 2^24 times the ratio of the true width to the font’s design size.

    -
    dx
    -
    - +
    dx
    +

    The device-dependent width, in scaled pixels, i.e., units of horizontal pixels times 2^16.

    -
    Height
    -
    Width
    -
    - +
    Height
    +
    Width
    +

    The bitmap height and width, in pixels.

    -
    X-offset
    -
    Y-offset
    -
    - +
    X-offset
    +
    Y-offset
    +
    @@ -4448,9 +4418,8 @@ of the left side bearing; the right side bearing is the horizontal escapement minus the bitmap width plus the x-offset.

    -
    [2]23(16)…
    -
    - +
    [2]23(16)…
    +

    Finally, run lengths of black pixels alternate with parenthesized run lengths of white pixels, and brackets indicate a repeated row.

    @@ -4458,9 +4427,11 @@ lengths of white pixels, and brackets indicate a repeated row.
    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.5 GFtype: Plain text transliteration of generic fonts

    @@ -4480,7 +4451,7 @@ it’s correct. Synopsis:
    gftype [option]… gfname.dpi[gf]
     
    -

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph +

    The font gfname is searched for in the usual places (see Glyph lookup in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. @@ -4493,18 +4464,16 @@ not an extension; no ‘.’ precedes it: for instance, The program accepts the following options, as well as the standard ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -images
    -
    -

    Show the characters’ bitmaps using asterisks and spaces. +

    -images
    +

    Show the characters’ bitmaps using asterisks and spaces.

    -
    -mnemonics
    -
    -

    Translate all commands in the GF file. +

    -mnemonics
    +

    Translate all commands in the GF file.

    -

    As an example of the output, here is the (abrdiged) translation of the +

    As an example of the output, here is the (abridged) translation of the letter ‘K’ in ‘cmr10’, as rendered at 600dpi with the mode ‘ljfour’ from modes.mf (available from ftp://ftp.tug.org/tex/modes.mf), with both ‘-mnemonics’ and @@ -4550,43 +4519,37 @@ main definition:

    Explanation:

    -
    2033
    -
    2043
    -
    -
    -

    The byte position in the file where each GF command starts. +

    2033
    +
    2043
    +
    +

    The byte position in the file where each GF command starts.

    -
    beginning of char 75
    -
    -

    The character code, in decimal. +

    beginning of char 75
    +

    The character code, in decimal.

    -
    3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56
    -
    - +
    3<=m<=60 0<=n<=56
    +

    The character’s bitmap lies between 3 and 60 (inclusive) horizontally, -and between 0 and 56 (inclusive) vertically. (m is a column -position and n is a row position.) Thus, 3 is the left side +and between 0 and 56 (inclusive) vertically. (m is a column +position and n is a row position.) Thus, 3 is the left side bearing. The right side bearing is the horizontal escapement (given -below) minus the maximum m. +below) minus the maximum m.

    -
    (initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20
    -
    -

    The first row of pixels: 0 white pixels, 24 black pixels, 12 white +

    (initially n=56) paint (0)24(12)20
    +

    The first row of pixels: 0 white pixels, 24 black pixels, 12 white pixels, etc.

    -
    newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20
    -
    -

    The second row of pixels, with zero leading white pixels on the row. +

    newrow 0 (n=55) paint 24(12)20
    +

    The second row of pixels, with zero leading white pixels on the row.

    -
    eoc
    -
    -

    The end of the main character definition. +

    eoc
    +

    The end of the main character definition.

    @@ -4600,9 +4563,8 @@ pixels, etc.

    Explanation:

    -
    dx
    -
    - +
    dx
    +
    @@ -4614,16 +4576,15 @@ rounded. If the vertical escapement is nonzero, it would appear here as a ‘dy’ value.

    -
    width
    -
    - +
    width
    +

    The device-independent (TFM) width of this character. It is 2^24 times the ratio of the true width to the font’s design size. The ‘64.57289’ is the same number converted to pixels.

    -
    loc
    +
    loc

    The byte position in the file where this character starts.

    @@ -4631,9 +4592,11 @@ times the ratio of the true width to the font’s design size. The
    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.6 TFtoPL: TeX font metric to property list conversion

    @@ -4644,7 +4607,7 @@ Next: -

    TFtoPL translates a TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric +

    TFtoPL translates a TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric files in Dvips) file (as output by Metafont, for example) to property list format (a list of parenthesized items describing the font) that humans can edit or read. This program is mostly used by @@ -4656,7 +4619,7 @@ Synopsis:

    The font tfmname (extended with ‘.tfm’ if necessary) is -searched for in the usual places (see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the +searched for in the usual places (see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program.

    @@ -4668,9 +4631,8 @@ program TFtoPL (see the next section).

    The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard ‘-verbose’, ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -charcode-format=type
    -
    -

    Output character codes in the PL file according to type: either +

    -charcode-format=type
    +

    Output character codes in the PL file according to type: either ‘octal’ or ‘ascii’. Default is ‘ascii’ for letters and digits, octal for all other characters. Exception: if the font’s coding scheme starts with ‘TeX math sy’ or ‘TeX math ex’, all @@ -4790,9 +4752,11 @@ ligatures for this character as a comment.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.7 PLtoTF: Property list to TeX font metric conversion

    @@ -4802,7 +4766,7 @@ Next:

    PLtoTF translates a property list file (as output by TFtoPL, for -example) to TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric files in Dvips) +example) to TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric files in Dvips) format. It’s much easier for both programs and humans to create the (plain text) property list files and let PLtoTF take care of creating the binary TFM equivalent than to output TFM files directly. Synopsis: @@ -4824,9 +4788,11 @@ output by default is undesirable.)


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.8 VFtoVP: Virtual font to virtual property lists

    @@ -4837,9 +4803,9 @@ Next: -

    VFtoVP translates a virtual font metric (VF, see Virtual +

    VFtoVP translates a virtual font metric (VF, see Virtual fonts in Dvips) file and its accompanying TeX font metric (TFM, -see Metric files in Dvips) file (as output by VPtoVF, for +see Metric files in Dvips) file (as output by VPtoVF, for example) to virtual property list format (a list of parenthesized items describing the virtual font) that humans can edit or read. This program is mostly used by people debugging virtual font utilities. @@ -4851,7 +4817,7 @@ Synopsis:

    The fonts vfname and tfmname (extended with ‘.vf’ and ‘.tfm’ if necessary) are searched for in the usual places -(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the +(see Supported file formats in Kpathsea). To see all the relevant paths, set the environment variable KPATHSEA_DEBUG to ‘-1’ before running the program. If tfmname is not specified, vfname (without a trailing ‘.vf’) is used. @@ -4864,9 +4830,8 @@ companion program VFtoVP (see the next section).

    The program accepts the following option, as well as the standard ‘-verbose’, ‘-help’ and ‘-version’ (see Common options):

    -
    -charcode-format=type
    -
    -

    Output character codes in the PL file according to type: either +

    -charcode-format=type
    +

    Output character codes in the PL file according to type: either ‘octal’ or ‘ascii’. Default is ‘ascii’ for letters and digits, octal for all other characters. Exception: if the font’s coding scheme starts with ‘TeX math sy’ or ‘TeX math ex’, all @@ -4886,9 +4851,11 @@ confusing.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.9 VPtoVF: Virtual property lists to virtual font

    @@ -4898,8 +4865,8 @@ Next:

    Virtual fonts in Dvips) and -TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric files in Dvips) files. +example) to virtual font (VF, see Virtual fonts in Dvips) and +TeX font metric (TFM, see Metric files in Dvips) files. It’s much easier for both programs and humans to create the (plain text) property list files and let VPtoVF take care of creating the binary VF and TFM equivalents than to output them directly. Synopsis: @@ -4919,9 +4886,11 @@ specified, the VF output is written to the basename of


    -
    +
    +
    +

    11.10 Font utilities available elsewhere

    @@ -4930,14 +4899,14 @@ Previous:

    unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea). Here are some of the most +see unixtex.ftp in Kpathsea). Here are some of the most commonly-requested items:

    • -AFM (Adobe font metric) to TFM conversion: see Invoking afm2tfm in Dvips, and CTAN:/fonts/utilities/afmtopl. +AFM (Adobe font metric) to TFM conversion: see Invoking afm2tfm in Dvips, and CTAN:/fonts/utilities/afmtopl.
    • @@ -5003,9 +4972,12 @@ Virtual font creation: https://ctan.org/
      -
      +
      +
    +
    +

    Appendix A Legalisms

    @@ -5025,13 +4997,13 @@ nature of a development request rather than a legal requirement.

    MLTeX, pdfTeX, LuaTeX, XeTeX, and all the other derived engines have used various license terms for their additions to the -base code, often the GPL (see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/#GPL +base code, often the GPL (see https://www.gnu.org/licenses/#GPL) or (for example) the file web2c/pdftexdir/COPYINGv2. They also mostly make use of additional libraries with their own (compatible) terms. Please see each program’s sources.

    The Kpathsea library is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public -License (see Introduction in Kpathsea). Therefore, the +License (see Introduction in Kpathsea). Therefore, the binaries resulting from a standard Web2c compilation are also covered by the LGPL; so if you (re)distribute the binaries, you must also (offer to) distribute the complete source that went into those @@ -5039,9 +5011,11 @@ binaries. See https://gnu.org/licenses kpathsea/COPYING.LESSERv2.


    -
    +
    +
    +

    -Next: , Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

    +Next: , Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

    Appendix B References

    @@ -5049,9 +5023,9 @@ Next: , Previous:
      -
    1. Kpathsea: See Introduction in Kpathsea. +
    2. Kpathsea: See Introduction in Kpathsea. -
    3. Dvips and Afm2tfm: See Introduction in Dvips. +
    4. Dvips and Afm2tfm: See Introduction in Dvips.
    5. The TeX Users Group: https://tug.org. For an introduction to the TeX system, see https://tug.org/begin.html. @@ -5169,7 +5143,7 @@ Reprinted with corrections, 1996.
    6. [Lia83] Franklin Mark Liang. -Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-pu-ter. +Word hy-phen-a-tion by com-put-er. Technical Report STAN-CS-83-977, Stanford University, August 1983. https://tug.org/docs/liang/liang-thesis.pdf. @@ -5187,9 +5161,11 @@ In Robert A. Morris and Jacques Andre, editors, Raster Imaging and
      -
      +
      +
      +

      -Previous: , Up: Top   [Contents][Index]

      +Previous: , Up: Web2c   [Contents][Index]

      Index

      @@ -5207,13 +5183,17 @@ Previous: , Up: 2   -8 +3   -\ +6   -^ +8   -~ +\ +   +^ +   +~  
      A @@ -5398,12 +5378,18 @@ Previous: , Up:
    2
    2602gf: mf invocation

    8
    3
    32-bit architecture: Hardware and memory dumps

    6
    64-bit architecture: Hardware and memory dumps

    8
    8 bit clean: Common options
    8 bit clean output, specifying: Common options
    8-bit characters: TCX files

    \
    \
    \bibliography: bibtex invocation
    \bibliographystyle: bibtex invocation
    \charsubdef and MLTeX: \charsubdef
    \tracinglostchars and MLTeX: \tracingcharsubdef
    \write18 shell escape extension: Shell escapes

    ^
    ^
    ^^ notation, avoiding: TCX files

    ~
    ~
    ~ expansion in filenames: \input filename caveats

    A
    copyright notices: Legalisms
    Cork encoding and ISO input: TCX files
    creating memory dumps: Creating memory dumps
    cross-engine functionality: TeX extensions
    cross-referenced bibliography items: bibtex invocation
    cross-references, omitting: weave invocation
    current directory, used for output: Output file location
    help, online: Common options
    Herberts, Mathias: Online Metafont graphics
    hex character codes, in TCX files: TCX files
    HINT (Hint Is Not TeX): TeX extensions
    history: Introduction
    hiTeX: TeX extensions
    Hobby, John: Introduction
    horizontal escapement: pktype invocation
    horizontal escapement: gftype invocation
    LittleEndian machines: Hardware and memory dumps
    location of texmf.cnf in TeX Live: Runtime options
    log file, BibTeX: bibtex invocation
    long data type, size of: Hardware and memory dumps
    Lua: TeX extensions
    LuaTeX: TeX extensions

    TERM: Online Metafont graphics
    terminator for filenames: \input filenames
    terse output: bibtex invocation
    teTeX distribution: Introduction
    tex: tex invocation
    TeX, bibliographies for: bibtex invocation
    TeX, creating from Metafont: mft invocation
    three programs: Three programs
    time and date, in memory dumps: Hardware and memory dumps
    title font: gftodvi invocation
    tl-check-fmtshare: Hardware and memory dumps
    tokenization, and \input filenames: \input filename caveats
    toolkits, X: Online Metafont graphics
    torture tests: Triptrap
    -
    +
    +
    diff --git a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.pdf b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.pdf index 46af522e90d..96953a8c68a 100644 Binary files a/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.pdf and b/Master/texmf-dist/doc/web2c/web2c.pdf differ -- cgit v1.2.3